13 .uno%3AClosePreview 6b ከ ተሚያ ቅድመ እይታ ለመውጣት: ይጫኑ የ ቅድመ እይታ መዝጊያ ቁልፍ
13 .uno%3APrintPreview 6c ቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ የ ታተመውን ገጽ ወይንም መዝጊያ ቅድመ እይታውን
14 HID_SC_DROPMODE_COPY 7a ኮፒ ማመንጫ በሚጎትቱ-እና-በሚጥሉ ጊዜ እቃዎችን ከ መቃኛው ወደ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
15 HID_SC_NAVIPI_ENTRIES 55 በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ ያሉትን ሁሉንም እቃዎች ማሳያ
14 HID_SC_DROPMODE_LINK 83 አገናኝ መፍጠሪያ በሚጎትቱ-እና-በሚጥሉ ጊዜ እቃዎችን ከ መቃኛው ወደ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
11 HID_SC_NAVIPI_DOC 29 Displays the names of all open documents.
13 HID_SC_DROPMODE_URL 80 hyperlink መፍጠሪያ በሚጎትቱ-እና-በሚጥሉ ጊዜ እቃዎችን ከ መቃኛው ወደ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
12 HID_SC_NAVIPI_DROP ff Opens a submenu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.
14 HID_SC_SCENARIO_EDIT 7e መክፈቻ የ ትእይንት ማረሚያ ንግግር የ ትእይንት ባህሪዎችን ማረም ያስችሎታል
11 HID_SC_NAVIPI_ROW d4 >የ ረድፍ ቁጥር ያስገቡ: ማስገቢያውን ይጫኑ የ ክፍል መጠቆሚያውን እንደነበር ለመመለስ: ለ ተወሰነው ረድፍ በ ተመሳሳይ አምድ ውስጥ
12 HID_SC_NAVIPI_DATA 83 የ አሁኑን ዳታ መጠን ይገልጻል በ ክፍሉ ውስጥ መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ ያመለክታል
11 HID_SC_NAVIPI_COL d3 የ አምድ ፊደል ያስገቡ: ማስገቢያውን ይጫኑ የ ክፍል መጠቆሚያውን እንደነበር ለመመለስ: ለ ተወሰነው አምድ በ ተመሳሳይ ረድፍ ውስጥ
12 HID_SC_NAVIPI_DOWN bb በ አሁኑ ዳታ መጠን ውስጥ በ ክፍሉ መጨረሻ ጋር ይንቀሳቀሳል: እርስዎ ማድመቅ ይችላሉ በ መጠቀም የ ዳታ መጠን ቁልፍን
12 HID_SC_NAVIPI_ZOOM 3f ይዞታዎችን መደበቅ/ማሳየት ያስችሎታል
10 HID_SC_NAVIPI_UP be በ አሁኑ ዳታ መጠን ውስጥ በ ክፍሉ መጀመሪያ ጋር ይንቀሳቀሳል: እርስዎ ማድመቅ ይችላሉ በ መጠቀም የ ዳታ መጠን ቁልፍን
12 HID_SC_NAVIPI_ROOT 91 የ ይዞታ መመልከቻውን መቀያየሪያ: የተመረጠው መቃኛ አካል ብቻ እና ንዑስ አካሎቹ ይታያሉ:
10 .uno%3ANavigator 2a መቃኛ ማስነሻ እና ማቦዘኛ
12 HID_SC_NAVIPI_SCEN 7f ዝግጁ የሆኑ ትእይንት ማሳያ: ሁለት-ጊዜ ይጫኑ በ ስሙ ላይ ትእይንቱን ለ መፈጸም
16 HID_SC_SCENARIO_DELETE 32 የተመረጠውን ትእይንት ማጥፊያ
1a .uno%3AEditHeaderAndFooter 60 ራስጌዎችን እና ግርጌዎችን መግለጽ እና ማቅረብ ያስችሎታል
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_TIME da Iማስገቢያ ቦታ ያዢ በ ተመረጠው ራስጌ/ግርጌ ቦታ: በኋላ ይቀየራል በ አሁኑ ሰአት በ እየንዳንዱ ሰነድ ውስጥ ይደገማል በ ራስጌ/ግርጌ ቦታ
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_DATE d6 ማስገቢያ ቦታ ያዢ በ ተመረጠው ራስጌ/ግርጌ ቦታ: በኋላ ይቀየራል በ አሁኑ ቀን በ እየንዳንዱ ሰነድ ውስጥ ይደገማል በ ራስጌ/ግርጌ ቦታ
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FtextviewWND_RIGHT 6c በ ራስጌ ወይንም በ ቀኝ በኩል እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_TEXT 71 ለ አዲስ ወይንም ለተመረጠው ጽሁፍ አቀራረብ መመደቢያ ንግግር መክፈቻ
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FHeaderFooterContent 53 ለ ገጽ ዘዴ የ ራስጌ ወይንም ግርጌ አቀራረብ መግለጫ
3f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FtextviewWND_CENTER 80 በ ራስጌ ወይንም በ ግርጌ መሀከል ቦታ ላይ እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FcomboLB_DEFINED 68 በቅድሚያ የተወሰነ ራስጌ ወይንም ግርጌ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ይምረጡ
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FtextviewWND_LEFT 7a በ ራስጌ ወይንም በ ግርጌ በ ግራ በኩል እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_FILE 4d የ ፋይል ስም ቦታ ያዢ ማስገቢያ በ ተመረጠው ቦታ
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_PAGES b2 ማስገቢያ ቦታ ያዢ በ ተመረጠው ራስጌ/ግርጌ ቦታ: በኋላ ይቀየራል በ ጠቅላላ የ ገጾች ቁጥር መስጫ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_TABLE ab ማስገቢያ ቦታ ያዢ በ ተመረጠው ራስጌ/ግርጌ ቦታ: በኋላ ይቀየራል በ ዋናው ሰነድ ወረቀት ስም በ ራስጌ/ግርጌ
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fheaderfootercontent%2FbuttonBTN_PAGE cf ማስገቢያ ቦታ ያዢ በ ተመረጠው ራስጌ/ግርጌ ቦታ: በኋላ ይቀየራል በ ቁጥር መስጫ ይህ በ ሰነዱ ላይ ተከታታይ ቁጥር መስጠት ይችላል
11 .uno%3ADataSelect 48 A list box containing all text found in the current column is displayed.
14 .uno%3AFillCellsMenu 3e ራሱ በራሱ ክፍሎችን በ ይዞታዎች መሙያ
f .uno%3AFillDown 5b Fills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the top cell of the range.
10 .uno%3AFillRight 57 Fills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the left most cell.
d .uno%3AFillUp 56 Fills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the bottom most cell.
f .uno%3AFillLeft 57 Fills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the far right cell.
10 .uno%3AFillTable 4b Specifies the options for transferring sheets or ranges of a certain sheet.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2FendValue 28 Determines the end value for the series.
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fyear 7c ይጠቀሙ የ ቀን ተከታታይ አይነት እና ይህን ምርጫ ለመፍጠር ተከታታይ አመቶች
26 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fmonth b8 ይጠቀሙ የ ቀን ተከታታይ አይነት እና ይህን ምርጫ ለመፍጠር ተከታታይ ስሞች ወይንም የ ወሮች አሕፃሮ ቃል ለመፍጠር
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fweek 86 ይጠቀሙ የ ቀን ተከታታይ አይነት እና ይህን ምርጫ ለመፍጠር ተከታታይ አምስት ቀኖች
26 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fright 78 Creates a series running from left to right within the selected cell range using the defined increment to the end value.
23 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fup 66 Creates an upward series in the cell range of the column using the defined increment to the end value.
11 .uno%3AFillSeries cf ራሱ በራሱ ተከታታይ በ ምርጫ በዚህ ንግግር ውስጥ ያመነጫል: አቅጣጫ: ጭማሪ: የ ሰአት መለኪያ እና የ ተከታታይ አይነቶች ይወስናል
24 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fday 82 ይጠቀሙ የቀን ተከታታይ አይነት እና ይህን ምርጫ ለመፍጠር ተከታታይ ሰባት ቀኖች
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fleft 74 Creates a series running from right to left in the selected cell range using the defined increment to the end value.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2FstartValue 2a Determines the start value for the series.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Flinear 80 የ ተወሰነ ጭማሪ እና የ መጨረሻ ቀን በመጠቀም ተከታታይ ቀጥተኝ ቁጥር መፍጠሪያ
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fincrement 55 Determines the value by which the series of the selected type increases by each step.
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fdate 70 የ ተወሰነ ጭማሪ እና የ መጨረሻ ቀን በመጠቀም ተከታታይ ቀን መፍጠሪያ
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fgrowth 76 የ ተወሰነ ጭማሪ እና የ መጨረሻ ቀን በመጠቀም ተከታታይ እድገት መፍጠሪያ
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fdown 71 Creates a downward series in the selected cell range for the column using the defined increment to the end value.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ffilldlg%2Fautofill 25 Forms a series directly in the sheet.
5f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frandomnumbergenerator%2FRandomNumberGeneratorDialog%2Fdistribution-combo 3a The distribution function for the random number generator.
4a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frandomnumbergenerator%2FRandomNumberGeneratorDialog 3a The distribution function for the random number generator.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fobjects 55 እቃዎች ማጥፊያ: ሁሉም የ ክፍሉ ይዞታዎች አይቀየሩም
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fformats 4f Deletes format attributes applied to cells. All cell content remains unchanged.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fformulas 73 formulas. ብቻ ማጥፊያ: ጽሁፍ: ቁጥር: አቀራረብ እና ቀን እንደ ነበር ይቀራል
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fcomments 7e ወደ ክፍሎች የተጨመረውን አስተያየት ማጥፊያ: ሁሉም ሌሎች አካሎች አይቀየሩም
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fdatetime 98 ቀን እና የ ሰአት ዋጋዎች ብቻ ማጥፊያ: አቀራረብ: ጽሁፍ: ቁጥሮች እና formulas, እንደ ነበር ይቀራል
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fnumbers 60 ቁጥር ብቻ ማጥፊያ: አቀራረብ እና formulas, እንደ ነበር ይቀራል
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Fdeleteall 5f ከ ተመረጠው የ ክፍል መጠን ውስጥ ሁሉንም ይዞታዎች ማጥፊያ
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecontents%2Ftext 7e ጽሁፍ ብቻ ማጥፊያ: አቀራረብ: formulas, ቁጥሮች እና ቀኖች ላይ ተጽእኖ አይፈጥርም
d .uno%3ADelete 58 Specifies the contents to be deleted from the active cell or from a selected cell range.
14 .uno%3ADeleteColumns 78 ቢያንስ አንድ ክፍል ከ ተመረጠ በኋላ: ከ ወረቀቱ ላይ ጠቅላላ አምድ ማጥፊያ
11 .uno%3ADeleteRows 78 ቢያንስ አንድ ክፍል ከ ተመረጠ በኋላ: ከ ወረቀቱ ላይ ጠቅላላ ረድፍ ማጥፊያ
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecells%2Fleft 49 Fills the resulting space by the cells to the right of the deleted cells.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdeletecells%2Fup 4b Fills the space produced by the deleted cells with the cells underneath it.
11 .uno%3ADeleteCell 7d Completely deletes selected cells, columns or rows. The cells below or to the right of the deleted cells will fill the space.
d .uno%3ARemove 55 የ አሁኑን ወረቀት ማጥፊያ ማረጋገጫ ከ ተጠየቀ በኋላ
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmovecopysheet%2Fcopy 58 Specifies that the sheet is to be copied. If the option is unmarked, the sheet is moved.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmovecopysheet%2FinsertBefore 44 The current sheet is moved or copied in front of the selected sheet.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmovecopysheet%2FtoDocument 3e Indicates where the current sheet is to be moved or copied to.
b .uno%3AMove 9e ማንቀሳቀሻ ወይንም ወረቀት ኮፒ ማድረጊያ ወደ አዲስ አካባቢ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ ወይንም ወደ ሌላ ሰነድ
13 .uno%3ADelBreakMenu 67 ማጥፋት የሚፈልጉትን በ እጅ የገቡ መጨረሻዎችን አይነት ይምረጡ
15 .uno%3ADeleteRowbreak 5e የ ረድፍ በ እጅ መጨረሻ ማስወገጃ ከ ንቁ ክፍል በላይ በኩል
18 .uno%3ADeleteColumnbreak 5e የ አምድ በ እጅ መጨረሻ ማስወገጃ ከ ንቁ ክፍል በላይ በኩል
14 .uno%3AEditSheetMenu 3a ለ ጠቅላላ ወረቀቶች ትእዛዝ ማረሚያ
10 HID_SELECTTABLES 12a Lists the sheets in the current document. To select a sheet, press the up or down arrow keys to move to a sheet in the list. To add a sheet to the selection, hold down Ctrl while pressing the arrow keys and then press Spacebar. To select a range of sheets, hold down Shift and press the arrow keys.
13 .uno%3ASelectTables 29 በርካታ ወረቀቶች መምረጫ
1b .uno%3AViewRowColumnHeaders 4c የ አምድ ራስጌዎች እና የ ረድፍ ራስጌዎች ማሳያ
1c .uno%3AViewValueHighlighting 7a የ ክፍል ይዞታዎች ማሳያ በ ተለያዩ ቀለሞች: እንደ ሁኔታው አይነት ይለያያል
17 .uno%3AInputLineVisible 9b Shows or hides the Formula Bar, which is used for entering and editing formulas. The Formula Bar is the most important tool when working with spreadsheets.
16 .uno%3ADeleteAllBreaks 64 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ሁሉንም በ እጅ የ ገቡ መጨረሻዎች ማጥፊያ
14 .uno%3APagebreakMode 5e የ ገጽ መጨረሻ እና የ ማተሚያ መጠን በ ወረቀት ውስጥ ማሳያ
16 .uno%3AInsertBreakMenu c2 This command inserts manual row or column breaks to ensure that your data prints properly. You can insert a horizontal page break above, or a vertical page break to the left of, the active cell.
15 .uno%3AInsertRowBreak 7d የ ረድፍ መጨረሻ ማስገቢያ (በ አግድም ለ ገጽ መጨረሻ) ከ ተመረጠው ክፍል በላይ
18 .uno%3AInsertColumnBreak 85 የ አምድ መጨረሻ ማስገቢያ (በ ቁመት ለ ገጽ መጨረሻ) ንቁ ከሆነው ክፍል በ ግራ በኩል
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertcells%2Frows 5b Inserts an entire row. The position of the row is determined by the selection on the sheet.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertcells%2Fright 72 የ ተመረጡትን ይዞታዎች መጠን ወደ ቀኝ ማንቀሳቀሻ ክፍል በሚጨመር ጊዜ
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertcells%2Fcols 6f Inserts an entire column. The number of columns to be inserted is determined by the selected number of columns.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertcells%2Fdown 72 የ ተመረጡትን ይዞታዎች መጠን ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ ክፍል በሚጨመር ጊዜ
11 .uno%3AInsertCell 8d መክፈቻ የ  ክፍሎች ማስገቢያ ንግግር: እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ አዲስ ክፍሎች የሚያስገቡበት
11 .uno%3AInsertRows 28 Inserts a new row above the active cell.
14 .uno%3AInsertColumns 34 Inserts a new column to the left of the active cell.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Flink 6e Select to insert the sheet as a link instead as a copy. The links can be updated to show the current contents.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Ftables ca If you selected a file by using the Browse button, the sheets contained in it are displayed in the list box. The file path is displayed below this box. Select the sheet to be inserted from the list box.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fbrowse 34 ፋይል ለ መምረጥ ንግግር መክፈቻ
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Ffromfile 40 Inserts a sheet from an existing file into the current document.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fnameed 2e የ አዲስ ወረቀት ስም መወሰኛ
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fafter 52 ከ አሁኑ ገጽ በኋላ አዲስ ወረቀት በቀጥታ ማስገቢያ
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fcountnf 3c የሚፈጠሩትን ወረቀቶች ቁጥር መወሰኛ
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fnew 88 Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the Name field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces, and the underline character.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Finsertsheet%2Fbefore 52 ከ አሁኑ ገጽ በፊት አዲስ ወረቀት በቀጥታ ማስገቢያ
d .uno%3AInsert 35 Defines the options to be used to insert a new sheet.
5 26275 4a ከ ተለያዩ ሰንጠረዦች ውስጥ ወረቀት ማስገቢያ
32 SC%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SCDLG_FORMULA%3ABTN_BACKWARD 50 Moves the focus back through the formula components, marking them as it does so.
12 HID_SC_FAP_FORMULA 61 Displays the created formula. Type your entries directly, or create the formula using the wizard.
11 HID_SC_FAP_STRUCT 3f Displays a hierarchical representation of the current function.
26 SC%3AEDIT%3ARID_SCDLG_FORMULA%3AED_REF 97 The number of visible text fields depends on the function. Enter arguments either directly into the argument fields or by clicking a cell in the table.
12 HID_SC_FAP_BTN_FX4 97 Allows you to access a subordinate level of the Function Wizard in order to nest another function within the function, instead of a value or reference.
2e SC%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SCDLG_FORMULA%3ABTN_MATRIX 62 Specifies that the selected function is inserted into the selected cell range as an array formula.
31 SC%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SCDLG_FORMULA%3ABTN_FORWARD 43 Moves forward through the formula components in the formula window.
2f SC%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SCTAB_FUNCTION%3ALB_CATEGORY 94 Lists all the categories to which the different functions are assigned. Select a category to view the appropriate functions in the list field below.
2f SC%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SCTAB_FUNCTION%3ALB_FUNCTION 5c Displays the functions found under the selected category. Double-click to select a function.
15 .uno%3AFunctionDialog 4c Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulas.
11 HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL 7f DCOUNT counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search criteria and contain numerical values.
12 HID_FUNC_DBPRODUKT 60 DPRODUCT multiplies all cells of a data range where the cell contents match the search criteria.
12 HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL2 91 DCOUNTA counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search conditions, and contain numeric or alphanumeric values.
11 HID_FUNC_DBAUSZUG 6b DGET returns the contents of the referenced cell in a database which matches the specified search criteria.
14 HID_FUNC_DBVARIANZEN 7d DVARP calculates the variance of all cell values in a database field in all records that match the specified search criteria.
e HID_FUNC_DBMAX 7c DMAX returns the maximum content of a cell (field) in a database (all records) that matches the specified search conditions.
e HID_FUNC_DBMIN 6c DMIN returns the minimum content of a cell (field) in a database that matches the specified search criteria.
12 HID_FUNC_DBVARIANZ 73 DVAR returns the variance of all cells of a database field in all records that match the specified search criteria.
10 HID_FUNC_DBSUMME 77 DSUM returns the total of all cells in a database field in all rows (records) that match the specified search criteria.
15 HID_FUNC_DBMITTELWERT 89 DAVERAGE returns the average of the values of all cells (fields) in all rows (database records) that match the specified search criteria.
11 HID_FUNC_DBSTDABW 93 DSTDEV calculates the standard deviation of a population based on a sample, using the numbers in a database column that match the given conditions.
12 HID_FUNC_DBSTDABWN 7d DSTDEVP calculates the standard deviation of a population based on all cells of a data range which match the search criteria.
d HID_FUNC_GDA2 65 Returns the depreciation of an asset for a specified period using the fixed-declining balance method.
c HID_FUNC_GDA 62 Returns the depreciation of an asset for a specified period using the arithmetic-declining method.
e HID_FUNC_ISPMT 49 Calculates the level of interest for unchanged amortization installments.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_EFFECT 89 Calculates the effective annual rate of interest on the basis of the nominal interest rate and the number of interest payments per annum.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORDEGRC 59 Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as degressive amortization.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORLINC cc Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as linear amortization. If the capital asset is purchased during the settlement period, the proportional amount of depreciation is considered.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_ACCRINT 4f Calculates the accrued interest of a security in the case of periodic payments.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_ACCRINTM 64 Calculates the accrued interest of a security in the case of one-off payment at the settlement date.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_DURATION 3e Calculates the duration of a fixed interest security in years.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_RECEIVED 63 Calculates the amount received that is paid for a fixed-interest security at a given point in time.
c HID_FUNC_DIA 33 Returns the arithmetic-declining depreciation rate.
c HID_FUNC_IKV 39 Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment.
11 HID_AAI_FUNC_DISC 42 Calculates the allowance (discount) of a security as a percentage.
11 HID_FUNC_EFFEKTIV 41 Returns the net annual interest rate for a nominal interest rate.
b HID_FUNC_BW 57 Returns the present value of an investment resulting from a series of regular payments.
10 HID_FUNC_ISTZAHL 2d Returns TRUE if the value refers to a number.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_ISODD 50 Returns TRUE (1) if the number does not return a whole number when divided by 2.
14 HID_FUNC_ISTUNGERADE 41 Returns TRUE if the value is odd, or FALSE if the number is even.
d HID_FUNC_IFNA 80 Returns the value if the cell does not contains the #N/A (value not available) error value, or the alternative value if it does.
e HID_FUNC_ISTNV 4b Returns TRUE if a cell contains the #N/A (value not available) error value.
b HID_FUNC_NV 1d Returns the error value #N/A.
a HID_FUNC_N 5a Returns the numeric value of the given parameter. Returns 0 if parameter is text or FALSE.
10 HID_FUNC_ISTLEER 31 Returns TRUE if the reference to a cell is blank.
f HID_FUNC_ISTLOG 2a Tests for a logical value (TRUE or FALSE).
10 HID_FUNC_ISTFEHL 53 Tests for error conditions, except the #N/A error value, and returns TRUE or FALSE.
e HID_FUNC_ZELLE 41 Returns information on address, formatting or contents of a cell.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_ISEVEN 54 Tests for even numbers. Returns 1 if the number divided by 2 returns a whole number.
11 HID_FUNC_ISTBEZUG 25 Tests if the argument is a reference.
10 HID_FUNC_IFERROR 64 Returns the value if the cell does not contains an error value, or the alternative value if it does.
12 HID_FUNC_ISTFORMEL 29 Returns TRUE if a cell is a formula cell.
c HID_FUNC_TYP 74 Returns the type of value, where 1 = number, 2 = text, 4 = Boolean value, 8 = formula, 16 = error value, 64 = array.
10 HID_FUNC_ISTTEXT 30 Returns TRUE if the cell contents refer to text.
12 HID_FUNC_ISTFEHLER 56 Tests for error conditions, including the #N/A error value, and returns TRUE or FALSE.
12 HID_FUNC_ISTGERADE 4b Returns TRUE if the value is an even integer, or FALSE if the value is odd.
10 HID_FUNC_AKTUELL 10d This function returns the result to date of evaluating the formula of which it is a part (in other words the result as far as that evaluation has got). Its main use is together with the STYLE() function to apply selected styles to a cell depending on the cell contents.
f HID_FUNC_FORMEL 38 Displays the formula of a formula cell as a text string.
11 HID_FUNC_ISTKTEXT 5b Tests if the cell contents are text or numbers, and returns FALSE if the contents are text.
d HID_FUNC_ODER 2e Returns TRUE if at least one argument is TRUE.
d HID_FUNC_WAHR 21 The logical value is set to TRUE.
e HID_FUNC_NICHT 26 Complements (inverts) a logical value.
d HID_FUNC_WENN 29 Specifies a logical test to be performed.
c HID_FUNC_XOR 3d Returns true if an odd number of arguments evaluates to TRUE.
f HID_FUNC_FALSCH 20 Returns the logical value FALSE.
c HID_FUNC_UND 27 Returns TRUE if all arguments are TRUE.
14 HID_FUNC_ZUFALLSZAHL 28 Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
18 HID_AAI_FUNC_RANDBETWEEN 36 Returns an integer random number in a specified range.
f HID_FUNC_WURZEL 2d Returns the positive square root of a number.
14 HID_FUNC_UNTERGRENZE 3d Rounds a number down to the nearest multiple of Significance.
11 HID_FUNC_FLOOR_MS 60 Rounds a number down to the nearest multiple of Significance, regardless of sign of Significance
11 HID_FUNC_UNGERADE 6d Rounds a positive number up to the nearest odd integer and a negative number down to the nearest odd integer.
12 HID_FUNC_UMRECHNEN 46 Converts between old European national currency and to and from Euros.
f HID_FUNC_TANHYP 2b Returns the hyperbolic tangent of a number.
c HID_FUNC_TAN 34 Returns the tangent of the given angle (in radians).
12 HID_FUNC_SUMMEWENN 2d Adds the cells specified by a given criteria.
e HID_FUNC_SUMME 29 Adds all the numbers in a range of cells.
f HID_FUNC_SINHYP 28 Returns the hyperbolic sine of a number.
12 HID_FUNC_SECANTHYP 2a Returns the hyperbolic secant of a number.
f HID_FUNC_SECANT 81 Returns the secant of the given angle (in radians). The secant of an angle is equivalent to 1 divided by the cosine of that angle
12 HID_FUNC_FAKULTAET 22 Returns the factorial of a number.
c HID_FUNC_DEG 1e Converts radians into degrees.
c HID_FUNC_GGT 3c Returns the greatest common divisor of two or more integers.
f HID_FUNC_GERADE 69 Rounds a positive number up to the next even integer and a negative number down to the next even integer.
b HID_FUNC_LN 42 Returns the natural logarithm based on the constant e of a number.
f HID_FUNC_COTHYP 3b Returns the hyperbolic cotangent of a given number (angle).
f HID_FUNC_COSHYP 2a Returns the hyperbolic cosine of a number.
c HID_FUNC_COT 36 Returns the cotangent of the given angle (in radians).
c HID_FUNC_ABS 27 Returns the absolute value of a number.
11 HID_FUNC_CEIL_ISO 5e Rounds a number up to the nearest multiple of Significance, regardless of sign of Significance
12 HID_FUNC_AUFRUNDEN 3b Rounds a number up, away from zero, to a certain precision.
c HID_FUNC_LOG 38 Returns the logarithm of a number to the specified base.
e HID_FUNC_LOG10 2a Returns the base-10 logarithm of a number.
11 HID_FUNC_ARCOSHYP 32 Returns the inverse hyperbolic cosine of a number.
10 HID_AAI_FUNC_GCD 3f The result is the greatest common divisor of a list of numbers.
f HID_FUNC_ARCCOT 45 Returns the inverse cotangent (the arccotangent) of the given number.
f HID_FUNC_ARCCOS 35 Returns the inverse trigonometric cosine of a number.
f HID_FUNC_POTENZ 2a Returns a number raised to another number.
11 HID_FUNC_ARCOTHYP 3d Returns the inverse hyperbolic cotangent of the given number.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_MROUND 43 Returns a number rounded to the nearest multiple of another number.
17 HID_FUNC_KOMBINATIONEN2 4e Returns the number of combinations of a subset of items including repetitions.
11 HID_FUNC_ARSINHYP 30 Returns the inverse hyperbolic sine of a number.
15 HID_FUNC_TEILERGEBNIS 15 Calculates subtotals.
c HID_FUNC_RAD 1c Converts degrees to radians.
f HID_FUNC_ARCSIN 33 Returns the inverse trigonometric sine of a number.
10 HID_FUNC_ARCTAN2 4f Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of the specified x and y coordinates.
c HID_FUNC_COS 33 Returns the cosine of the given angle (in radians).
11 HID_FUNC_ARTANHYP 33 Returns the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a number.
18 HID_AAI_FUNC_MULTINOMIAL 6c Returns the factorial of the sum of the arguments divided by the product of the factorials of the arguments.
14 HID_FUNC_COSECANTHYP 2c Returns the hyperbolic cosecant of a number.
c HID_FUNC_KGV 3a Returns the least common multiple of one or more integers.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_QUOTIENT 31 Returns the integer part of a division operation.
c HID_FUNC_SIN 31 Returns the sine of the given angle (in radians).
11 HID_FUNC_COSECANT 83 Returns the cosecant of the given angle (in radians). The cosecant of an angle is equivalent to 1 divided by the sine of that angle
10 HID_AAI_FUNC_LCM 3e The result is the lowest common multiple of a list of numbers.
c HID_FUNC_EXP 2a Returns e raised to the power of a number.
10 HID_FUNC_CEIL_MS 5e Rounds a number up to the nearest multiple of Significance, regardless of sign of Significance
16 HID_FUNC_KOMBINATIONEN 43 Returns the number of combinations for elements without repetition.
15 SC_HID_FUNC_UMRECHNEN 8e Converts a value from one unit of measurement to another unit of measurement. The conversion factors are given in a list in the configuration.
10 HID_FUNC_KUERZEN 2e Truncates a number by removing decimal places.
13 HID_FUNC_OBERGRENZE 3b Rounds a number up to the nearest multiple of Significance.
b HID_FUNC_PI 59 Returns 3.14159265358979, the value of the mathematical constant PI to 14 decimal places.
f HID_FUNC_RUNDEN 36 Rounds a number to a certain number of decimal places.
19 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_SERIESSUM 27 Sums the first terms of a power series.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_SQRTPI 2f Returns the square root of (PI times a number).
10 HID_FUNC_PRODUKT 46 Multiplies all the numbers given as arguments and returns the product.
11 HID_FUNC_GANZZAHL 2c Rounds a number down to the nearest integer.
16 HID_FUNC_QUADRATESUMME 8b If you want to calculate the sum of the squares of numbers (totaling up of the squares of the arguments), enter these into the text fields.
13 HID_FUNC_VORZEICHEN 60 Returns the sign of a number. Returns 1 if the number is positive, -1 if negative and 0 if zero.
f HID_FUNC_ARCTAN 36 Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of a number.
d HID_FUNC_REST 3d Returns the remainder when one integer is divided by another.
11 HID_FUNC_ABRUNDEN 3a Rounds a number down, toward zero, to a certain precision.
12 HID_FUNC_VARIATION 3a Calculates the points of an exponential trend in an array.
e HID_FUNC_TREND 24 Returns values along a linear trend.
12 HID_FUNC_SUMMEXMY2 4c Adds the squares of the variance between corresponding values in two arrays.
14 HID_FUNC_HAEUFIGKEIT 3b Indicates the frequency distribution in a one-column-array.
17 HID_FUNC_EINHEITSMATRIX 33 Returns the unitary square array of a certain size.
d HID_FUNC_MDET 2a Returns the array determinant of an array.
d HID_FUNC_MINV 1a Returns the inverse array.
13 HID_FUNC_SUMMEX2PY2 4c Returns the sum of the sum of squares of corresponding values in two arrays.
e HID_FUNC_MMULT 2b Calculates the array product of two arrays.
c HID_FUNC_RKP 69 This function calculates the adjustment of the entered data as an exponential regression curve (y=b*m^x).
c HID_FUNC_RGP 4c Returns a table of statistics for a straight line that best fits a data set.
f HID_FUNC_MTRANS 2c Transposes the rows and columns of an array.
16 HID_FUNC_SUMMENPRODUKT 5d Multiplies corresponding elements in the given arrays, and returns the sum of those products.
13 HID_FUNC_SUMMEX2MY2 53 Returns the sum of the difference of squares of corresponding values in two arrays.
e HID_FUNC_ZEILE 2b Returns the row number of a cell reference.
11 HID_FUNC_WVERWEIS 48 Searches for a value and reference to the cells below the selected area.
d HID_FUNC_WAHL 3f Uses an index to return a value from a list of up to 30 values.
10 HID_FUNC_VORLAGE 33 Applies a style to the cell containing the formula.
11 HID_FUNC_TABELLEN 2f Determines the number of sheets in a reference.
10 HID_FUNC_ADRESSE 5e Returns a cell address (reference) as text, according to the specified row and column numbers.
15 HID_FUNC_VERSCHIEBUNG 68 Returns the value of a cell offset by a certain number of rows and columns from a given reference point.
11 HID_FUNC_BEREICHE 48 Returns the number of individual ranges that belong to a multiple range.
12 HID_FUNC_FEHLERTYP 51 Returns the number corresponding to an error value occurring in a different cell.
e HID_FUNC_INDEX 96 INDEX returns a sub range, specified by row and column number, or an optional range index. Depending on context, INDEX returns a reference or content.
c HID_FUNC_DDE 27 Returns the result of a DDE-based link.
f HID_FUNC_SPALTE 2e Returns the column number of a cell reference.
11 HID_FUNC_INDIREKT 31 Returns the reference specified by a text string.
18 SC_HID_FUNC_GETPIVOTDATA b5 The GETPIVOTDATA function returns a result value from a pivot table. The value is addressed using field and item names, so it remains valid if the layout of the pivot table changes.
f HID_FUNC_ZEILEN 33 Returns the number of rows in a reference or array.
10 HID_FUNC_SPALTEN 35 Returns the number of columns in the given reference.
12 HID_FUNC_HYPERLINK 50 When you click a cell that contains the HYPERLINK function, the hyperlink opens.
10 HID_FUNC_VERWEIS 49 Returns the contents of a cell either from a one-row or one-column range.
11 HID_FUNC_SVERWEIS 3e Vertical search with reference to adjacent cells to the right.
12 HID_FUNC_VERGLEICH 54 Returns the relative position of an item in an array that matches a specified value.
10 HID_FUNC_TABELLE 4e Returns the sheet number of a reference or a string representing a sheet name.
13 SC_HID_FUNC_UNICODE 4a Returns the numeric code for the first Unicode character in a text string.
11 HID_FUNC_GLAETTEN 52 Removes spaces from a string, leaving only a single space character between words.
d HID_FUNC_TEXT 38 Converts a number into text according to a given format.
d HID_FUNC_WERT 25 Converts a text string into a number.
11 HID_FUNC_WECHSELN 2e Substitutes new text for old text in a string.
f HID_FUNC_SUCHEN 41 Returns the position of a text segment within a character string.
11 HID_FUNC_ROEMISCH 7a Converts a number into a Roman numeral. The value range must be between 0 and 3999, the modes can be integers from 0 to 4.
f HID_FUNC_RIGHTB 5c Returns the last character or characters of a text with double bytes characters sets (DBCS).
f HID_FUNC_RECHTS 33 Returns the last character or characters of a text.
f HID_FUNC_LAENGE 30 Returns the length of a string including spaces.
e HID_FUNC_GROSS 3d Converts the string specified in the text field to uppercase.
10 HID_FUNC_DEZIMAL 61 Converts text with characters from a number system to a positive integer in the base radix given.
12 HID_FUNC_IDENTISCH 41 Compares two text strings and returns TRUE if they are identical.
f SC_HID_FUNC_ASC 68 The ASC function converts full-width to half-width ASCII and katakana characters. Returns a text string.
11 HID_FUNC_SAEUBERN 38 All non-printing characters are removed from the string.
f SC_HID_FUNC_JIS 68 The JIS function converts half-width to full-width ASCII and katakana characters. Returns a text string.
12 HID_FUNC_VERKETTEN 2e Combines several text strings into one string.
e HID_FUNC_KLEIN 3d Converts all uppercase letters in a text string to lowercase.
10 HID_FUNC_ZEICHEN 47 Converts a number into a character according to the current code table.
b HID_FUNC_DM 5c Converts a number to an amount in the currency format, rounded to a specified decimal place.
11 HID_FUNC_ARABISCH 53 Calculates the value of a Roman number. The value range must be between 0 and 3999.
f HID_FUNC_FINDEN 31 Looks for a string of text within another string.
e HID_FUNC_LEFTB 2c Returns the first characters of a DBCS text.
d HID_FUNC_LENB 7e For double-byte character set (DBCS) languages, returns the number of bytes used to represent the characters in a text string.
a HID_FUNC_T 58 This function returns the target text, or a blank text string if the target is not text.
e HID_FUNC_BASIS 56 Converts a positive integer to a specified base into a text from the numbering system.
e HID_FUNC_LINKS 34 Returns the first character or characters of a text.
d HID_FUNC_TEIL 6b Returns a text string of a text. The parameters specify the starting position and the number of characters.
13 SC_HID_FUNC_UNICHAR 3a Converts a code number into a Unicode character or letter.
d HID_FUNC_CODE 40 Returns a numeric code for the first character in a text string.
d HID_FUNC_FEST 65 Returns a number as text with a specified number of decimal places and optional thousands separators.
d HID_FUNC_MIDB 70 Returns a text string of a DBCS text. The parameters specify the starting position and the number of characters.
f HID_FUNC_GROSS2 3b Capitalizes the first letter in all words of a text string.
14 HID_FUNC_WIEDERHOLEN 39 Repeats a character string by the given number of copies.
11 HID_FUNC_ERSETZEN 3c Replaces part of a text string with a different text string.
18 HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINMONTH 4c Calculates the number of days of the month in which the date entered occurs.
17 HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINYEAR 4b Calculates the number of days of the year in which the date entered occurs.
18 HID_DAI_FUNC_WEEKSINYEAR 4c Calculates the number of weeks of the year in which the date entered occurs.
16 HID_DAI_FUNC_DIFFWEEKS 35 Calculates the difference in weeks between two dates.
12 HID_DAI_FUNC_ROT13 52 Encrypts a character string by moving the characters 13 positions in the alphabet.
17 HID_DAI_FUNC_DIFFMONTHS 36 Calculates the difference in months between two dates.
16 HID_DAI_FUNC_DIFFYEARS 35 Calculates the difference in years between two dates.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_HEX2OCT 42 The result is the octal number for the hexadecimal number entered.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_HEX2DEC 44 The result is the decimal number for the hexadecimal number entered.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_HEX2BIN 43 The result is the binary number for the hexadecimal number entered.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_GESTEP 3b The result is 1 if Number is greater than or equal to Step.
f HID_FUNC_ERF_MS 2e Returns values of the Gaussian error integral.
10 HID_AAI_FUNC_ERF 2e Returns values of the Gaussian error integral.
10 HID_FUNC_ERFC_MS 53 Returns complementary values of the Gaussian error integral between x and infinity.
11 HID_AAI_FUNC_ERFC 53 Returns complementary values of the Gaussian error integral between x and infinity.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_DEC2OCT 3e The result is the octal number for the decimal number entered.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BESSELI 28 Calculates the modified Bessel function.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BESSELJ 33 Calculates the Bessel function (cylinder function).
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BESSELK 28 Calculates the modified Bessel function.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BESSELY 28 Calculates the modified Bessel function.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BIN2DEC 3f The result is the decimal number for the binary number entered.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_DEC2BIN 54 The result is the binary number for the decimal number entered between -512 and 511.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BIN2HEX 43 The result is the hexadecimal number for the binary number entered.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_DELTA 71 The result is TRUE (1) if both numbers, which are delivered as an argument, are equal, otherwise it is FALSE (0).
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_BIN2OCT 3d The result is the octal number for the binary number entered.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_DEC2HEX 44 The result is the hexadecimal number for the decimal number entered.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_CONVERT 60 Converts a value from one unit of measure to the corresponding value in another unit of measure.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_OCT2BIN 3d The result is the binary number for the octal number entered.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSQRT 32 The result is the square root of a complex number.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSUM 32 The result is the sum of up to 29 complex numbers.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSUB 35 The result is the subtraction of two complex numbers.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMREAL 37 The result is the real coefficient of a complex number.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_OCT2HEX 42 The result is the hexadecimal number for the octal number entered.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMPRODUCT 36 The result is the product of up to 29 complex numbers.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMABS 35 The result is the absolute value of a complex number.
13 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMLOG2 37 The result is the binary logarithm of a complex number.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_FACTDOUBLE 29 Returns the double factorial of a number.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_COMPLEX 66 The result is a complex number which is returned from a real coefficient and an imaginary coefficient.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMAGINARY 3c The result is the imaginary coefficient of a complex number.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMPOWER 3e The result is the ComplexNumber raised to the power of Number.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMDIV 32 The result is the division of two complex numbers.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMEXP 34 The result is the power of e and the complex number.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_OCT2DEZ 3e The result is the decimal number for the octal number entered.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMARGUMENT 3f The result is the argument (the phi angle) of a complex number.
18 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCONJUGATE 44 The result is the conjugated complex complement to a complex number.
11 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMLN 48 The result is the natural logarithm (to the base e) of a complex number.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_IMLOG10 48 The result is the common logarithm (to the base 10) of a complex number.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_FVSCHEDULE 6d Calculates the accumulated value of the starting capital for a series of periodically varying interest rates.
b HID_FUNC_ZW 7b Returns the future value of an investment based on periodic, constant payments and a constant interest rate (Future Value).
e HID_FUNC_ZINSZ 6a Calculates the periodic amortizement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPDAYSNC 51 Returns the number of days from the settlement date until the next interest date.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPDAYS 5d Returns the number of days in the current interest period in which the settlement date falls.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPNUM 64 Returns the number of coupons (interest payments) between the settlement date and the maturity date.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPNCD 63 Returns the date of the first interest date after the settlement date. Format the result as a date.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_ODDFYIELD 50 Calculates the yield of a security if the first interest date falls irregularly.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_ODDLPRICE 71 Calculates the price per 100 currency units par value of a security, if the last interest date falls irregularly.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_ODDLYIELD 4f Calculates the yield of a security if the last interest date falls irregularly.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_ODDFPRICE 72 Calculates the price per 100 currency units par value of a security, if the first interest date falls irregularly.
c HID_FUNC_VDB 71 Returns the depreciation of an asset for a specified or partial period using a variable declining balance method.
c HID_FUNC_ZZR 72 Returns the number of periods for an investment based on periodic, constant payments and a constant interest rate.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPPCD 60 Returns the date of the interest date prior to the settlement date. Format the result as a date.
11 HID_AAI_FUNC_XNPV 6b Calculates the capital value (net present value)for a list of payments which take place on different dates.
11 HID_AAI_FUNC_XIRR 62 Calculates the internal rate of return for a list of payments which take place on different dates.
c HID_FUNC_ZGZ 51 Calculates the interest rate resulting from the profit (return) of an investment.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_COUPDAYBS 6a Returns the number of days from the first day of interest payment on a security until the settlement date.
d HID_FUNC_ZINS 3c Returns the constant interest rate per period of an annuity.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_INTRATE a9 Calculates the annual interest rate that results when a security (or other item) is purchased at an investment value and sold at a redemption value. No interest is paid.
c HID_FUNC_LIA 42 Returns the straight-line depreciation of an asset for one period.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_CUMPRINC 3b Calculates the cumulative redemption of a loan in a period.
11 HID_FUNC_LAUFZEIT 57 Calculates the number of periods required by an investment to attain the desired value.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_PRICEDISC 5d Calculates the price per 100 currency units of par value of a non-interest- bearing security.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_YIELD 23 Calculates the yield of a security.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_PRICE 84 Calculates the market value of a fixed interest security with a par value of 100 currency units as a function of the forecast yield.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_CUMIPMT 31 Calculates the accumulated interest for a period.
11 HID_FUNC_KUMZINSZ 7e Calculates the cumulative interest payments, that is, the total interest, for an investment based on a constant interest rate.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_PRICEMAT 70 Calculates the price per 100 currency units of par value of a security, that pays interest on the maturity date.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_TBILLPRICE 3f Calculates the price of a treasury bill per 100 currency units.
13 HID_FUNC_KUMKAPITAL 5c Returns the cumulative interest paid for an investment period with a constant interest rate.
d HID_FUNC_QIKV 4b Calculates the modified internal rate of return of a series of investments.
c HID_FUNC_RMZ 49 Returns the periodic payment for an annuity with constant interest rates.
d HID_FUNC_KAPZ 97 Returns for a given period the payment on the principal for an investment that is based on periodic and constant payments and a constant interest rate.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_DOLLARFR 5b Converts a quotation that has been given as a decimal number into a mixed decimal fraction.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_TBILLEQ 30 Calculates the annual return on a treasury bill.
17 HID_AAI_FUNC_TBILLYIELD 28 Calculates the yield of a treasury bill.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_MDURATION 50 Calculates the modified Macauley duration of a fixed interest security in years.
c HID_FUNC_NBW e5 Returns the present value of an investment based on a series of periodic cash flows and a discount rate. To get the net present value, subtract the cost of the project (the initial cash flow at time zero) from the returned value.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_NOMINAL 80 Calculates the annual nominal rate of interest on the basis of the effective rate and the number of interest payments per annum.
10 HID_FUNC_NOMINAL 75 Calculates the yearly nominal interest rate, given the effective rate and the number of compounding periods per year.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_DOLLARDE 55 Converts a quotation that has been given as a decimal fraction into a decimal number.
16 HID_AAI_FUNC_YIELDDISC 3f Calculates the annual yield of a non-interest-bearing security.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_YIELDMAT 61 Calculates the annual yield of a security, the interest of which is paid on the date of maturity.
12 HID_FUNC_BITRSHIFT 20 Shifts a number right by n bits.
12 HID_FUNC_BITLSHIFT 1f Shifts a number left by n bits.
f HID_FUNC_BITXOR 3b Returns a bitwise logical "exclusive or" of the parameters.
e HID_FUNC_BITOR 31 Returns a bitwise logical "or" of the parameters.
f HID_FUNC_BITAND 32 Returns a bitwise logical "and" of the parameters.
14 HID_FUNC_EXP_DIST_MS 25 Returns the exponential distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_EXPONVERT 25 Returns the exponential distribution.
15 SC_HID_FUNC_CHISQDIST 7e Returns the value of the probability density function or the cumulative distribution function for the chi-square distribution.
13 HID_FUNC_CHIVERT_MS 5b Returns the probability value from the indicated Chi square that a hypothesis is confirmed.
11 HID_FUNC_BETAVERT 1a Returns the beta function.
10 HID_FUNC_BETAINV 48 Returns the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function.
1a HID_FUNC_BESTIMMTHEITSMASS 54 Returns the square of the Pearson correlation coefficient based on the given values.
1a HID_FUNC_ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN 22 Returns the number of empty cells.
a HID_FUNC_B 3f Returns the probability of a sample with binomial distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_ANZAHL2 34 Counts how many values are in the list of arguments.
f HID_FUNC_ANZAHL 35 Counts how many numbers are in the list of arguments.
14 SC_HID_FUNC_CHISQINV 21 Returns the inverse of CHISQDIST.
12 HID_FUNC_CHIINV_MS 52 Returns the inverse of the one-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution.
18 HID_FUNC_ACHSENABSCHNITT 66 Calculates the point at which a line will intersect the y-values by using known x-values and y-values.
14 HID_FUNC_BETADIST_MS 1a Returns the beta function.
12 HID_FUNC_BINOMVERT 3e Returns the individual term binomial distribution probability.
16 HID_FUNC_BINOM_DIST_MS 3e Returns the individual term binomial distribution probability.
10 HID_FUNC_CHIVERT 5b Returns the probability value from the indicated Chi square that a hypothesis is confirmed.
13 HID_FUNC_BETAINV_MS 48 Returns the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function.
15 HID_FUNC_BINOM_INV_MS 78 Returns the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to a criterion value.
14 HID_FUNC_CHISQINV_MS 52 Returns the inverse of the left-tailed probability of the chi-square distribution.
f HID_FUNC_CHIINV 52 Returns the inverse of the one-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_CHITEST 83 Returns the probability of a deviance from a random distribution of two test series based on the chi-squared test for independence.
14 HID_FUNC_ZAEHLENWENN 50 Returns the number of cells that meet with certain criteria within a cell range.
13 HID_FUNC_CHITEST_MS 83 Returns the probability of a deviance from a random distribution of two test series based on the chi-squared test for independence.
15 HID_FUNC_CHISQDIST_MS 71 Returns the probability density function or the cumulative distribution function for the chi-square distribution.
19 HID_FUNC_HYP_GEOM_DIST_MS 28 Returns the hypergeometric distribution.
14 HID_FUNC_HYPGEOMVERT 28 Returns the hypergeometric distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_HARMITTEL 28 Returns the harmonic mean of a data set.
11 HID_FUNC_F_INV_LT 35 Returns the inverse of the cumulative F distribution.
e HID_FUNC_FVERT 2b Calculates the values of an F distribution.
f HID_FUNC_FISHER 5e Returns the Fisher transformation for x and creates a function close to a normal distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_GEOMITTEL 27 Returns the geometric mean of a sample.
e HID_FUNC_FTEST 20 Returns the result of an F test.
12 HID_FUNC_F_DIST_RT 3e Calculates the values of the right tail of the F distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_F_DIST_LT 3d Calculates the values of the left tail of the F distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_F_TEST_MS 20 Returns the result of an F test.
15 HID_FUNC_GAMMADIST_MS 2b Returns the values of a Gamma distribution.
11 HID_FUNC_F_INV_RT 35 Returns the inverse right tail of the F distribution.
11 HID_FUNC_GAMMAINV 43 Returns the inverse of the Gamma cumulative distribution GAMMADIST.
12 HID_FUNC_FISHERINV 6d Returns the inverse of the Fisher transformation for x and creates a function close to a normal distribution.
d HID_FUNC_FINV 36 Returns the inverse of the F probability distribution.
11 SC_HID_FUNC_GAMMA 21 Returns the Gamma function value.
17 HID_FUNC_GESTUTZTMITTEL 50 Returns the mean of a data set without the Alpha percent of data at the margins.
14 HID_FUNC_GAMMAINV_MS 43 Returns the inverse of the Gamma cumulative distribution GAMMADIST.
13 HID_FUNC_GAMMALN_MS 3a Returns the natural logarithm of the Gamma function: G(x).
12 HID_FUNC_GAMMAVERT 2b Returns the values of a Gamma distribution.
e HID_FUNC_GAUSS 34 Returns the standard normal cumulative distribution.
e HID_FUNC_GTEST 66 Calculates the probability of observing a z-statistic greater than the one computed based on a sample.
10 HID_FUNC_GAMMALN 3a Returns the natural logarithm of the Gamma function: G(x).
12 HID_FUNC_Z_TEST_MS 66 Calculates the probability of observing a z-statistic greater than the one computed based on a sample.
17 HID_FUNC_LOGNORMDIST_MS 2f Returns the values of a lognormal distribution.
14 HID_FUNC_LOGNORMVERT 2f Returns the values of a lognormal distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_LOGINV_MS 32 Returns the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
f HID_FUNC_LOGINV 32 Returns the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_KGROESSTE 32 Returns the Rank_c-th largest value in a data set.
12 HID_FUNC_KONFIDENZ 44 Returns the (1-alpha) confidence interval for a normal distribution.
15 HID_FUNC_CONFIDENCE_T 49 Returns the (1-alpha) confidence interval for a Student's t distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_KRITBINOM 78 Returns the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to a criterion value.
12 HID_FUNC_KKLEINSTE 33 Returns the Rank_c-th smallest value in a data set.
15 HID_FUNC_CONFIDENCE_N 44 Returns the (1-alpha) confidence interval for a normal distribution.
e HID_FUNC_KOVAR 3b Returns the covariance of the product of paired deviations.
f HID_FUNC_KORREL 3a Returns the correlation coefficient between two data sets.
15 HID_FUNC_COVARIANCE_P 56 Returns the covariance of the product of paired deviations, for the entire population.
d HID_FUNC_KURT 40 Returns the kurtosis of a data set (at least 4 values required).
15 HID_FUNC_COVARIANCE_S 5b Returns the covariance of the product of paired deviations, for a sample of the population.
15 HID_FUNC_QUARTILE_EXC 6c Returns a requested quartile of a supplied range of values, based on a percentile range of 0 to 1 exclusive.
18 HID_FUNC_PERCENTRANK_INC 69 Returns the relative position, between 0 and 1 (inclusive), of a specified value within a supplied array.
17 HID_FUNC_PERCENTILE_INC 38 Returns the alpha-percentile of data values in an array.
17 HID_FUNC_PERCENTILE_EXC 7e Returns the Alpha'th percentile of a supplied range of values for a given value of Alpha, within the range 0 to 1 (exclusive).
12 HID_FUNC_MODALWERT 2c Returns the most common value in a data set.
d HID_FUNC_MAXA 7a Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments. In opposite to MAX, here you can enter text. The value of the text is 0.
12 HID_FUNC_MITTELABW 4e Returns the average of the absolute deviations of data points from their mean.
18 HID_FUNC_PERCENTRANK_EXC 69 Returns the relative position, between 0 and 1 (exclusive), of a specified value within a supplied array.
d HID_FUNC_MINA 6b Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments. Here you can also enter text. The value of the text is 0.
13 HID_FUNC_MITTELWERT 25 Returns the average of the arguments.
f HID_FUNC_MEDIAN 100 Returns the median of a set of numbers. In a set containing an uneven number of values, the median will be the number in the middle of the set and in a set containing an even number of values, it will be the mean of the two values in the middle of the set.
13 HID_FUNC_NORMINV_MS 3a Returns the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution.
1a HID_FUNC_MODAL_VALUE_MULTI 7b Returns a vertical array of the statistical modes (the most frequently occurring values) within a list of supplied numbers.
15 HID_FUNC_QUARTILE_INC 23 Returns the quartile of a data set.
14 HID_FUNC_MITTELWERTA 3f Returns the average of the arguments. The value of a text is 0.
c HID_FUNC_MAX 31 Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments.
18 HID_FUNC_POISSON_DIST_MS 21 Returns the Poisson distribution.
c HID_FUNC_MIN 31 Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments.
c HID_FUNC_PHI 53 Returns the values of the distribution function for a standard normal distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_POISSON 21 Returns the Poisson distribution.
15 HID_FUNC_NEGBINOMVERT 2b Returns the negative binomial distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_PEARSON 3d Returns the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient r.
15 HID_FUNC_QUANTILSRANG 33 Returns the percentage rank of a value in a sample.
18 HID_FUNC_NEGBINOMDIST_MS 3f Returns the negative binomial density or distribution function.
11 HID_FUNC_QUARTILE 23 Returns the quartile of a data set.
11 HID_FUNC_NORMVERT 43 Returns the density function or the normal cumulative distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_NORMINV 3a Returns the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution.
17 HID_FUNC_MODAL_VALUE_MS 59 Returns the most frequently occurring, or repetitive, value in an array or range of data.
14 HID_FUNC_NORMDIST_MS 43 Returns the density function or the normal cumulative distribution.
10 HID_FUNC_QUANTIL 38 Returns the alpha-percentile of data values in an array.
10 HID_FUNC_WEIBULL 2f Returns the values of the Weibull distribution.
15 HID_FUNC_VARIATIONEN2 56 Returns the number of permutations for a given number of objects (repetition allowed).
14 HID_FUNC_VARIATIONEN 41 Returns the number of permutations for a given number of objects.
13 HID_FUNC_VARIANZENA 4f Calculates the variance based on the entire population. The value of text is 0.
11 HID_FUNC_VAR_P_MS 35 Calculates a variance based on the entire population.
10 HID_FUNC_VARIANZ 29 Estimates the variance based on a sample.
11 HID_FUNC_TDIST_RT ae Calculates the right-tailed Student's T Distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.
12 HID_FUNC_VARIANZEN 35 Calculates a variance based on the entire population.
11 HID_FUNC_TDIST_MS 1b Returns the t-distribution.
e HID_FUNC_TTEST 3b Returns the probability associated with a Student's t-Test.
14 HID_FUNC_ST_DEV_P_MS 41 Calculates the standard deviation based on the entire population.
13 HID_FUNC_STFEHLERYX 51 Returns the standard error of the predicted y value for each x in the regression.
15 HID_FUNC_STANDNORMINV 43 Returns the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution.
13 HID_FUNC_SUMQUADABW 40 Returns the sum of squares of deviations based on a sample mean.
11 HID_FUNC_ST_DEV_S 44 Calculates the standard deviation based on sample of the population.
11 HID_FUNC_VARIANZA 3f Estimates a variance based on a sample. The value of text is 0.
10 HID_FUNC_SCHIEFE 27 Returns the skewness of a distribution.
11 HID_FUNC_TDIST_2T ac Calculates the two-tailed Student's T Distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.
10 HID_FUNC_RANK_EQ 51 Returns the statistical rank of a given value, within a supplied array of values.
d HID_FUNC_RANG 29 Returns the rank of a number in a sample.
18 HID_FUNC_WEIBULL_DIST_MS 2f Returns the values of the Weibull distribution.
12 HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER 3c Extrapolates future values based on existing x and y values.
d HID_FUNC_TINV 2a Returns the inverse of the t-distribution.
17 HID_FUNC_WAHRSCHBEREICH 46 Returns the probability that values in a range are between two limits.
e HID_FUNC_STABW 33 Estimates the standard deviation based on a sample.
f HID_FUNC_STABWN 41 Calculates the standard deviation based on the entire population.
10 HID_FUNC_TINV_MS 35 Returns the one tailed inverse of the t-distribution.
11 HID_FUNC_RANK_AVG 51 Returns the statistical rank of a given value, within a supplied array of values.
f HID_FUNC_STABWA 45 Calculates the standard deviation of an estimation based on a sample.
18 HID_FUNC_STD_NORMDIST_MS 82 Returns the standard normal cumulative distribution function. The distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one.
10 HID_FUNC_STABWNA 41 Calculates the standard deviation based on the entire population.
19 HID_FUNC_STANDARDISIERUNG 31 Converts a random variable to a normalized value.
e HID_FUNC_VAR_S 29 Estimates the variance based on a sample.
16 HID_FUNC_STANDNORMVERT 82 Returns the standard normal cumulative distribution function. The distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one.
17 HID_FUNC_STD_NORMINV_MS 43 Returns the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution.
11 HID_FUNC_STEIGUNG 30 Returns the slope of the linear regression line.
e HID_FUNC_TVERT 1b Returns the t-distribution.
11 HID_FUNC_TTEST_MS 3b Returns the probability associated with a Student's t-Test.
10 HID_FUNC_TINV_2T 41 Calculates the inverse of the two-tailed Student's T Distribution
10 .uno%3ANamesMenu 47 Allows you to name the different sections of your spreadsheet document.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fadd 9c Click the Add button to add the defined name to the list. Click the Modify button to enter another name for an already existing name selected from the list.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Fprintarea 22 Defines the area as a print range.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Fmore 41 Allows you to specify the Area type (optional) for the reference.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Frowheader 24 Defines the area as a repeating row.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Fcolheader 27 Defines the area as a repeating column.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Frange 4b The reference of the selected area name is shown here as an absolute value.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Ffilter 3b Defines the selected area to be used in an advanced filter.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinename%2Fedit b2 Enter the name of the area for which you want to define a reference or a formula expression. All area names already defined in the spreadsheet are listed in the text field below.
11 .uno%3ADefineName 63 Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.
31 SC%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SCDLG_NAMES_PASTE%3ABTN_ADD 67 Inserts a list of all named areas and the corresponding cell references at the current cursor position.
33 SC%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SCDLG_NAMES_PASTE%3ALB_ENTRYLIST 82 Lists all defined cell areas. Double-click an entry to insert the named area into the active sheet at the current cursor position.
11 .uno%3AInsertName 44 Inserts a defined named cell range at the current cursor's position.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcreatenamesdialog%2Fright 58 Creates the range names from the entries in the last column of the selected sheet range.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcreatenamesdialog%2Fbottom 55 Creates the range names from the entries in the last row of the selected sheet range.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcreatenamesdialog%2Fleft 59 Creates the range names from the entries in the first column of the selected sheet range.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcreatenamesdialog%2Ftop 42 Creates the range names from the header row of the selected range.
12 .uno%3ACreateNames 36 Allows you to automatically name multiple cell ranges.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fedassign2 8a Sets the data range for which the selected label range is valid. To modify it, click in the sheet and select another range with the mouse.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fadd 29 Adds the current label range to the list.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frowhead 2f Includes row labels in the current label range.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fcolhead 32 Includes column labels in the current label range.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fedassign 30 Displays the cell reference of each label range.
17 .uno%3ADefineLabelRange 35 Opens a dialog in which you can define a label range.
30 SC%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3AFID_FUNCTION_BOX%3AIMB_INSERT 30 Inserts the selected function into the document.
29 SC%3ALISTBOX%3AFID_FUNCTION_BOX%3ALB_FUNC 21 Displays the available functions.
13 HID_SC_FUNCTIONLIST 72 Opens the Function List deck of the Sidebar, which displays all functions that can be inserted into your document.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fexternaldata%2Fdelay 64 Enter the number of seconds to wait before the external data are reloaded into the current document.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fexternaldata%2Franges 3b Select the table or the data range that you want to insert.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fexternaldata%2Furl 64 Enter the URL or the file name that contains the data that you want to insert, and then press Enter.
1e .uno%3AInsertExternalDataSourc 7f Inserts data from an HTML, Calc, or Excel file into the current sheet as a link. The data must be located within a named range.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fexternaldata%2Fbrowse 37 Locate the file containing the data you want to insert.
17 .uno%3AFormatCellDialog 64 Allows you to specify a variety of formatting options and to apply attributes to the selected cells.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcellprotectionpage%2FcheckHidePrinting 2c Keeps the selected cells from being printed.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcellprotectionpage%2FcheckHideFormula 25 Hides formulas in the selected cells.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcellprotectionpage%2FcheckHideAll 32 Hides formulas and contents of the selected cells.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcellprotectionpage%2FcheckProtected 30 Prevents the selected cells from being modified.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcellprotectionpage%2FCellProtectionPage 2e Defines protection options for selected cells.
e .uno%3ARowMenu 35 Sets the row height and hides or shows selected rows.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptimalrowheightdialog%2Fdefault 36 Restores the default value for the optimal row height.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptimalrowheightdialog%2Fvalue 57 Sets additional spacing between the largest character in a row and the cell boundaries.
1a .uno%3ASetOptimalRowHeight 38 Determines the optimal row height for the selected rows.
b .uno%3AHide 32 Hides selected rows, columns or individual sheets.
11 .uno%3AShowColumn 3e Choose this command to show previously hidden rows or columns.
11 .uno%3AColumnMenu 3a Sets the column width and hides or shows selected columns.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptimalcolwidthdialog%2Fdefault 57 Defines the optimal column width in order to display the entire contents of the column.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptimalcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 61 Defines additional spacing between the longest entry in a column and the vertical column borders.
1e .uno%3ASetOptimalColumnWidthDi 36 Defines the optimal column width for selected columns.
17 .uno%3ASheetRightToLeft 58 Changes the orientation of the current sheet to Right-To-Left if CTL support is enabled.
10 .uno%3ASheetMenu 37 Sets the sheet name and hides or shows selected sheets.
12 HID_SC_APPEND_NAME 24 Enter a new name for the sheet here.
12 .uno%3ARenameTable 57 This command opens a dialog where you can assign a different name to the current sheet.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fwhowsheetdialog%2FShowSheetDialog 42 Displays a list of all hidden sheets in your spreadsheet document.
b .uno%3AShow 42 Displays sheets that were previously hidden with the Hide command.
17 .uno%3AToggleMergeCells 64 Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centered.
17 .uno%3APageFormatDialog 51 Opens a dialog where you can define the appearance of all pages in your document.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FspinED_SCALEPAGENUM 30 Enter the maximum number of pages to be printed.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FspinED_SCALEPAGEHEIGHT 43 Enter the maximum number of pages to be printed vertically stacked.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FspinED_SCALEPAGEWIDTH 44 Enter the maximum number of pages to be printed horizontally across.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FspinED_SCALEALL 61 Enter a scaling factor. Factors less than 100 reduce the pages, higher factors enlarge the pages.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_PAGENO 52 Select this option if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_DRAWINGS 35 Includes all drawing objects in the printed document.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_GRID 39 Prints out the borders of the individual cells as a grid.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FradioBTN_LEFTRIGHT 46 Prints horizontally from the top row of the sheet to the right column.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_HEADER 44 Specifies whether you want the column and row headers to be printed.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_NULLVALS 33 Specifies that cells with a zero value are printed.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_NOTES 30 Prints the comments defined in your spreadsheet.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_OBJECTS 54 Includes all inserted objects (if printable) and graphics with the printed document.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FspinED_PAGENO 23 Enter the number of the first page.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_FORMULAS 43 Prints the formulas contained in the cells, instead of the results.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcomboLB_SCALEMODE 68 Select a scaling mode from the list box. Appropriate controls will be shown at the side of the list box.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FcheckBTN_CHARTS 40 Prints the charts that have been inserted into your spreadsheet.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FSheetPrintPage b6 Specifies the elements to be included in the printout of all sheets with the current Page Style. Additionally, you can set the print order, the first page number, and the page scale.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsheetprintpage%2FradioBTN_TOPDOWN 42 Prints vertically from the left column to the bottom of the sheet.
16 .uno%3APrintRangesMenu 49 Manages print ranges. Only cells within the print ranges will be printed.
16 .uno%3ADefinePrintArea 40 Defines an active cell or selected cell area as the print range.
16 .uno%3ADeletePrintArea 3e የ ተገለጸውን የ ማተሚያ ቦታ ማስወገጃ
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Fedrepeatcol 89 Choose one or more columns to print on every page. In the right text box enter the column reference, for example, "A" or "AB" or "$C:$E".
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Fedrepeatrow 83 Choose one or more rows to print on every page. In the right text box enter the row reference, for example, "1" or "$1" or "$2:$3".
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Fedprintarea 2b Allows you to modify a defined print range.
14 .uno%3AEditPrintArea 35 Opens a dialog where you can specify the print range.
13 .uno%3AAddPrintArea 36 Adds the current selection to the defined print areas.
13 HID_TEMPLATE_FILTER 21 Lists the available style groups.
10 HID_TEMPLATE_FMT 41 Displays the list of the styles from the selected style category.
1c HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE 72 Updates the Style selected in the Styles and Formatting window with the current formatting of the selected object.
19 HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE 41 Creates a new style based on the formatting of a selected object.
15 HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN 7a Turns the Fill Format mode on and off. Use the paint can to assign the Style selected in the Styles and Formatting window.
10 .uno%3APageStyle 40 Displays the Page Styles available for indirect page formatting.
10 .uno%3AParaStyle 4c Displays the list of the available Cell Styles for indirect cell formatting.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 3f Combines the contents of the selected cells into a single cell.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 3b መክፈያ በ ቅድሚያ የ ተዋሀዱ ክፍሎች
14 HID_SC_REN_AFMT_NAME 2a Enter the new name of the AutoFormat here.
15 HID_SC_RENAME_AUTOFMT 51 Opens a dialog where you can change the specification of the selected AutoFormat.
11 .uno%3AAutoFormat 63 Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected sheet area or to define your own AutoFormats.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fformatlb 49 Choose a predefined AutoFormat to apply to a selected area in your sheet.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fadd 72 Allows you to add the current formatting of a range of at least 4 x 4 cells to the list of predefined AutoFormats.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fbordercb 51 When marked, specifies that you want to retain the border of the selected format.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fautofitcb 71 When marked, specifies that you want to retain the width and height of the selected cells of the selected format.
13 HID_SC_AUTOFMT_NAME 2c ስም ያስገቡ እና ይጫኑ እሺ.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fpatterncb 52 When marked, specifies that you want to retain the pattern of the selected format.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2FAutoFormatTableDialog 63 Use this command to apply an AutoFormat to a selected sheet area or to define your own AutoFormats.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Falignmentcb 54 When marked, specifies that you want to retain the alignment of the selected format.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fnumformatcb 58 When marked, specifies that you want to retain the number format of the selected format.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Ffontcb 4f When marked, specifies that you want to retain the font of the selected format.
1e .uno%3AConditionalFormatDialog 56 Choose Conditional Formatting to define format styles depending on certain conditions.
10 .uno%3AHyphenate 5b The Hyphenation command calls the dialog for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.
15 .uno%3AShowPrecedents 75 This function shows the relationship between the current cell containing a formula and the cells used in the formula.
1b .uno%3AClearArrowPrecedents 5b Deletes one level of the trace arrows that were inserted with the Trace Precedents command.
15 .uno%3AShowDependents 5e Draws tracer arrows to the active cell from formulas that depend on values in the active cell.
1b .uno%3AClearArrowDependents 41 Deletes one level of tracer arrows created with Trace Dependents.
12 .uno%3AClearArrows 2f Removes all tracer arrows from the spreadsheet.
11 .uno%3AShowErrors 59 Draws tracer arrows to all precedent cells which cause an error value in a selected cell.
17 .uno%3AAuditingFillMode 99 Activates the Fill Mode in the Detective. The mouse pointer changes to a special symbol, and you can click any cell to see a trace to the precedent cell.
12 .uno%3AShowInvalid 4e Marks all cells in the sheet that contain values outside the validation rules.
14 .uno%3ARefreshArrows 62 Redraws all traces in the sheet. Formulas modified when traces are redrawn are taken into account.
18 .uno%3AAutoRefreshArrows 52 Automatically refreshes all the traces in the sheet whenever you modify a formula.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fvaredit 6d Specifies the reference for the cell that contains the value you want to adjust in order to reach the target.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Ftarget 38 Specifies the value you want to achieve as a new result.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fformulaedit 78 In the formula cell, enter the reference of the cell which contains the formula. It contains the current cell reference.
15 .uno%3AGoalSeekDialog 3f Opens a dialog where you can solve an equation with a variable.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscenariodialog%2Fpreventchanges a6 Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behavior of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscenariodialog%2Fcopyback 11d Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not select this option, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behavior of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscenariodialog%2Fbordercolor 84 Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.
15 HID_SC_SCENWIN_BOTTOM ab Specifies additional information about the scenario. This information will be displayed in the Navigator when you click the Scenarios icon and select the desired scenario.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscenariodialog%2Fcopysheet 3a Copies the entire sheet into an additional scenario sheet.
12 HID_SC_SCENWIN_TOP 67 Defines the name for the scenario. Use a clear and unique name so you can easily identify the scenario.
16 .uno%3AScenarioManager 2f Defines a scenario for the selected sheet area.
e .uno%3AProtect 4e Allows you to enter a password to protect the sheet from unauthorized changes.
1d .uno%3AToolProtectionDocument 82 Protects the sheet structure of your document from modifications. It is impossible to insert, delete, rename, move or copy sheets.
1b .uno%3AAutomaticCalculation 38 Automatically recalculates all formulas in the document.
10 .uno%3ACalculate 82 Recalculates all changed formulas. If AutoCalculate is enabled, the Recalculate command applies only to formulas like RAND or NOW.
13 .uno%3AAutoComplete 7d Switches the AutoInput function on and off, which automatically completes entries, based on other entries in the same column.
12 .uno%3ASplitWindow 45 Divides the current window at the top left corner of the active cell.
12 .uno%3AFreezePanes 71 Divides the sheet at the top left corner of the active cell and the area to the top left is no longer scrollable.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fmore 19 Shows additional options.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fadd 60 Adds the selected cell range to the database range list, or modifies an existing database range.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fassign 21 Displays the selected cell range.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fentry 66 Enter a name for the database range that you want to define, or select an existing name from the list.
13 .uno%3ADefineDBName 43 Defines a database range based on the selected cells in your sheet.
47 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2FDontSaveImportedData 4a Only saves a reference to the database, and not the contents of the cells.
46 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2FInsertOrDeleteCells 7f Automatically inserts new rows and columns into the database range in your document when new records are added to the database.
41 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2FKeepFormatting 5b Applies the existing cell format of headers and first data row to the whole database range.
47 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2FContainsColumnLabels 25 Selected cell ranges contains labels.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectrange%2Ftreeview 63 Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range, click its name, and then click OK.
f .uno%3ASelectDB 44 Selects a database range that you defined under Data - Define Range.
f .uno%3ADataSort 45 Sorts the selected rows according to the conditions that you specify.
15 .uno%3ASortDescending eb Sorts the selection from the highest to the lowest value, or from the lowest to the highest value. Number fields are sorted by size and text fields by the order of the characters. You can define the sort rules on Data - Sort - Options.
25 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortkey%2Fdown 77 Sorts the selection from the highest value to the lowest value. You can define the sort rules on Data - Sort - Options.
23 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortkey%2Fup a2 Sorts the selection from the lowest value to the highest value. The sorting rules are given by the locale. You can define the sort rules on Data - Sort - Options.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortkey%2Fsortlb 3f Select the column that you want to use as the primary sort key.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortcriteriapage%2FSortCriteriaPage 33 Specify the sorting options for the selected range.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fleftright 45 Sorts columns by the values in the active rows of the selected range.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2FSortOptionsPage 37 ተጨማሪ የ መለያ ምርጫዎች ማሰናጃ
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fnaturalsort ca Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numerical element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Flanguage 2a Select the language for the sorting rules.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fcase 6e Sorts first by uppercase letters and then by lowercase letters. For Asian languages, special handling applies.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fsortuserlb 8d Select the custom sort order that you want to apply. To define a custom sort order, choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists .
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fheader 47 Omits the first row or the first column in the selection from the sort.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Ftopdown 45 Sorts rows by the values in the active columns of the selected range.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fformats 26 Preserves the current cell formatting.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fcopyresult 3a Copies the sorted list to the cell range that you specify.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Foutarealb 6d Select a named  cell range where you want to display the sorted list, or enter a cell range in the input box.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Falgorithmlb 29 Select a sorting option for the language.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Foutareaed 66 Enter the cell range where you want to display the sorted list, or select a named range from the list.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsortoptionspage%2Fsortuser 3f Click here and then select the custom sort order that you want.
11 .uno%3AFilterMenu 45 የ እርስዎን ዳታ ለ ማጣራት ትእዛዞች ማሳያ
1b .uno%3ADataFilterAutoFilter 86 Automatically filters the selected cell range, and creates one-row list boxes where you can choose the items that you want to display.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Fdestpers 121 Select the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fregexp 35 Allows you to use wildcards in the filter definition.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fedcopyarea 62 Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fheader 3c Includes the column labels in the first row of a cell range.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Funique 35 Excludes duplicate rows in the list of filtered data.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fcase 4e Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fmore 20 Shows additional filter options.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Fedfilterarea 67 Select the named range, or enter the cell range that contains the filter criteria that you want to use.
1e .uno%3ADataFilterSpecialFilter 1b Defines an advanced filter.
1d .uno%3ADataFilterRemoveFilter 81 Removes the filter from the selected cell range. To enable this command, click inside the cell area where the filter was applied.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterHideAutoFilter 38 Hides the AutoFilter buttons in the selected cell range.
14 .uno%3ADataSubTotals 35 Calculates subtotals for the columns that you select.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotalgrppage%2Ffunctions 51 Select the mathematical function that you want to use to calculate the subtotals.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotalgrppage%2Fcolumns 45 Select the column(s) containing the values that you want to subtotal.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotalgrppage%2Fgroup_by a9 Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column change, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotalgrppage%2FSubTotalGrpPage 53 Specify the settings for up to three subtotal groups. Each tab has the same layout.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fdescending 5f Sorts beginning with the highest value. You can define the sort rules on Data - Sort - Options.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Flbuserdef 69 Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialog box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fascending 5e Sorts beginning with the lowest value. You can define the sort rules on Data - Sort - Options.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fsort 72 Sorts the area that you selected in the Group by box of the Group tabs according to the columns that you selected.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fformats 2d Considers formatting attributes when sorting.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fcase 40 Recalculates subtotals when you change the case of a data label.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsubtotaloptionspage%2Fpagebreak 37 Inserts a new page after each group of subtotaled data.
17 HID_SCPAGE_SUBT_OPTIONS 3e Specify the settings for calculating and presenting subtotals.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fcol 64 Enter the input cell reference that you want to use as a variable for the columns in the data table.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Frow 61 Enter the input cell reference that you want to use as a variable for the rows in the data table.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fformulas 6f Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulas that you want to use in the multiple operation.
1b .uno%3ATableOperationDialog 51 Applies the same formula to different cells, but with different parameter values.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fadd 5b Adds the cell range specified in the Source data range box to the Consolidation ranges box.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Feddestarea 57 Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Feddataarea fb Specifies the cell range that you want to consolidate with the cell ranges listed in the Consolidation ranges box. Select a cell range in a sheet, and then click Add. You can also select a the name of a predefined cell from the Source data range list.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fconsareas 36 Displays the cell ranges that you want to consolidate.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Ffunc 41 Select the function that you want to use to consolidate the data.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fmore 19 Shows additional options.
16 .uno%3ADataConsolidate 76 Combines data from one or more independent cell ranges and calculates a new range using the function that you specify.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frefs 99 Links the data in the consolidation range to the source data, and automatically updates the results of the consolidation when the source data is changed.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fbycol 38 Uses the column labels to arrange the consolidated data.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fbyrow 35 Uses the row labels to arrange the consolidated data.
11 .uno%3AHideDetail ad Hides the details of the grouped row or column that contains the cursor. To hide all of the grouped rows or columns, select the outlined table, and then choose this command.
11 .uno%3AShowDetail bc Shows the details of the grouped row or column that contains the cursor. To show the details of all of the grouped rows or columns, select the outlined table, and then choose this command.
11 HID_SC_GROUP_COLS 1c Groups the selected columns.
11 HID_SC_GROUP_ROWS 19 Groups the selected rows.
c .uno%3AGroup 3e Defines the selected cell range as a group of rows or columns.
e .uno%3AUngroup 6f Ungroups the selection. In a nested group, the last rows or columns that were added are removed from the group.
12 .uno%3AAutoOutline 6f If the selected cell range contains formulas or references, $[officename] automatically outlines the selection.
13 .uno%3AClearOutline 31 Removes the outline from the selected cell range.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectsource%2Fexternal 5f Opens the External Source dialog where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectsource%2Fdatabase 6f Uses a table or query in a database that is registered in $[officename] as the data source for the pivot table.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectsource%2Fselection 3f Uses the selected cells as the data source for the pivot table.
17 .uno%3ADataDataPilotRun 60 Opens a dialog where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectdatasource%2Ftype 36 Click the source type of for the selected data source.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectdatasource%2Fdatabase 47 Select the database that contains the data source that you want to use.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectdatasource%2Fdatasource 2c Select the data source that you want to use.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fselectdatasource%2FSelectDataSourceDialog 42 You can only select databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowdetaildialog%2FdimsTreeview 37 Choose the field that you want to view the details for.
46 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-drill-to-details c3 Select this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details for the item. Clear this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.
16 .uno%3ADataPilotFilter 2a የ ማጣሪያ ንግግር መክፈቻ
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fsource-edit 43 Select the area that contains the data for the current pivot table.
3e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Flistbox-fields 8f To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-total-rows 3f Calculates and displays the grand total of the row calculation.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fmore 42 Displays or hides additional options for defining the pivot table.
47 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-ignore-empty-rows 28 Ignores empty fields in the data source.
14 .uno%3ADataPilotExec 45 Specify the layout of the table that is generated by the pivot table.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fsource-button 43 Select the area that contains the data for the current pivot table.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-add-filter 48 Adds a Filter button to pivot tables that are based on spreadsheet data.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fdestination-edit 49 Select the area where you want to display the results of the pivot table.
43 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-total-columns 42 Calculates and displays the grand total of the column calculation.
49 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fcheck-identify-categories 4b Automatically assigns rows without labels to the category of the row above.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fval3 40 Select the value that you want to compare to the selected field.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fcond3 3f Select an operator to compare the Field name and Value entries.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Ffield3 74 Select the field that you want to use in the filter. If field names are not available, the column labels are listed.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fconnect2 29 Select a logical operator for the filter.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fdbarea 3a Displays the name of the filtered data range in the table.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Funique 35 Excludes duplicate rows in the list of filtered data.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fregexp 35 Allows you to use wildcards in the filter definition.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fcase 36 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfilterdialog%2Fmore 2f Displays or hides additional filtering options.
a 1495371268 67 Select the item of the base field from which the respective value is taken as base for the calculation.
a 1495371266 49 Select the type of calculating of the displayed value for the data field.
a 1495371267 56 Select the field from which the respective value is taken as base for the calculation.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Fnone 1d Does not calculate subtotals.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Foptions 68 Opens the Data Field Options dialog. The Options button is visible for column, row, or page fields only.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Fauto 23 Automatically calculates subtotals.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Fuser 5f Select this option, and then click the type of subtotal that you want to calculate in the list.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2FPivotFieldDialog 31 Specify the subtotals that you want to calculate.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdatafielddialog%2Fexpander 4f Expands or reduces the dialog. The More button is visible for data fields only.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Ffunctions 7c Click the type of subtotal that you want to calculate. This option is only available if the User-defined option is selected.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivotfielddialog%2Fshowall 35 Includes empty columns and rows in the results table.
a 1495387657 83 Select the hierarchy that you want to use. The pivot table must be based on an external source data that contains data hierarchies.
5 59010 3d Select the items that you want to hide from the calculations.
a 1495387654 35 Select the layout mode for the field in the list box.
a 1495387655 3a Shows the top or bottom items in the specified sort order.
a 1495387656 38 Select the data field that you want to sort the data by.
a 1495384580 104 Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.
a 1495390209 46 Enter the maximum number of items that you want to show automatically.
a 1495384581 10f Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.
a 1495387653 3f Select the data field that you want to sort columns or rows by.
a 1495384582 3e ዋጋዎችን በ ፊደል ቅደም ተከተል መለያ
a 1495385090 42 Adds an empty row after the data for each item in the pivot table.
a 1495385091 31 ራሱ በራሱ ማሳያ ገጽታ ማብሪያ
17 .uno%3ARecalcPivotTable 18 Updates the pivot table.
17 .uno%3ADeletePivotTable 21 Deletes the selected pivot table.
16 .uno%3ADataAreaRefresh 8e Updates a data range that was inserted from an external database. The data in the sheet is updated to match the data in the external database.
11 .uno%3AValidation 3d Defines what data is valid for a selected cell or cell range.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fdata 35 Select the comparative operator that you want to use.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fmin 5a Enter the minimum value for the data validation option that you selected in the Allow box.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fsortascend 8a Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not checked, the order from the data source is taken.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fmax 5a Enter the maximum value for the data validation option that you selected in the Allow box.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fminlist 3c Enter the entries that will be valid values or text strings.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fshowlist 82 Shows a list of all valid strings or values to select from. The list can also be opened by selecting the cell and pressing Ctrl+D.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fallowempty 8f In conjunction with Tools - Detective - Mark invalid Data, this defines that blank cells are shown as invalid data (disabled) or not (enabled).
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2Fallow 33 Click a validation option for the selected cell(s).
46 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationcriteriapage%2FValidationCriteriaPage 36 Specify the validation rules for the selected cell(s).
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationhelptabpage%2Finputhelp 53 Enter the message that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationhelptabpage%2Ftitle 51 Enter the title that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationhelptabpage%2Ftsbhelp 6d Displays the message that you enter in the Contents box when the cell or cell range is selected in the sheet.
44 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fvalidationhelptabpage%2FValidationHelpTabPage 60 Enter the message that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected in the sheet.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2FerrorMsg 52 Enter the message that you want to display when invalid data is entered in a cell.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2Ftitle 72 Enter the title of the macro or the error message that you want to display when invalid data is entered in a cell.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2FbrowseBtn aa Opens the Macro dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2FactionCB 50 Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2Ftsbshow 66 Displays the error message that you enter in the Contents area when invalid data is entered in a cell.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ferroralerttabpage%2FErrorAlertTabPage 52 Define the error message that is displayed when invalid data is entered in a cell.
16 .uno%3ADrawGraphicMenu 3e Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.
15 SC_HID_FUNC_AGGREGATE 105 This function returns an aggregate result of the calculations in the range. You can use different aggregate functions listed below. The Aggregate function enables you to omit hidden rows, errors, SUBTOTAL and other AGGREGATE function results in the calculation.
15 SC_HID_FUNC_AVERAGEIF d7 Returns the arithmetic mean of all cells in a range that satisfy a given condition. The AVERAGEIF function sums up all the results that match the logical test and divides this sum by the quantity of selected values.
16 SC_HID_FUNC_AVERAGEIFS df Returns the arithmetic mean of all cells in a range that satisfy given multiple criteria. The AVERAGEIFS function sums up all the results that match the logical tests and divides this sum by the quantity of selected values.
14 SC_HID_FUNC_COUNTIFS 4b Returns the count of rows or columns that meet criteria in multiple ranges.
e HID_FUNC_DATUM 67 This function calculates a date specified by year, month, day and displays it in the cell's formatting.
10 HID_FUNC_DATEDIF 60 This function returns the number of whole days, months or years between Start date and End date.
10 HID_FUNC_DATWERT 34 Returns the internal date number for text in quotes.
c HID_FUNC_TAG 24 Returns the day of given date value.
d HID_FUNC_TAGE 32 Calculates the difference between two date values.
10 HID_FUNC_TAGE360 61 Returns the difference between two dates based on the 360 day year used in interest calculations.
15 HID_FUNC_OSTERSONNTAG 37 Returns the date of Easter Sunday for the entered year.
12 HID_AAI_FUNC_EDATE 89 The result is a date which is a number of months away from the start date. Only months are considered; days are not used for calculation.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_EOMONTH 58 Returns the date of the last day of a month which falls months away from the start date.
1a SC_HID_FUNC_ERROR_TYPE_ODF 63 Returns a number representing a specific Error type, or the error value #N/A, if there is no error.
f HID_FUNC_STUNDE 28 Returns the hour for a given time value.
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCOT 61 Returns the cotangent of a complex number. The cotangent of a complex number can be expressed by:
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCOS 5b Returns the cosine of a complex number. The cosine of a complex number can be expressed by:
16 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCOSH 71 Returns the hyperbolic cosine of a complex number. The hyperbolic cosine of a complex number can be expressed by:
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCSC 60 Returns the cosecant of a complex number.  The cosecant of a complex number can be expressed by:
16 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMCSCH 75 Returns the hyperbolic cosecant of a complex number. The hyperbolic cosecant of a complex number can be expressed by:
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSEC 5c Returns the secant of a complex number.  The secant of a complex number can be expressed by:
16 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSECH 72 Returns the hyperbolic secant of a complex number.  The hyperbolic secant of a complex number can be expressed by:
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSIN 58 Returns the sine of a complex number.  The sine of a complex number can be expressed by:
16 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMSINH 6d Returns the hyperbolic sine of a complex number. The hyperbolic sine of a complex number can be expressed by:
15 SC_HID_AAI_FUNC_IMTAN 5d Returns the tangent of a complex number. The tangent of a complex number can be expressed by:
13 HID_FUNC_ISOWEEKNUM 4e ISOWEEKNUM calculates the week number of the year for the internal date value.
f HID_FUNC_MINUTE 31 Calculates the minute for an internal time value.
e HID_FUNC_MONAT 2b Returns the month for the given date value.
18 HID_AAI_FUNC_NETWORKDAYS 5e Returns the number of workdays between a start date and an end date. Holidays can be deducted.
14 HID_FUNC_NUMBERVALUE 34 Convert text to number, in a locale-independent way.
e HID_FUNC_JETZT 2a Returns the computer system date and time.
10 HID_FUNC_SEKUNDE 2c Returns the second for the given time value.
12 SC_HID_FUNC_SUMIFS 62 Returns the sum of the values of cells in a range that meets multiple criteria in multiple ranges.
d HID_FUNC_ZEIT 4f TIME returns the current time value from values for hours, minutes and seconds.
11 HID_FUNC_ZEITWERT 7a TIMEVALUE returns the internal time number from a text enclosed by quotes and which may show a possible time entry format.
e HID_FUNC_HEUTE 29 Returns the current computer system date.
12 HID_FUNC_WOCHENTAG 35 Returns the day of the week for the given date value.
12 HID_FUNC_FILTERXML 2b Apply a XPath expression to a XML document.
13 HID_FUNC_WEBSERVICE 20 Get some web content from a URI.
16 HID_FUNC_KALENDERWOCHE 9c WEEKNUM calculates the week number of the year for the internal date value as defined in ODF OpenFormula and compatible with other spreadsheet applications.
14 HID_FUNC_WEEKNUM_OOO 4f WEEKNUM_OOO calculates the week number of the year for the internal date value.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_WEEKNUM 40 The result indicates the number of the calendar week for a date.
14 HID_AAI_FUNC_WORKDAY 9a The result is a date number that can be formatted as a date. You then see the date of a day that is a certain number of workdays away from the start date.
d HID_FUNC_JAHR 49 Returns the year as a number according to the internal calculation rules.
15 HID_AAI_FUNC_YEARFRAC 60 The result is the number of the years (including fractional part) between StartDate and EndDate.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Foptions 19 Opens the Options dialog.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar3button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref2button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref3button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fchangebutton 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref2edit 17 Enter a cell reference.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar1button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref4button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvalueedit 24 Enter the value or a cell reference.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar2button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fchangeedit 29 Enter the cell range that can be changed.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref1edit 17 Enter a cell reference.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fdel1 4c Click to remove the row from the list. Any rows from below this row move up.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Ftargetedit 7e Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimized.
13 .uno%3ASolverDialog 74 Opens the Solver dialog. A solver allows to solve equations with multiple unknown variables by goal seeking methods.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fop1list 21 Select an operator from the list.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvalue 47 Try to solve the equation to approach a given value of the target cell.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar2edit 22 Enter a value or a cell reference.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2FSolverDialog 74 Opens the Solver dialog. A solver allows to solve equations with multiple unknown variables by goal seeking methods.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref4edit 17 Enter a cell reference.
26 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fmax 41 Try to solve the equation for a maximum value of the target cell.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fop3list 21 Select an operator from the list.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fdel4 4c Click to remove the row from the list. Any rows from below this row move up.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fdel2 4c Click to remove the row from the list. Any rows from below this row move up.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar4button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref1button 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fop2list 21 Select an operator from the list.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fdel3 4c Click to remove the row from the list. Any rows from below this row move up.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Ftargetbutton 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
26 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fmin 41 Try to solve the equation for a minimum value of the target cell.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fref3edit 17 Enter a cell reference.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvaluebutton 8c Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fop4list 21 Select an operator from the list.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fsolve 7d Click to solve the equation with the current settings. The dialog settings are retained until you close the current document.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar1edit 22 Enter a value or a cell reference.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar3edit 22 Enter a value or a cell reference.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolverdlg%2Fvar4edit 22 Enter a value or a cell reference.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fintegerdialog%2FIntegerDialog 1a Enter or change the value.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdoubledialog%2FDoubleDialog 1a Enter or change the value.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolveroptionsdialog%2Fedit 92 If the current entry in the Settings listbox allows to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialog opens where you can change the value.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolveroptionsdialog%2Fsettings 1d Configure the current solver.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolveroptionsdialog%2Fengine 86 Select a solver engine. The listbox is disabled if only one solver engine is installed. Solver engines can be installed as extensions.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsolveroptionsdialog%2FSolverOptionsDialog 86 Select a solver engine. The listbox is disabled if only one solver engine is installed. Solver engines can be installed as extensions.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fchisquaretestdialog%2FChiSquareTestDialog 30 Calculates the Chi-square test of a data sample.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fztestdialog%2FZTestDialog 2a Calculates the z-Test of two data samples.
40 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmovingaveragedialog%2FMovingAverageDialog 2e Calculates the moving average of a time series
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fttestdialog%2FTTestDialog 2a Calculates the F-Test of two data samples.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcovariancedialog%2FCovarianceDialog 36 Calculates the covariance of two sets of numeric data.
3c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcorrelationdialog%2FCorrelationDialog 37 Calculates the correlation of two sets of numeric data.
4a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fanalysisofvariancedialog%2FAnalysisOfVarianceDialog 3d Produces the analysis of variance (ANOVA) of a given data set
50 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdescriptivestatisticsdialog%2FDescriptiveStatisticsDialog 55 Fill a table in the spreadsheet with the main statistical properties of the data set.
4e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fexponentialsmoothingdialog%2FExponentialSmoothingDialog 21 Results in a smoothed data series
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsamplingdialog%2FSamplingDialog 34 Create a table with data sampled from another table.
1b .uno%3ANumberFormatCurrency 5a ለ ተመረጡት ክፍሎች ነባር የገንዘብ አቀራረብ ይፈጽማል
1a .uno%3ANumberFormatPercent 51 ለ ተመረጠው ክፍል የ ፐርሰንት አቀራረብ መፈጸሚያ
1b .uno%3ANumberFormatStandard 57 ወደ ተመረጠው ክፍል ነባር የቁጥር አቀራረብ መፈጸሚያ
1e .uno%3ANumberFormatIncDecimals 70 በ ተመረጠው ክፍሎች ውስጥ አንድ የ ዴሲማል ቦታ ወደ ቁጥሮቹ መጨመሪያ
1e .uno%3ANumberFormatDecDecimals 6d በ ተመረጠው ክፍሎች ውስጥ አንድ የ ዴሲማል ቦታ ከ ቁጥሮቹ ማስወገጃ
e HID_INSWIN_POS 10d ለ አሁኑን ክፍል ማመሳከሪያ ማሳያ: ለ ተመረጡት ክፍሎች: ወይንም የ ቦታ ስም: እንዲሁም መምረጥ ይችላሉ የ ክፍሎች መጠን: እና ከዛ ስም ይጻፉ ለዛ መጠን ወደ የ ስም ሳጥን.
10 HID_INSWIN_SUMME 1a5 የ ክፍል መጠን ድምር ወደ አሁኑ ክፍል ማስገቢያ: ወይንም የ ድምር ዋጋዎች ወደ ተመረጠው ክፍል: ይጫኑ በ ክፍሉ ላይ: ይጫኑ ይህን ምልክት: እና በ ምርጫ የ ክፍሉን መጠን ማስተካከያ: ወይንም ይምረጡ ትንሽ ክፍሎች የ ድምር ዋጋዎች የሚገባበት: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ምልክቱን
f HID_INSWIN_FUNC 98 formula መጨመሪያ ወደ አሁኑ ክፍል: ይጫኑ ይህን ምልክት እና ከዛ formula ያስገቡ በመስመር ማስገቢያ.
10 HID_INSWIN_INPUT 104 እርስዎ ወደ አሁኑ ክፍል መጨመር የሚፈልጉትን formula ያስገቡ: እንዲሁም መጫን ይችላሉ በ ተግባር አዋቂ ምልክት ላይ ለማስገባት በ ቅድሚያ የተገለጸ ተግባር ለ formula.
11 HID_INSWIN_CANCEL 98 ይዞታዎችን ማጽጃ የ ማስገቢያ መስመር ወይንም መሰረዣ የ ቀየሩትን ለውጦች በ ነበረው formula ላይ
d HID_INSWIN_OK 92 ይዞታዎቹን ተቀብያለሁ የ ማስገቢያ መስመር እና ከዛ ይዞታዎቹን ወደ አሁኑ ክፍል ማስገቢያ
15 HID_DLGSTYLES_LISTBOX 6a ይጫኑ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ገጽታ አቀራረብ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ.
13 .uno%3AChooseDesign 4a ለተመረጡት ክፍሎች የ አቀራረብ ዘዴ መፈጸሚያ
13 .uno%3AStatusDocPos 7a የ አሁኑን ወረቀት ቁጥር እና በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ያሉትን ጠቅላላ ገጾች ማሳያ
15 .uno%3AStateTableCell 87 ስለ አሁኑ ሰነድ መረጃ ማሳያ፡ በ ነባር የ ተመረጡት ክፍሎች ይዞታዎቹ ድምር ይታያል
d .uno%3AZoomIn a8 ማሳደጊያ የ አሁኑን ሰነድ መመልከቻውን ማሳያ የ አሁኑ ማሳያ መጠን ይታያል በ ሁኔታዎች መደርደሪያ ላይ.
e .uno%3AZoomOut a5 ማሳነሻ የ አሁኑን ሰነድ መመልከቻውን ማሳያ የ አሁኑ ማሳያ መጠን ይታያል በ ሁኔታዎች መደርደሪያ ላይ.
11 .uno%3AInsertCtrl e2 ይጫኑ ከ ምልክቱ አጠገብ ያለውን ቀስት ለ መክፈት የ ማስገቢያ እቃ መደርደሪያ፡ ወደ አሁኑ ወረቀት ንድፎች እና የተለዩ ባህሪዎች ለማስገባት
13 .uno%3AInsCellsCtrl ec ይጫኑ ከ ምልክቱ አጠገብ ያለውን ቀስት ለ መክፈት የ ክፍሎች ማስገቢያ እቃ መደርደሪያ፡ ወደ አሁኑ ወረቀት ክፍሎች ረድፎች እና አምዶች ለማስገባት
17 .uno%3ATableDeselectAll 7d ይጫኑ ሁሉንም ወረቀቶች ላለ መምረጥ በ ሰነድ ውስጥ ከ አሁኑ ወረቀት በስተቀር
15 .uno%3ATableSelectAll 4f ይጫኑ ሁሉንም ወረቀቶች ለ መምረጥ በ ሰነድ ውስጥ
18 FID_TAB_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR 5c መስኮት መክፈች እርስዎ ቀለም የሚመድቡበት ለ ወረቀት tab.
1d FID_TAB_MENU_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR 5c መስኮት መክፈች እርስዎ ቀለም የሚመድቡበት ለ ወረቀት tab.
e FID_TAB_EVENTS 3f Opens a dialog box where you can assign macros to sheet events.
f .uno%3AFileMenu a0 እነዚህ ትእዛዞች ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ መፈጸሚያ ናቸው: አዲስ ሰነድ መክፈቻ ወይንም መፈጸሚያውን ማጥፊያ
f .uno%3AEditMenu 72 ይህ ዝርዝር የያዛቸው ትእዛዞች የ አሁኑን ሰነድ ይዞታዎች ለማረም ነው
15 .uno%3ANormalViewMode 37 የ ወረቀት መደበኛ መመልከቻ ማሳያ
f .uno%3AViewMenu 8a ይህ ዝርዝር የ ያዛቸው ትእዛዞች በ-መመልከቻው ላይ የሚታየውን ሰነድ ለ መቆጣጠር ነው
11 .uno%3AInsertMenu f1 የ ማስገቢያ ዝርዝር የ ያዛቸው ትእዛዞች አዲስ አካሎችን ለማስገባት ነው: እንደ ክፍሎች ረድፎች ወረቀቶች እና የ ክፍል ስሞች ወደ አሁኑ ወረቀት ውስጥ
11 .uno%3AFormatMenu b5 የ አቀራረብ ዝርዝር የያዛቸው ትእዛዞች ለተመረጡት ክፍሎች አቀራረብ እቃዎች, እና የ ክፍል ይዞታ በ ሰነድ ውስጥ
10 .uno%3AToolsMenu 102 የ መሳሪያዎች ዝርዝር የ ያዛቸው ትእዛዞች ፊደሎችን ለማረም ፡ ማመሳከሪያ ወረቀቶችን ፈልጎ ለማግኘት: ስህተቶችን ፈልጎ ለማግኘት እና እቅዶችን ለ መግለጽ ነው
11 .uno%3AWindowList 6b የ ያዛቸው ትእዛዞች ለ ማዘጋጃ እና የ ሰነድ መስኮቶች ለ ማሳያ ነው
f .uno%3ADataMenu 158 ይጠቀሙ የ ዳታ ዝርዝር ትእዛዞችን በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ያሉ ዳታዎችን ለማረም ፡ መጠኖች ለ መግለጽ ይችላሉ ፡ ዳታውን ማጣራት እና መለየት ፡ ውጤቶችን ማስላት ፡ ዳታዎችን ማቀድ እና የ pivot ሰንጠረዥ መፍጠር ይችላሉ
10 .uno%3ASheetMenu 92 ይህ ዝርዝር የ ያዛቸው ትእዛዞች ወረቀቱን እና አካሎቹን ለማሻሻል እና ለማስተዳዳደር ነው
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 4d በክፍሉ ውስጥ ያሉትን ይዞታዎች በቀኝ ማሰለፊያ
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter 60 በክፍሉ ውስጥ ያሉትን ይዞታዎች በአግድም መሀከል ማሰለፊያ
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 4d በክፍሉ ውስጥ ያሉትን ይዞታዎች በግራ ማሰለፊያ
11 .uno%3AAlignBlock 72 በክፍሉ ውስጥ ያሉትን ይዞታዎች በክፍሉ ግራ እና ቀኝ ድንበር ማሰለፊያ
16 .uno%3AParaRightToLeft 61 በ ውስብስብ እቅድ ቋንቋ ጽሁፍ የሚገባው ከ ቀኝ ወደ ግራ ነው
17 .uno%3ANumberFormatDate 57 የ ቀን አቀራረብን በተመረጡት ክፍሎች ውስጥ መፈጸሚያ
16 .uno%3AParaLeftToRight 35 ጽሁፉ የገባው ከግራ ወደ ቀኝ ነው
1d .uno%3ANumberFormatScientific 47 የ exponential format ለ ተመረጡት ክፍሎች መፈጸሚያ
14 HID_SC_TOOLBOX_TABLE 89 የ አቀራረብ መደርደሪያ የ ያዘው መሰረታዊ ትእዛዞች አቀራረቡን በ እጅ ለመፈጸም ነው
13 HID_SC_TOOLBOX_DRAW ad የ መሳያ እቃ ባህሪዎች መደርደሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ላይ የተመረጠው የያዘው አቀራረብ እና ማሰለፊያ ትእዛዞች ነው
15 HID_SC_TOOLBOX_DRTEXT 103 የ ጽሁፍ አቀራረብ መደርደሪያ መጠቆሚያው በ ጽሁፍ እቃ ላይ ሲሆን የሚያሳየው እንደ ጽሁፍ ክፈፍ ወይንም መሳያ እቃ የያዘው አቀራረብ እና ማሰለፊያ ትእዛዞች ነው
f HID_SC_INPUTWIN 45 ይህን መደርደሪያ ይጠቀሙ formulas ለማስገባት
12 HID_SC_WIN_PREVIEW 99 የ ማተሚያ ቅድመ እይታ መደርደሪያ የሚታየው እርስዎ ሲመርጡ ነው ፋይል - የማተሚያ ቅድመ እይታ.
14 HID_SC_TOOLBOX_TOOLS 5b የ ተለመዱ ትእዛዞችን ከ እቃዎች መደርደሪያ ላይ ይጠቀሙ
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FSwapRow 5b የአሁኑን ረድፍ መቀየሪያ ከታች በኩል ካለው ጎረቤቱ ጋር
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FSwapColumn 5b የአሁኑን አምድ መቀየሪያ በቀኝ በኩል ካለው ጎረቤቱ ጋር
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FRemoveColumn a2 የ አሁኑን ተከታታይ ወይንም የ ጽሁፍ አምድ ማጥፊያ: የ መጀመሪያውን የ ጽሁፍ አምድ ማጥፋት አይችሉም
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FRemoveRow 78 የ አሁኑን ረድፍ ማጥፊያ: ምልክት የተደረገበትን ረድፍ ማጥፋት አይይቻልም
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertTextColumn 73 አዲስ የ ጽሁፍ አምድ ማስገቢያ ከ አሁኑ አምድ በኋላ ለ axes ደረጃ መግለጫ
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertRow 45 ከ አሁኑ ረድፍ በታች አዲስ ረድፍ ማስገቢያ
20 CHART2_HID_SCH_DATA_SERIES_LABEL 34 ለ ተከታታይ ዳታ ስሞች ማስገቢያ
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fchartdatadialog%2FInsertColumn 52 ከ አሁኑ አምድ በታች አዲስ ተከታታይ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
12 .uno%3ADiagramData 5b መክፈቻ የ ዳታ ሰንጠረዥ ንግግር የ chart ዳታ የሚያርሙበት
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisTitle a4 ይጫኑ Axes Title ማብሪያ/ማጥፊያ በ አቀራረብ መደርደሪያ ላይ ለ ማሳየት ወይንም ለ መደበቅ የ axis ምልክቶች
23 SCH%3AEDIT%3ADLG_TITLE%3AEDT_Y_AXIS c2 ምልክት ማድረጊያ በ Y axis  ላይ: ምርጫ ዋናውን Y axis ያስነሳል: የሚፈለገውን አርእስት ያስገቡ ከ ተመሳሳዩ የ ጽሁፍ ሜዳ ጋር
23 SCH%3AEDIT%3ADLG_TITLE%3AEDT_X_AXIS c2 ምልክት ማድረጊያ በ X axis  ላይ: ምርጫ ዋናውን X axis ያስነሳል: የሚፈለገውን አርእስት ያስገቡ ከ ተመሳሳዩ የ ጽሁፍ ሜዳ ጋር
12 .uno%3AToggleTitle be ይጫኑ አርእስት ማብሪያ/ማጥፊያ በማቅረቢያ መደርደሪያ ላይ ለማሳየት ወይንም ለመደበቅ አርእስት እና ንዑስ አርእስት
25 SCH%3AEDIT%3ADLG_TITLE%3AEDT_SUBTITLE ee ምልክት ማድረጊያ በ ንዑስ አርእስት ላይ: ምርጫ ዋናውን ንዑስ እርስት ያስነሳል: የሚፈለገውን ንዑስ አርእስት ያስገቡ ከ ተመሳሳዩ የ ጽሁፍ ሜዳ ጋር
23 SCH%3AEDIT%3ADLG_TITLE%3AEDT_Z_AXIS c2 ምልክት ማድረጊያ በ Z axis  ላይ: ምርጫ ዋናውን Z axis ያስነሳል: የሚፈለገውን አርእስት ያስገቡ ከ ተመሳሳዩ የ ጽሁፍ ሜዳ ጋር
26 SCH%3AEDIT%3ADLG_TITLE%3AEDT_MAINTITLE da ምልክት ማድረጊያ በ ዋናው አርእስት ላይ: ምርጫ ዋናውን እርስት ያስነሳል: የሚፈለገውን አርእስት ያስገቡ ከ ተመሳሳዩ የ ጽሁፍ ሜዳ ጋር
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuTitles 38 Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2FLB_LEGEND_TEXTDIR d4 ለ አንቀጽ የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ይወስኑ ለ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL). ይህ ገጽታ የሚኖረው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ ድጋፍን ሲያስችሉ ነው
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fbottom 42 መግለጫውን በ chart ከ ታች በኩል ማድረጊያ.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fright 41 መግለጫውን በ chart በ ቀኝ በኩል ማድረጊያ
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Fleft 41 መግለጫውን በ chart በ ግራ በኩል ማድረጊያ
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_LegendPosition%2Ftop 41 መግለጫውን በ chart ከ ላይ በኩል ማድረጊያ
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fshow 4a በ chart ውስጥ መግለጫው ይታይ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
13 .uno%3AToggleLegend a0 መግለጫውን ለ ማሳየት ወይንም ለ መደበቅ ይጫኑ መግለጫ ማብሪያ/ማጥፊያ በ አቀራረብ መደርደሪያ ላይ
17 .uno%3AInsertMenuLegend d2 መክፈቻ የ መግለጫ ንግግር: የ መግለጫ ንግግር በ chart ውስጥ መቀየር እንዲችሉ እና መግለጫው ይታይ ወይንም አይታይ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FNF_LABEL_DEGREES 5a ለ ዳታ ምልክቶች ከ ቀኝ ወደ ግራ ማዞሪያ አንግል ያስገቡ
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FCT_DIAL 42 Click in the dial to set the text orientation for the data labels.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCT_DIAL 42 Click in the dial to set the text orientation for the data labels.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_TEXTDIR d4 ለ አንቀጽ የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ይወስኑ ለ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL). ይህ ገጽታ የሚኖረው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ ድጋፍን ሲያስችሉ ነው
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_TEXTDIR d4 ለ አንቀጽ የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ይወስኑ ለ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL). ይህ ገጽታ የሚኖረው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ ድጋፍን ሲያስችሉ ነው
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_PLACEMENT 59 ከ እቃው አንጻር የ ዳታ ምልክቶች አቀማመጥ ቦታ መምረጫ
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_TEXT_SEPARATOR 6d ለ ተመረጠው እቃ በ በርካታ የ ጽሁፍ ሀረጎች መካከል መለያያ መምረጫ
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuDataLabels 75 መክፈቻ የ ዳታ ምልክቶች ንግግር፡ የ ዳታ ምልክቶች ማሰናዳት ያስችሎታል
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_CATEGORY 37 የዳታ ነጥብ ጽሁፍ ምልክቶች ማሳያ
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_SYMBOL 6e የመግለጫ ምልክቶች ማሳያ ከ እያንዳንዱ የዳታ ነጥብ ምልክት አጠገብ
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_NUMBER 39 የ ፍጹም ዋጋዎች የ ዳታ ነጥብ ማሳያ
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FCB_VALUE_AS_PERCENTAGE 71 በ አምድ ውስጥ ከ እያንዳንዱ የ ዳታ ነጥቦች አጠገብ በ ፕርሰንት ማሳያ
3d %2Fmodules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FLB_LABEL_PLACEMENT 59 ከ እቃው አንጻር የ ዳታ ምልክቶች አቀማመጥ ቦታ መምረጫ
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FPB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 47 የ ፐርሰንት አቀራረብ ምርጫ ንግግር መክፈቻ
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FNF_LABEL_DEGREES 5a ለ ዳታ ምልክቶች ከ ቀኝ ወደ ግራ ማዞሪያ አንግል ያስገቡ
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FPB_NUMBERFORMAT 41 የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ ምርጫ ንግግር መክፈቻ
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_DataLabel%2FPB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT 47 የ ፐርሰንት አቀራረብ ምርጫ ንግግር መክፈቻ
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FPB_NUMBERFORMAT 41 የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ ምርጫ ንግግር መክፈቻ
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataLabel%2FLB_TEXT_SEPARATOR 6d ለ ተመረጠው እቃ በ በርካታ የ ጽሁፍ ሀረጎች መካከል መለያያ መምረጫ
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryZ 39 የ Z axis በ ንዑስ ክፍሎች ውስጥ ማሳያ
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryY 39 የ Y axis በ ንዑስ ክፍሎች ውስጥ ማሳያ
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FsecondaryY de ዋናው axis እና ሁለተኛው axis የተለያያ መጠን ሊኖራቸው ይችላል: ለምሳሌ እርስው አንዱን axis በ 2 ኢንች እና ሌላውን በ 1.5 ኢንች ማድረግ ይችላሉ
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FsecondaryX 35 ሁለተኛ የ X axis በ chart ውስጥ ማሳያ
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertaxisdlg%2FprimaryX 39 የ X axis በ ንዑስ ክፍሎች ውስጥ ማሳያ
15 .uno%3AInsertMenuAxes 35 በ chart ላይ የሚታየውን axes መወሰኛ
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_POSITIVE 44 የ አዎንታዊ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ብቻ ማሳያ
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_BOTH 51 የ አዎንታዊ እና አሉታዊ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ማሳያ
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuYErrorBars 99 ይጠቀሙ የ X ወይንም Y ስህተት መደርደሪያዎች ንግግር ለማሳየት የ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ለ 2ዲ charts.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2Ftp_ErrorBars 99 ይጠቀሙ የ X ወይንም Y ስህተት መደርደሪያዎች ንግግር ለማሳየት የ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ለ 2ዲ charts.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_BOTH 51 የ አዎንታዊ እና አሉታዊ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ማሳያ
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_FUNCTION 4d የ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ለማስላት ተግባር ይምረጡ
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_POSITIVE 44 የ አዎንታዊ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ብቻ ማሳያ
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars 99 ይጠቀሙ የ X ወይንም Y ስህተት መደርደሪያዎች ንግግር ለማሳየት የ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ለ 2ዲ charts.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_PERCENT 75 Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_CONST 41 Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_NEGATIVE 41 የ አሉታዊ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ብቻ ማሳያ
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FRB_NONE 3c ምንም የስህተት መደርደሪያ አያሳይም
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_FUNCTION 4d የ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ለማስላት ተግባር ይምረጡ
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FLB_FUNCTION 4d የ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ለማስላት ተግባር ይምረጡ
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fdlg_InsertErrorBars%2FRB_NEGATIVE 41 የ አሉታዊ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ብቻ ማሳያ
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ErrorBars%2FLB_FUNCTION 4d የ ስህተት መደርደሪያ ለማስላት ተግባር ይምረጡ
1e .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquation 91 To show the trend line equation, select the trend line in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose Insert Trend Line Equation.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FshowCorrelationCoefficient 3e Shows the coefficient of determination next to the trend line.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fpower 1c A power trend line is shown.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Fexponential 32 An exponential አቅጣጫ መስመር ማሳያ
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flogarithmic 33 የ logarithmic አቅጣጫ መስመር ማሳያ
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuMeanValues 119 የ አማካይ ዋጋ መስመር የ ተለዩ የ አቅጣጫ መስመሮች ናቸው የ አማካይ ዋጋ የሚያሳዩ: ይጠቀሙ ማስገቢያ - አማካይ ዋጋ መስመር ለማስገባት የ አማካይ ዋጋ መስመር ለ ተከታታይ ዳታ
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FshowEquation 5f የ አቅጣጫ መስመር ከ equation አጠገብ በ አቅጣጫ መስመር ማሳያ
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2FTP_TRENDLINE 93 የ አቅጣጫ መስመሮች መጨመር ይቻላል ለ ሁሉም 2ዲ chart አይነቶች ከ Pie እና ክምር charts በስተቀር
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Trendline%2Flinear 1d A linear trend line is shown.
1b .uno%3AInsertMenuTrendlines 93 የ አቅጣጫ መስመሮች መጨመር ይቻላል ለ ሁሉም 2ዲ chart አይነቶች ከ Pie እና ክምር charts በስተቀር
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_INCLUDE_HIDDEN_CELLS 51 Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_ASSUME_ZERO 7d ለ ጎደሉ ዋጋዎች: የ y-ዋጋ ይታያል እንደ ዜሮ: ይህ ነባር የ chart አይነት ቦታ ነው
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRBT_OPT_AXIS_2 c0 መቀየሪያ የ Y axis መመጠኛ: ይህ axis የሚታየው ቢያንስ አንድ ተከታታይ ዳታ ሲመደብለት እና የ axis መመልከቻው ንቁ ሲሆን ነው
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FMT_GAP 5e በ አምዶች መካከል የሚኖረውን ክፍተት በ ፐርሰንት መወሰኛ
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FMT_OVERLAP 4a በ ዳታ መካከል የሚኖረውን መደራረቢያ መወሰኛ
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_CONNECTOR 8b For "stacked" and "percent" column (vertical bar) charts, mark this check box to connect the column layers that belong together with lines.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FCB_CLOCKWISE ab The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the Clockwise direction checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FCB_BARS_SIDE_BY_SIDE 58 The bars from different data series are shown as if they were attached only to one axis.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRBT_OPT_AXIS_1 78 ይህ ምርጫ በ ነባር ንቁ ነው: ሁሉም ተከታታይ ዳታ ይሰለፋል በ ቀዳሚ የ Y axis.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FCT_ANGLE_DIAL 151 Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_PolarOptions%2FNF_STARTING_ANGLE c4 መጀመሪያ አንግል ያስገቡ በ 0 እና 359 ዲግሪዎች መካከል: እርስዎ እንዲሁም መጫን ይችላሉ ቀስቶች የሚታየውን ዋጋ ለ መቀየር
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_CONTINUE_LINE 92 ለ ጎደሉ ዋጋዎች ማስገቢያ ከ ጎረቤት ዋጋዎች እዚህ ይታያል: ይህ ነባር የ chart አይነት XY ነው
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_SeriesToAxis%2FRB_DONT_PAINT a2 ለ ጎደሉ ዋጋዎች ምንም ዳታ አይታይም: ይህ ነባር የ chart አይነት አምድ: መደርደሪያ: መስመር: መረብ ነው
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryY 72 መጋጠሚያ መስመር መጨመሪያ የ Y axis ወደ ትንንሽ ክፍሎች ንዑስ መከፋፈያ
1b .uno%3AToggleGridHorizontal 95 የ በ አግድም መጋጠሚያ ምልክት በ አቀራረብ መደርደሪያ መቀያየሪያ የ መጋጠሚያ ማሳያ ለ Y axis.
19 .uno%3AToggleGridVertical 91 የ በቁመት መጋጠሚያ ምልክት በ አቀራረብ መደርደሪያ መቀያየሪያ የ መጋጠሚያ ማሳያ ለ X axis.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryZ 45 መጋጠሚያ መስመር መጨመሪያ ለ Z axis of the chart.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryY 45 መጋጠሚያ መስመር መጨመሪያ ለ Y axis of the chart.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FprimaryX 45 መጋጠሚያ መስመር መጨመሪያ ለ X axis of the chart.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryZ 45 መጋጠሚያ መስመር መጨመሪያ ለ Z axis of the chart.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FsecondaryX 72 መጋጠሚያ መስመር መጨመሪያ የ X axis ወደ ትንንሽ ክፍሎች ንዑስ መከፋፈያ
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Finsertgriddlg%2FInsertGridDialog ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
16 .uno%3AInsertMenuGrids ad You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
16 .uno%3AFormatSelection 2a የ ተመረጠው እቃ አቀራረብ
d .uno%3AZTitle 43 የ ተመረጠውን አርእስት ባህሪዎች ማሻሻያ
d .uno%3AYTitle 57 Modifies the properties of the selected title or the properties of all titles together.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FtextdirLB d4 ለ አንቀጽ የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ይወስኑ ለ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL). ይህ ገጽታ የሚኖረው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ ድጋፍን ሲያስችሉ ነው
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FshowlabelsCB 4c የ axis ምልክቶች ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ መወሰኛ
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FstackedCB 56 የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ በ ቁመት መመደቢያ ለ ክፍል ይዞታዎች
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Fodd 42 Staggers numbers on the axis, even numbers lower than odd numbers.
16 .uno%3AToggleAxisDescr 2c Defines the text direction of cell contents.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FdialCtrl 45 Clicking anywhere on the wheel defines the variable text orientation.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftitlerotationtabpage%2FOrientDegree 58 እርስዎ የ አቅጣጫ አንግል በ እጅ እንዲያስገቡ መፍቀጃ
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Fauto 3d ራሱ በራሱ ቁጥሮችን በ axis ላይ ማዘጋጃ
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Feven 41 Stagger numbers on the axes, odd numbers lower than even numbers.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FoverlapCB 39 Specifies that the text in cells may overlap other cells.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FtextdirLB d4 ለ አንቀጽ የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ይወስኑ ለ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL). ይህ ገጽታ የሚኖረው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ ድጋፍን ሲያስችሉ ነው
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2FbreakCB 27 የ ጽሁፍ መጨረሻ ማስቻያ
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_axisLabel%2Ftile 2a Arranges numbers on the axis side by side.
d .uno%3ALegend 3f Defines the border, area and character attributes for a legend.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisB 8f Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary Y axis. To insert a secondary Y axis, choose Insert - Axes and select Y axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisA 8f Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary X axis. To insert a secondary X axis, choose Insert - Axes and select X axis.
15 .uno%3ADiagramAxisAll 47 Opens a dialog, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.
13 .uno%3ADiagramAxisY 50 መክፈቻ የ  Y Axis ንግግር ለመቀየር የ Y axis ባህሪዎች
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_HELP_TIME_UNIT 4d Minor interval can be set to show a certain number of days, months, or years.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_MAIN_TIME_UNIT 4d Major interval can be set to show a certain number of days, months, or years.
34 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FMT_MAIN_DATE_STEP 4d Major interval can be set to show a certain number of days, months, or years.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_MIN 3c ለ axis መጀመሪያ አነስተኛ ዋጋ መግለጫ
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_ORIGIN 41 Specifies at which position to display the values along the axis.
2a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_MAX 36 ለ axis መጨረሻ ከፍተኛ ዋጋ መግለጫ
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_AXIS_TYPE 6e For some types of axes, you can select to format an axis as text or date, or to detect the type automatically.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FMT_STEPHELP 35 Defines the interval for the subdivision of the axes.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_AUTO_ORIGIN 4b You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_LOGARITHM 42 Specifies that you want the axis to be subdivided logarithmically.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FEDT_STEP_MAIN 37 Defines the interval for the main division of the axes.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FLB_TIME_RESOLUTION 47 Resolution can be set to show days, months, or years as interval steps.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_Scale%2FCBX_REVERSE 81 Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_PLACE_TICKS 4b Select where to place the marks: at labels, at axis, or at axis and labels.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_MINOR_OUTER 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_MINOR_INNER 4d Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
4d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT_CATEGORY 44 Select the category where the axis line should cross the other axis.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_TICKS_INNER 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.
44 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FEDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 40 Enter the value where the axis line should cross the other axis.
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FCB_TICKS_OUTER 3e Specifies that marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_PLACE_LABELS 63 Select where to place the labels: near axis, near axis (other side), outside start, or outside end.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_AxisPositions%2FLB_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT 5f Select where to cross the other axis: at start, at end, at a specified value, or at a category.
15 .uno%3ADiagramGridAll 6b መክፈቻ የ መጋጠሚያ ንግግር ወይንም የ መጋጠሚያ ባህሪዎች መግለጫ
12 .uno%3ADiagramWall a2 Opens the Chart Wall dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.
13 .uno%3ADiagramFloor b4 Opens the Chart Floor dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3D charts. This function is only available for 3D charts.
12 .uno%3ADiagramArea 96 Opens the Chart Area dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.
f .uno%3ABackward 56 የ ተመረጠውን ተከታታይ ዳታ ወደ ኋላ ማምጫ (ወደ ግራ).
e .uno%3AForward 56 የ ተመረጠውን ተከታታይ ዳታ ወደ ፊት ማምጫ (ወደ ቀኝ).
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FPolynomialsSpinButton 22 Set the degree of the polynomials.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FResolutionSpinbutton 13 Set the resolution.
3b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FSplineTypeComboBox 19 Apply a line curve model.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsmoothlinesdlg%2FSmoothLinesDialog 19 Apply a line curve model.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_center_y_rb 7f Start to step up vertically to the middle of the Y values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_end_rb 6a Start with horizontal line, step up vertically in the middle of the X values and end with horizontal line.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_center_x_rb 39 Start to step up vertically and end with horizontal line.
37 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fsteppedlinesdlg%2Fstep_start_rb 3d Start with horizontal line and step up vertically at the end.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_AMBIENT_COLOR 42 የ ቀለም ንግግር በ መጠቀም ቀለም ይምረጡ
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FLB_AMBIENTLIGHT 45 ለ ተመረጠው የ ብርሃን ምንጭ ቀለም ይምረጡ
39 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FLB_SCHEME 49 Select a scheme from the list box, or click any of the check boxes below.
3a modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_SHADING 3f Applies Gouraud shading if marked, or flat shading if unmarked.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_1 45 Click to enable or disable the specular light source with highlights.
41 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_PERSPECTIVE bc Mark the Perspective box to view the chart as through a camera lens. Use the spin button to set the percentage. With a high percentage nearer objects look bigger than more distant objects.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_Y_ROTATION 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the y axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_5 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_Z_ROTATION 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the z axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FMTR_FLD_X_ROTATION 57 Sets the rotation of the chart on the x axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
43 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FCBX_RIGHT_ANGLED_AXES 101 If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3D charts. Pie and Donut charts do not support right-angled axes.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneGeometry%2FCBX_PERSPECTIVE bc Mark the Perspective box to view the chart as through a camera lens. Use the spin button to set the percentage. With a high percentage nearer objects look bigger than more distant objects.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_3 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_OBJECTLINES 42 Shows borders around the areas by setting the line style to Solid.
d .uno%3AView3D 9f Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.
3d schart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR 42 የ ቀለም ንግግር በ መጠቀም ቀለም ይምረጡ
3e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneAppearance%2FCB_ROUNDEDEDGE 18 Edges are rounded by 5%.
49 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination 5c Drag the right slider to set the vertical height and direction of the selected light source.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_6 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_2 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_4 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
40 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FLB_LIGHTSOURCE 45 ለ ተመረጠው የ ብርሃን ምንጭ ቀለም ይምረጡ
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_7 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
3d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_3D_SceneIllumination%2FBTN_LIGHT_8 34 Click to enable or disable the uniform light source.
38 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FsecondaryXaxis 71 Enter a label for the secondary y-axis. This option is only available for charts that support a secondary y-axis.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fy 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the y-axis.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fx 39 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the x-axis.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fmaintitle 33 ለ እርስዎ chart አርእስት ያስገቡ
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fbottom 30 Positions the legend to the bottom of the chart.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fsubtitle 3d ለ እርስዎ chart ንዑስ አርእስት ያስገቡ
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Ftop 2d Positions the legend to the top of the chart.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fright 2f Positions the legend to the right of the chart.
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fz 75 Displays grid lines that are perpendicular to the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryXaxis 34 ምልክት ያስገቡ ለ x-axis (አግድም).
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryYaxis 35 ምልክት ያስገቡ ለ y-axis (በ ቁመት).
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fshow 27 በ chart ላይ መግለጫ ማሳያ
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2FprimaryZaxis 59 Enter a label for the z-axis. This option is only available for three-dimensional charts.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Fwizelementspage%2Fleft 2e Positions the legend to the left of the chart.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fnolines 3b Set the number of lines for the Column and Line chart type.
12 .uno%3ADiagramType 1c Opens the Chart Type dialog.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fproperties 33 Opens a dialog to set the line or curve properties.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Flinetype 20 Choose the type of line to draw.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fsubtype 2a Select a sub type of the basic chart type.
1d CHART2_HID_SCH_WIZARD_ROADMAP 25 Click to go to the named wizard page.
33 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Ftp_ChartType 25 Click to go to the named wizard page.
2d modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F3dlook 3d ለ ዳታ ዋጋዎች የ 3ዲ መመልከቻ ማስቻያ
2b modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fsort 6a Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fcharttype 25 ይምረጡ basic chart አይነት
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2F3dscheme 1d የ 3D እይታ ይምረጡ
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fshape 31 ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ቅርጽ ይምረጡ
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fstack 28 Displays stacked series for Line charts.
2c modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fontop 31 Stack series display values on top of each other.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_ChartType%2Fpercent 27 Stack series display values as percent.
42 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FCB_FIRST_COLUMN_ASLABELS 11b For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.
3f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FCB_FIRST_ROW_ASLABELS 10d For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FRB_DATACOLS dc Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FED_RANGE a1 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FRB_DATAROWS d8 Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_RangeChooser%2FIB_RANGE a1 Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
11 .uno%3ADataRanges 4b Opens the Data Ranges dialog where you can edit Data Range and Data Series.
30 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_DOWN 76 የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ከ ተከታታይ ዳታ ዝርዝር ስር ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2Ftp_DataSource a8 Shows a list of all data series in the chart. Click an entry to view and edit that data series. Click Add to insert a new series into the list after the selected entry.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FLB_SERIES a8 Shows a list of all data series in the chart. Click an entry to view and edit that data series. Click Add to insert a new series into the list after the selected entry.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FLB_ROLE a1 Shows all the data ranges used by the data series that is selected in the Data Series list box. Each data range shows the role name and the source range address.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FIMB_RANGE_MAIN ff Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
32 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_REMOVE 68 የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ከ ተከታታይ ዳታ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
35 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FIMB_RANGE_CAT 144 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
2f modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_ADD 88 Adds a new entry below the current entry in the Data Series list. If an entry is selected, the new data series gets the same chart type.
31 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FEDT_RANGE ff Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
36 modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FEDT_CATEGORIES 144 Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
2e modules%2Fschart%2Fui%2Ftp_DataSource%2FBTN_UP 6b የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ከ ተከታታይ ዳታ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማንቀሳቀሻ
11 .uno%3ADataInRows 33 የ chart ዳታ አደረጃጀት መቀየሪያ
14 .uno%3ADataInColumns 33 የ chart ዳታ አደረጃጀት መቀየሪያ
10 .uno%3AScaleText 74 በ chart ውስጥ ያለውን ጽሁፍ እንደ ገና መመጠኛ: የ chart መጠን በሚቀይሩ ጊዜ
15 .uno%3ANewArrangement 111 በ አሁኑ የ chart ሰነድ ውስጥ ሁሉንም የ chart አካላቶች ወደ ነባር ቦታቸው መመለሻ: ይህ ተግባር የ chart አይነቱን ወይንም ሌሎች ባህሪዎች አይቀይርም ከ አካላቶቹ ቦታ በስተቀር
12 .uno%3AContextType 34 የ አሁኑን chart አይነት ስም ማስያ
15 .uno%3AResetDataPoint 60 የተመረጠውን ዳታ ነጥብ ነባር አቀራረብ እንደነበር መመለሻ
17 .uno%3ADeleteYErrorBars 19 Deletes the Y error bars.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMeanValue 1c Deletes the mean value line.
14 .uno%3ADeleteR2Value 1b ማጥፊያ the R² value.
1e .uno%3ADeleteTrendlineEquation 1f Deletes the trendline equation.
17 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabels 33 ሁሉንም የዳታ ምልክቶች ማጥፊያ
16 .uno%3ADeleteMajorGrid 29 ትልቁን መጋጠሚያ ማጥፊያ
13 .uno%3ADeleteLegend 19 Deletes the chart legend.
16 .uno%3AInsertDataLabel 30 ነጠላ የዳታ ምልክት ማስገቢያ
16 .uno%3ADeleteDataLabel 39 የተመረጡትን የዳታ ምልክት ማጥፊያ
14 .uno%3AInsertR2Value 33 Inserts the coefficient of determination R² value.
23 .uno%3AInsertTrendlineEquationAndR2 48 Inserts the trendline equation and the coefficient of determination R².
17 .uno%3AInsertDataLabels 29 የዳታ ምልክቶች ማስገቢያ
16 .uno%3AInsertMinorGrid 29 ትንሽ መጋጠሚያ ማስገቢያ
16 .uno%3AInsertAxisTitle 45 ንግግር መክፈቻ የ axes አርእስት ለማስገባት
13 .uno%3AInsertTitles 46 ንግግር መክፈቻ የ chart አርእስት ለማስገባት
11 .uno%3AInsertAxis 31 ንግግር መክፈቻ axes ለማስገባት
16 .uno%3AFormatMajorGrid 30 የ ከፍተኛ መጋጠሚያ አቀራረብ
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 1a9 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ chart መፍጠሪያ: ተከታታይ መጠን ያላቸውን ክፍሎች እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ በ እርስዎ chart ውስጥ: ይጫኑ በ ክፍል መጠን ውስጥ እና ከዛ ይምረጡ ይህን ትእዛዝ: በ አማራጭ ይምረጡ አንዳንድ ክፍሎች እና ይምረጡ ይህን ትእዛዝ ለ መፍጠር chart ለ ተመረጡት ክፍሎች
16 .uno%3AFormatStockGain 37 የ ክምር ትርፍ መጠቆሚያ አቀራረብ
16 .uno%3AFormatChartArea 17 Formats the chart area.
13 SW_HID_INSERT_CHART 1a9 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ chart መፍጠሪያ: ተከታታይ መጠን ያላቸውን ክፍሎች እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ በ እርስዎ chart ውስጥ: ይጫኑ በ ክፍል መጠን ውስጥ እና ከዛ ይምረጡ ይህን ትእዛዝ: በ አማራጭ ይምረጡ አንዳንድ ክፍሎች እና ይምረጡ ይህን ትእዛዝ ለ መፍጠር chart ለ ተመረጡት ክፍሎች
10 .uno%3ADrawChart 1a9 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ chart መፍጠሪያ: ተከታታይ መጠን ያላቸውን ክፍሎች እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ በ እርስዎ chart ውስጥ: ይጫኑ በ ክፍል መጠን ውስጥ እና ከዛ ይምረጡ ይህን ትእዛዝ: በ አማራጭ ይምረጡ አንዳንድ ክፍሎች እና ይምረጡ ይህን ትእዛዝ ለ መፍጠር chart ለ ተመረጡት ክፍሎች
19 .uno%3AResetAllDataPoints 54 ሁሉንም የዳታ ነጥቦች ወደ ነባሩ እንደነበር መመለሻ
11 .uno%3AFormatAxis 1a Formats the selected axis.
13 .uno%3AFormatLegend 19 Formats the chart legend.
16 .uno%3AFormatDataPoint 36 የተመረጠውን ዳታ ነጥብ አቀራረብ
12 .uno%3AFormatTitle 32 የተመረጠው አርእስት አቀራረብ
16 .uno%3AFormatMinorGrid 2d የ ትንሹ መጋጠሚያ አቀራረብ
11 .uno%3ADeleteAxis 27 የተመረጠውን axis ማጥፊያ
17 .uno%3AFormatDataSeries 2a የ ተከታታይ ዳታ አቀራረብ
16 .uno%3AFormatStockLoss 37 የ ክምር ኪሳራ መጠቆሚያ አቀራረብ
11 .uno%3AFormatWall 17 Formats the chart wall.
16 .uno%3AFormatTrendline 16 Formats the trendline.
16 .uno%3ADeleteMinorGrid 29 ትንሹን መጋጠሚያ ማጥፊያ
17 .uno%3AFormatYErrorBars 35 የ Y ስህተት መደርደሪያ አቀራረብ
17 .uno%3AInsertRemoveAxes 4e ንግግር መክፈቻ axes ለማስገባት ወይንም ለማጥፋት
16 .uno%3AFormatMeanValue 1c Formats the mean value line.
16 .uno%3AStarChartDialog 1a9 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ chart መፍጠሪያ: ተከታታይ መጠን ያላቸውን ክፍሎች እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ በ እርስዎ chart ውስጥ: ይጫኑ በ ክፍል መጠን ውስጥ እና ከዛ ይምረጡ ይህን ትእዛዝ: በ አማራጭ ይምረጡ አንዳንድ ክፍሎች እና ይምረጡ ይህን ትእዛዝ ለ መፍጠር chart ለ ተመረጡት ክፍሎች
16 .uno%3AFormatDataLabel 39 የተመረጠው የዳታ ምልክት አቀራረብ
16 .uno%3AInsertMajorGrid 29 ትልቅ መጋጠሚያ ማስገቢያ
12 .uno%3AFormatFloor 18 Formats the chart floor.
17 .uno%3AFormatDataLabels 29 የዳታ ምልክቶች አቀራረብ
1e .uno%3AFormatTrendlineEquation 1f Formats the trendline equation.
1b .uno%3AChartElementSelector 129 ይምረጡ አካል ከ chart ውስጥ እርስዎ ማቅረብ የሚፈልጉትን: አካሉ ይመረጣል በ chart ቅድመ እይታ መመልከቻ ውስጥ: ይጫኑ የ አቀራረብ ምርጫ የ ባህሪዎችን ንግግር ለ መክፈት ለ ተመረጠው አካል
17 HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN c2 ይጫኑ የ ተጨማሪ ቁልፍ ንግግሩን ለማስፋት ተጨማሪ ምርጫዎች ለማሳየት፡ ይጫኑ እንደገና ንግግሩን እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ
14 HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN 5f እንደ ነበር መመለሻ የ ተሻሻሉ ዋጋዎችን ወደ ነባር ዋጋቸው
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_NEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
17 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_NEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
17 SVX_HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 40 አሁን የተመረጠውን በቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
1b CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_PREVIEW 40 አሁን የተመረጠውን በቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbfilterarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fassign 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconditionalformatdialog%2Frbassign 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fassignrb 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatcol 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptionsdialog%2Frevert 6e የተሻሻሉትን ዋጋዎች እንደነበር መመለሻ ወደ $[officename] ነባር ዋጋቸው
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatrow 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DEL 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
23 hid%2Fcui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign2 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_CANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdestarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
15 SW_HID_MD_GLOS_DELETE 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Frowref 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortslist%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2a sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_BIB_BASE%3APB_DELETE 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CREATE 4d ሁሉንም ለውጦች መፈጸሚያ እና አዋቂውን መዝጊያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fdelete 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
11 WIZARDS_HID0_NEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDCANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmacropage%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fformulasref 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
13 WIZARDS_HID0_CANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDNEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_CANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
1a ui%2Fgradientpage%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_NEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDFINISH 4d ሁሉንም ለውጦች መፈጸሚያ እና አዋቂውን መዝጊያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmultipathdialog%2Fdelete 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Flibrary 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdataarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDCANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fcolref 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fdelete 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbprintarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fdelete 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fdelete 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdelabbrev 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdeldouble 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
2d modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Finsert 6b የ ተሻሻለውን ወይንም የ ተመረጠውን ዋጋ ንግግሩ ሳይዘጋ መፈጸሚያ
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fdestination-button 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fformulabutton 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_NEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fvarbutton 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
38 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryupdateprogress%2FGalleryUpdateProgress 6f ማሻሻያውን በ መስኮት ውስጥ መመልከቻ ወይንም በ ተመረጠው እቃ ውስጥ
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 78 ይጠቀሙ የ መክፈቻ ትእዛዝ ለ መክፈት የ ተመረጠውን እቃ በ አዲስ ስራ ውስጥ
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY 99 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a security query appears before objects are deleted.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 51 የተመረጠውን አካል ወደ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ኮፒ ማድረጊያ
19 HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND 4d የተመረጠውን ምስል እንደ መደብ ንድፍ ማስገቢያ
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
17 HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressnone 32 Specifies that you do not wish to use compression.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor2rb 3b ፋይል በጥቁር እና ነጭ ቀለም መላኪያ
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor1rb 23 ፋይል በቀለም መላኪያ
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel2rb 73 Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel1rb 8c Compression is not available at this level. Select the Level 1 option if your PostScript printer does not offer the capabilities of Level 2.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftiffpreviewcb 6a Specifies whether a preview image is exported in the TIFF format together with the actual PostScript file.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Finterlacedcb 40 Specifies whether the graphic is to be saved in interlaced mode.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftextcb 57 Exports the file in ASCII text format. The resulting file is larger than a binary file.
2d svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fsavetransparencycb ba Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionlb 4b Enter the image resolution. Select the measurement units from the list box.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fepsipreviewcb b6 Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file. This format only contains printable characters from the 7-bit ASCII code.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionpngnf 62 Sets the compression for the export. A high compression means a smaller, but slower to load image.
2e svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionmf-nospin 4b Enter the image resolution. Select the measurement units from the list box.
26 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompresslzw 66 LZW compression is the compression of a file into a smaller file using a table-based lookup algorithm.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolordepthlb 69 ይምረጡ የ ቀለም ጥልቀት ከ 8 bit ጥቁር እና ነጭ ወይንም 24 bit true color.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthlb 1c ስፋቱን ይወስናል
2a svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fheightmf-nospin 22 እርዝመቱን ይወስናል
20 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Frlecb 36 Applies RLE (Run Length Encoding) to the BMP graphics.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionjpgnf 79 Sets the quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and big file size
29 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthmf-nospin 2c የመለኪያ ክፍሎችን መወሰኛ
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fbinarycb 52 Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a text file.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetlist 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffixedwidth 56 ሁሉንም የ ዳታ ሜዳዎች መላኪያ በ ተወሰነ የስፋት ልክ
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fasshown bc Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fquoteall c0 Exports all text cells with leading and trailing quote characters as set in the Text delimiter box. If not checked, only those text cells get quoted that contain the Field delimiter character.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ftext 44 Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffield 41 Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetdropdown 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fdetectspecialnumbers 9e When this option is enabled, Calc will automatically detect all number formats, including special number formats such as dates, time, and scientific notation.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftextdelimiter 5c Select a character to delimit text data. You can can also enter a character in the text box.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fmergedelimiters 3e Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Finputother 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcharset b2 When this option is enabled, fields or cells whose values are quoted in their entirety (the first and last characters of the value equal the text delimiter) are imported as text.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcolumntype 5f Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Flanguage 2f Determines how the number strings are imported.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftoseparatedby 27 Select the separator used in your data.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcomma 30 Separates data delimited by commas into columns.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ffromrow 35 Specifies the row where you want to start the import.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftofixedwidth 45 Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftab 2e Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2FTextImportCsvDialog 2b Sets the import options for delimited data.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fsemicolon 34 Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fspace 30 Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.
2f SD%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_CUT 72 Specifies that anything extending beyond the maximum print range will be cut off and not included in the printing.
32 SD%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_POSTER 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
25 SD%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS 64 The Warning Print Options dialog appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flf 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcr 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcrlf 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flanguage 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Ffont 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcharset 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerytitledialog%2FGalleryTitleDialog 4b ለ ተመረጠው የ አዳራሽ እቃ አርእስት መመደቢያ
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW 5f የ ቅድመ እይታ ትእዛዝ የሚያሳየው የ ተመረጠውን ንድፍ ነው
17 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK 52 የ ተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ እቃ እንደ አገናኝ ማስገቢያ
15 HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE 58 የ ተመረጠውን ንድፍ ማጥፊያ ማረጋገጫ ከ ተጠየቀ በኋላ
12 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD 91 የ ተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ እቃ ኮፒ በቀጥታ ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ እንዴት እንደሚገባ መወሰኛ
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU 7d የ ተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ እቃ ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ እንዴት እንደሚገባ መወሰኛ
19 HID_MN_READONLY_PLUGINOFF 1b Disables inserted plug-ins.
1a HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF 4b ሁሉም ንድፎች በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ እንዲታዩ ማሰናጃ
1b HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
1e HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
18 HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC 4d የ ተመረጠውን ንድፍ ለማስቀመጥ ንግግር መክፈቻ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerygeneralpage%2Fname 1f Displays the name of the theme.
b slot%3A5500 84 የነበረውን ቴምፕሌት በመጠቀም አዲስ ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ ወይንም ናሙና ሰነድ መክፈቻ
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 2e አዲስ የ XForms ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 31 መፍጠሪያ አዲስ $[officename] ሰነድ
16 HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW 77 መፍጠሪያ አዲስ $[officename] ሰነድ: የ ሰነዱን አይነት ለመምረጥ ቀስቱን ይጫኑ
d .uno%3ANewDoc 5d ከ ቴምፕሌት ሰነድ መፍጠር ከፈለጉ ይጫኑ አዲስ - ቴምፕሌት
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 57 አዲስ የ ሰንጠረዥ ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ($[officename] ሰንጠረዥ).
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 34 አዲስ የ ዋናውን ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 a2 አዲስ የ ማቅረቢያ ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ ($[officename] ማስደነቂያ). ካስነሱት የማቅረቢያ አዋቂ ንግግር ይታያል
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 4a አዲስ የ formula ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ ($[officename] ሂሳብ).
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw a6 አዲስ የ ማቅረቢያ ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ ($[officename] ማስደነቂያ). ካስነሱት፡ የ ማቅረቢያ አዋቂ ንግግር ይታያል
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 e0 የ ምልክቶች ንግግር መክፈቻ: የ እርስዎን ምልክቶች ምርጫ የሚያሰናዱበት እና አዲስ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ለ ምልክቶች የሚፈጥሩበት ($[officename] Writer).
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 62 የ ዳታቤዝ አዋቂ መክፈቻ፡ አዲስ የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ለመፍጠሪያ
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 62 የ ዳታቤዝ አዋቂ መክፈቻ፡ አዲስ የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ለመፍጠሪያ
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 f0 የ ንግድ ካርድ ንግግር መክፈቻ: የ እርስዎን የ ንግድ ካርድ ምርጫ የሚያሰናዱበት እና አዲስ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ለ ንግድ ካርድ የሚፈጥሩበት ($[officename] Writer).
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 4f አዲስ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ ($[officename] መጻፊያ).
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 2d አዲስ የ HTML ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ.
37 SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_EDIT 78 የተመረጠውን ሰነድ መክፈቻ ወይንም በተመረጠው ቴምፕሌት ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ .
39 SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_MANAGE 96 ቴምፕሌቶች ወይንም ናሙና ሰነዶችን መጨመር፡ ማስወገድ፡ እና እንደገና ማዘጋጀት ያስችሎታል
1a HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_DOCINFO 57 የ ተመረጠውን ቴምፕሌት ወይንም ሰነድ ባህሪዎች ማሳያ
17 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREV 35 አንድ ፎልደር ወደ ላይ መሄጃ ካለ
1a HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREVIEW 72 የ ተመረጠውን ቴምፕሌት ወይንም ሰነድ በ ቅድመ እይታ ማየት ያስችሎታል
18 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_FILEVIEW 14b ዝግጁ የ ቴምፕሌት ዝርዝር ወይንም ሰነድ ለተመረጠው ምድብ ይታያል: ቴምፕሌት ወይንም ሰነድ ይምረጡ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ. ሰነዱ በ ቅድመ እይታ ለማየት: ይጫኑ ቅድመ እይታ ቁልፍ ከ ሳጥኑ በላይ በ ቀኝ በኩል
18 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT 8c ቴምፕሌት እና ሰነዶችን በ ቅድመ እይታ ማየት ያስችሎታል እንዲሁም የ ሰነድ ባህሪዎችን
17 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_BACK 4d ቀደም ወዳለው መስኮት ንግግር መሄድ ያስችሎታል
1c SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_ICONCTRL 115 ምምድቦች በ ሳጥን ውስጥ ይታያሉ በ ግራ በኩል በ ቴምፕሌት እና ሰነዶች ንግግር  ውስጥ. ይጫኑ የ ምድብ ማሳያውን ከ ምድብ ጋር የተዛመዱ ፋይሎችን ለማሳየት በ አርእስት ሳጥን
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeldialog%2Fok 33 አዲስ ሰነድ ለማረሚያ መፍጠሪያ
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 7d ምልክቶች መፍጠር ያስችሎታል: ምልክቶች መፍጠር የሚቻለው በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ነው:
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftype 173 ይምረጡ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን መጠን አቀራረብ: ዝግጁ የሆነው አቀራረብ እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ አይነቱ ይወሰናል የ Brand ዝርዝር መጠቀም ከ ፈለጉ ምልክት ማስተካከያ አቀራረብ: ይምረጡ [User], እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አቀራረብ tab አቀራረብ ለመግለጽ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fbrand 4d መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ወረቀት አይነት ይምረጡ
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fcontinuous 46 ምልክቶችን በሚቀጥለው ወረቀት ላይ ማተሚያ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftable 89 ለ እርስዎ ምልክት መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ሜዳ(ዎች) የያዘውን ዳታቤዝ ሰንጠረዥ ይምረጡ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Finsert e0 እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳ ይምረጡ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ቀስት ወደ ግራ በዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ ሜዳ ለማስገባት ወደ የ ጽሁፍ ምልክት ሳጥን.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fdatabase 75 ለ እርስዎ ምልክት እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ዳታቤዝ ይምረጡ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fsheet 4a ምልክቶችን በ እያንዳንዱ ወረቀት ላይ ማተሚያ
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Faddress b3 ምልክት መፍጠሪያ በ እርስዎ መመለሻ አድራሻ: አሁን ያለውን ጽሁፍ በ ምልክት ጽሁፍ  ሳጥን ውስጥ ተደርቦ ተጽፏል
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftextview 9d እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ በ ምልክት ላይ ማስገቢያ: እንዲሁም የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳ ማስገባት ይችላሉ
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2FCardMediumPage 66 የ ምልክት ጽሁፍ ይወስኑ እና ይምረጡ የ ወረቀት መጠን ለምልክቱ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fwidth b9 የ ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ ስፋት ማሳያ: እርስዎ መግለጽ ከ ፈለጉ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን እዚህ ያስገቡ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fhori ea ማሳያ እርቀት ከ ገጹ ግራ ጠርዝ ምልክቱ አጠገብ ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ ድረስ: እርስዎ የሚወስኑ ከሆነ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን አሁን ይወስኑ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Ftype 43 የምልክት አይነት ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fvert 133 ማሳያ እርቀት ከ ምልክቱ የ ላይ ጠርዝ ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ የ ላይ ጠርዝ የ ምልክቱ ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ በቀጥታ ከታች: እርስዎ የሚወስኑ ከሆነ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን አሁን ይወስኑ.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fheight c0 የ ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ እርዝመት ማሳያ: እርስዎ መግለጽ ከ ፈለጉ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን እዚህ ያስገቡ.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Fbrand 49 ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ የሚፈልጉትን አይነት
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fleft 10f ማሳያ እርቀት ከ ገጹ ግራ ጠርዝ እስከ ግራ ጠርዝ የ መጀመሪያው ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ ድረስ: እርስዎ የሚወስኑ ከሆነ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን አሁን ይወስኑ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fcols ad የ ምልክቶች ቁጥር ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ: በ እርስዎ የ ክፍተት ስፋት ገጽ ላይ የሚፈልጉትን
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Ftop 10f ማሳያ እርቀት ከ ገጹ ላይ ጠርዝ እስከ ላይ ጠርዝ የ መጀመሪያው ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ ድረስ: እርስዎ የሚወስኑ ከሆነ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን አሁን ይወስኑ
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2FLabelFormatPage 40 የ ወረቀት አቀራረብ ምርጫዎችን ማሰናጃ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Frows b3 የ ምልክቶች ቁጥር ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ: በ እርስዎ የ ክፍተት እርዝመት ገጽ ላይ የሚፈልጉትን
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fsave 62 የ አሁኑን ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ አቀራረብ ማስቀመጫ
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsetup 37 መክፈቻ የ ማተሚያ ማሰናጃ ንግግር
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffloatingsync%2Fsync e4 ኮፒ ማድረጊያ ከ ምልክቱ ከ ላይ በ ግራ በኩል ያሉትን ይዞታዎች ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ ወደ ቀሩት ምልክቶች ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች በ ገጹ ላይ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Frows 9c የ ረድፎች ቁጥር ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ: በ እርስዎ ገጽ ላይ የሚፈልጉትን
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsinglelabel 5e ነጠላ ምልክት ወይንም  የ ንግድ ካርዶች በ ገጹ ላዩ ማተሚያ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fcols a0 የ ምልክቶች ቁጥር ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ: በ እርስዎ የ ረድፉ ገጽ ላይ የሚፈልጉትን
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fentirepage 58 በሙሉ ገጽ  ምልክቶች ወይንም የንግድ ካርዶች መፍጠሪያ
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsynchronize 12d እርስዎን ነጠላ ምልክት ማረም ያስችላል ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች እና ይዞታዎችን ማሻሻል: ቀሪውን ምልክቶች ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች በ ገጹ ላይ እርስዎ ሲጫኑ የ ምልክቶች ማስማሚያ ቁልፍ.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2FLabelOptionsPage c3 ተጨማሪ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ ለ እርስዎ ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች: የ ጽሁፍ ማስማሚያ እና የ ማተሚያ ማሰናጃዎች ያካትታል
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 4f ይንደፉ እና ይፍጠሩ የ ራስዎትን የ ንግድ ካርዶች
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE 17c ይምረጡ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን መጠን አቀራረብ: እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ ዝግጁ የሆነው አቀራረብ አይነቱ ይወሰናል የ አይነት  ዝርዝር: መጠቀም ከ ፈለጉ የ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ: ይምረጡ [ተጠቃሚ], እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አቀራረብ tab tአቀራረብ ለመግለጽ
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND 4d መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ወረቀት አይነት ይምረጡ
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET 52 የ ንግድ ካርዶች በ እያንዳንዱ ወረቀት ላይ ማተሚያ
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT 4e የ ንግድ ካርዶች በሚቀጥለው ወረቀት ላይ ማተሚያ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Fautotext 75 ይምረጡ የ ንግድ ካርድ ምድብ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እቅድ ከ ይዞታ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Ftreeview ae ይምረጡ የ ንግድ ካርድ ምድብ ከ በራሱ ጽሁፍ - ክፍል ሳጥን ውስጥ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እቅድ ከ ይዞታ ዝርዝር ውስጥ.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2FCardFormatPage 4b የ እርስዎን የ ንግድ ካርዶች አቀራረብ መግለጫ
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Furl 4a የ ድህረ ገጽ አድራሻዎን ያስገቡ ለኢንተርኔት
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fmobile 3e የ ተንቀሳቃሽ ስልክ ቁጥርዎን ያስገቡ.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fphone 31 የ ቤት ስልክ ቁጥርዎን ያስገቡ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fcountry 33 የሚኖሩበትን አገር ስም ያስገቡ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fshortname2 6a መነሻ ስም ያስገቡ እንደ ሁለተኛ ግንኙነት ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Flastname2 6e የ አባት ስም ያስገቡ እንደ ሁለተኛ ግንኙነት ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fjob 26 የሞያዎትን ስም ያስገቡ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffirstname2 60 ስም ያስገቡ እንደ ሁለተኛ ግንኙነት ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fmobile 37 የ ተንቀሳቃሽ ስልክ ቁጥር ያስገቡ
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fphone 2e የ ንግድ ስልክ ቁጥር ያስገቡ
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstate 39 ድርጅቱ የሚገኝበትን አገር ያስገቡ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Furl 59 የ ድርጅቱን የ ድህረ ገጽ አድራሻ ያስገቡ ለ ኢንተርኔት
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fslogan 2d የ ድርጅቱን መፈክር ያስገቡ
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcompany2 3a ተጨማሪ የ ድርጅት ዝርዝር ማስገቢያ
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2FBusinessDataPage 10f ለ ንግድ ካርዶች የ ግኑኙነት መረጃዎችን ይዟል: የ ንግድ ካርዶች እቅድ ከ 'ንግድ ካርዶች ስራ' ምድብ ውስጥ ይምረጡ: የ ንግድ ካርዶች እቅድ የሚመርጡት ከ ንግድ ካርዶች tab.
15 HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY 31 መክፈቻ ፋይል ለንባብ-ብቻ ዘዴ
16 HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN 71 የተመረጠውን ፋይል ያስገባል ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ
28 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fopen 35 መክፈቻ የተመረጠውን ሰነድ(ዶች).
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_type ce ይምረጡ መክፈት የሚፈልጉትን ፋይል አይነት: ወይንም ይምረጡ ሁሉንም ፋይሎች (*) በ ፎልደሩ ውስጥ ያሉትን ዝርዝር ፋይሎች ለማየት
36 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2FExplorerFileDialog 2d ፋይል መክፈቻ ወይንም ማምጫ
2e fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fnew_folder 26 አዲስ ፎልደር መፍጠሪያ
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_RENAME 8a ፋይል እንደገና ለመሰየም ፋይሉ ላይ በቀኝ-ይጫኑ እና ከዛ ይምረጡ እንደገና መሰየሚያ.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_name be የ ፋይል ስም ወይንም መንገድ ለ ፋይሉ ያስገቡ: እንዲሁም ማስገባት ይችላሉ የURL አሰራር የሚጀምር በ ftp, http, ወይንም https.
18 SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_LEVELUP 94 በ ፎልደር ውስጥ አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ: በ ረጅም-ይጫኑ ለ ማየት የ ፎልደሮች ደረጃ
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_DELETE 64 ፋይል ለማጥፋት በ ቀኝ-ይጫኑ ፋይሉን እና ከዛ ይምረጡ ማጥፊያ.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fyes 63 ይጫኑ በ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ ስሙ የሚታየውን ፋይል ለ ማጥፋት
14 HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION 9f የተመረጠው ፋይል አይነት በርካታ ፋይሎች ካሉ: ይምረጡ እርስዎ መክፈት የሚፈልጉትን እትም አይነት
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fall 3c ይጫኑ የተመረጡትን ፋይሎች ለማጥፋት
14 HID_FILEDLG_STANDARD 5b ፋይሎች እና ፎልደሮች ማሳያ አሁን ባሉበት ፎልደር ውስጥ
21 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fno 63 ይጫኑ በ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ ስሙ የሚታየውን ፋይል ለ መሰረዝ
19 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME 51 መንገዱን ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ
14 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN 30 የ ተመረጠውን መንገድ መምረጫ
33 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_FILTER_SELECT%3ALB_DLG_LISTBOX 55 ይምረጡ የ ማምጫ ማጣሪያ ለ መክፈት ለሚፈልጉት ፋይል
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 48 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ መዝጊያ ከ ፕሮግራሙ ሳይወጣ
b .uno%3ASave 29 የአሁኑን ሰነድ ማስቀመጫ
1c HID_FILESAVE_CUSTOMIZEFILTER 89 የ ሰንጠረዥ ማስቀመጫ ምርጫ ለ አንዳንድ የ ዳታ ፋይሎች አይነት ማሰናዳት ያስችሎታል
35 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fconnect_to_server 7f Opens a dialog where you can set up connection to various types of servers, including WebDAV, FTP, SSH, Windows Share and CMIS.
14 HID_FILESAVE_LEVELUP 94 በ ፎልደር ውስጥ አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ: በ ረጅም-ይጫኑ ለ ማየት የ ፎልደሮች ደረጃ
1c HID_FILESAVE_CREATEDIRECTORY 26 አዲስ ፎልደር መፍጠሪያ
16 HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION ef የ ተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ እቃ መላኪያ ወደ %PRODUCTNAME መሳያ እና ማስደነቂያ ወደ ሌላ አቀራረብ: እዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ ምልክት ከተደረገ: ጠቅላላ ሰነዱ ይላካል
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILEVIEW 5b ፋይሎች እና ፎልደሮች ማሳያ አሁን ባሉበት ፎልደር ውስጥ
14 HID_FILESAVE_FILEURL 7b የ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ ወይንም መንገድ ለ ፋይሉ: እንዲሁም ማስገባት ይችላሉ URL
1f SVT_HID_FILESAVE_PLACES_LISTBOX 85 ማሳያ "የምወዳቸው" ቦታዎች: ማለት አቋራጮች ወደ አካባቢ ወይንም የ ሩቅ አካባቢዎች
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE 65 እርስዎ ማስቀመጥ ለሚፈልጉት ሰነድ የ ፋይል አቀራረብ ይምረጡ:
13 HID_FILESAVE_DOSAVE 19 ፋይል ማስቀመጫ
13 HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG 8e የ አሁኑን ሰነድ በተለየ አካባቢ ማስቀመጫ: ወይንም በተለየ የ ፋይል ስም ወይንም አይነት
1d HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD 80 ፋይሉን ይጠብቃል በ መግቢያ ቃል  ተጠቃሚው ማስገባት አለበት ፋይሉን ለ መክፈት
f .uno%3AExportTo 82 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ በተለየ ስም እና አቀራረብ እርስዎ በሚወስኑት አካባቢ ማስቀመጫ
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties a3 የ አሁኑን ፋይል ባህሪዎች ማሳያ: እንደ statistics የ ቃላት ቆጠራ እና ፋይሉ የተፈጠረበትን ቀን የመሳሰሉ
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fkeywords ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fsubject ac ለ ሰነዱ ጉዳይ ያስገቡ: እርስዎ መጠቀም ይችላሉ ተመሳሳይ ይዞታ ያላቸውን ሰነዶች በ ጉዳይ በ ቡድን ማድረግ
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Ftitle 29 ለሰነዱ አርእስት ያስገቡ
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fcomments 55 አስተያየቶች ያስገቡ ሰነዱን ለመለየት እንዲረዳዎት
34 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2FDescriptionInfoPage 31 ስለ ሰነዱ መግለጫ መረጃ ይዟል
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Freset 10e እንደ ነበር መመለሻ የ ማረሚያ ጊዜ ወደ ዜሮ: የ ተፈጠረበትን ቀን ወደ ዛሬ ቀን እና ሰአት: እና እትሙን ወደ ቁጥር 1. የ ተሻሻለበት ቀን እና የ ታተመበት ቀን በሙሉ ይጠፋል
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fuserdatacb c0 የ ተጠቃሚውን ሙሉ ስም ከ ፋይሉ ጋር ማስቀመጫ: ስሙን ማረም ይችላሉ በ መምረጥ መሳሪያ - ምርጫ - $[officename] - የ ተጠቃሚ ዳታ.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fnameed 1d የፋይል ስም ማሳያ
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2FDocumentInfoPage 3e ስለ አሁኑ ፋይል መሰረታዊ መረጃ ይዟል
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fadd 52 ይጫኑ አዲስ ረድፍ ወደ ባህሪዎች ዝርዝር ለ መጨመር
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fproperties ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2FCustomInfoPage 72 በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ መረጃ ሜዳዎች ማስተካከያ መመደብ ያስችሎታል
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 2c ለ አሁኑ ፋይል statistics ማሳያ
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Fprotect 129 ለውጥ ከ መመዝገብ መቀየር ይጠብቀዋል: ለውጥ መመዝገብ ከ ተጠበቀ ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ: ቁልፉ ይሰየማል አትጠብቅ. ይጫኑ አትጠብቅ እና ይጻፉ ትክክለኛውን የ መግቢያ ቃል ጥበቃውን ለማሰናከል
2b sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Frecordchanges c0 ይምረጡ ለውጦችን መመዝገብ እንዲችል ለማስቻል ይህ ተመሳሳይ ነው ከ ማረሚያ - ለውጦችን መከታተያ - ለውጦችን መመዝገብ.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Freadonly 56 ይምረጡ ይህ ሰነድ ሲከፈት በ ንባብ-ዘዴ ብቻ ለማስቻል
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2FSecurityInfoPage 46 ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ የ መግቢያ ቃል ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu b0 የ እርስዎን ቴምፕሌቶች ማደራጀት እና ማረም ያስችሎታል: እንዲሁም የ አሁኑን ፋይል እንደ ቴምፕሌት ማስቀመጥ
29 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fassign 76 ይምረጡ ሜዳ ከ ዳታ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ከ አድራሻ ደብተር ጋር የሚመሳሰለውን
28 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fadmin 63 አዲስ የ ዳታ ምንጭ መጨመሪያ ለ አድራሻ ደብተር ምንጭ ዝርዝር
2c svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatatable 52 ለ እርስዎ አድራሻ ደብተር የ ዳታ ሰንጠረዥ ይምረጡ
2d svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatasource 4c ለ እርስዎ አድራሻ ደብተር የ ዳታ ምንጭ ይምረጡ
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 6e ለ እርስዎ አድራሻ ደብተር የ ሜዳ መመደቢያ ማረሚያ እና የ ዳታ ምንጭ
32 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_ORGANIZE a3 መክፈቻ የ ቴምፕሌት አስተዳዳሪ ንግግር እርስዎ አዲስ ቴምፕሌት የሚፈጥሩበት ወይንም የሚያደራጁበት
2e SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_EDIT 43 የ ተመረጠውን ቴምፕሌት ለማረሚያ መክፈቻ
32 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_STYLESHEETS 41 ዝግጁ የሆኑ የ ቴምፕሌት ምድቦች ዝርዝር
2e SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_SECTION 49 አዲሱ ቴምፕሌት የሚቀመጥበትን ምድብ ይምረጡ
28 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3AED_NAME 27 ለ ቴምፕሌቱ ስም ያስገቡ
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 44 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ እንደ ቴምፕሌት ማስቀመጫ
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 5a እርስዎ ቴምፕሌት ለ ማረም የሚመርጡበት ንግግር መክፈቻ
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A3 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A2 83 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer so they fit on the paper in the printer.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A0 57 ተንሸራታች በ ገጽ ውስጥ እንዴት እንደሚመጠን መወሰኛ
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A2 52 ቀለሞች በ ጥቁር እና ነጭ ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A1 52 ቀለሞች በ ጥቁር እና ነጭ ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintHidden%3ACheckBox 44 የ ተደበቁ ገጾች ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPageOrder%3AListBox 5b ምን ያህል ተንሸራታች በ ገጽ ውስጥ እንደሚታተም ይምረጡ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 76 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የተመረጠውን ቦታ(ዎች) ወይንም አቃ(ዎች) ብቻ ማተሚያ
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintName%3ACheckBox 45 የ ሰነዱ ገጽ ስም ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit 142 የ ገጾች መጠን ለማተም: ይህን አቀራረብ ይጠቀሙ እንደ 3-6. ነጠላ ገጽ ለማተም: ይህን አቀራረብ ይጠቀሙ እንደ 7;9;11. የ ተቀላቀሉ ገጾች መጠን እና ነጠላ ገጾች ለማተም: ይህን አቀራረብ ይጠቀሙ እንደ 3-6;8;10;12.
24 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinttofile 49 ወደ ማተሚያ ከ ማተም ይልቅ ወደ ፋይል ማተሚያ
40 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox a7 ንድፎች እና ስእሎች ወይንም የ OLE እቃዎች በ እርስዎ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ላይ የ ገቡ ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fexpander 51 ለ ተመረጠው ማተሚያ ዝርዝር መረጃ ማሳያ/መደበቂያ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsIncludeEmptyPages%3ACheckBox ab ምልክት ከ ተደረገ ባዶ ገጾች ምንም የ ክፍል ይዞታ የሌላቸው ወይንም የ ስእል እቃዎች የሌላቸው አይታተሙም
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintScale%3ANumericField 6e መቀነሻ ወይንም ማሳደጊያ በሚታተመው formula የተወሰነ መጠን መፈጸሚያ
2f .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ABorder%3ACheckBox 81 ቀጭን የ መስመር ድንበር በ formula ቦታ መክበቢያ በሚታተመው ወረቀት ላይ መፈጸሚያ
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A2 6e መቀነሻ ወይንም ማሳደጊያ በሚታተመው formula የተወሰነ መጠን መፈጸሚያ
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forderlb 3e ለማተም የ ገጾች ቅደም ተከተል ይምረጡ
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AFormulaText%3ACheckBox 84 የ ትእዛዝ መስኮት ይዞታዎች ከ ታች በኩል በ ህተመቱ ላይ ይካተት እንደሆን መወሰኛ
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPage%3AListBox 5b ምን ያህል ተንሸራታች በ ገጽ ውስጥ እንደሚታተም ይምረጡ
31 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ATitleRow%3ACheckBox 7f የ ሰነዱ ስም በ እርስዎ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ በ ህተመቱ ላይ ይካተት እንደሆን መወሰኛ
c .uno%3APrint 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox a8 ቀለሞች እና እቃዎች በ መደቡ ላይ የ ገቡ በ ገጹ ላይ ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ በ (አቀራረብ - ገጽ - መደብ).
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 79 የ ፎርም መቆጣጠሪያ ሜዳዎች በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ውስጥ ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 78 ይህን ምርጫ ያስችሉ እንደ የተደበቀ ምልክት የተደረገበትን ጽሁፍ ለ ማተም
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 47 ሁልጊዜ ጽሁፍ በ ጥቁር እንደሚታተም መወሰኛ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 95 የሚታተሙት ገጾች ወይንም ተንሸራታቾች እርስዎ የወሰኑዋቸው ብቻ ናቸው በ ገጾች ሳጥን ውስጥ
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 22c ይህ ምርጫ ካስቻሉ ራሱ በራሱ የ ገባ ባዶ ገጽ ይታተማል: ይህ ጥሩ የሚሆነው እርስዎ ሁለት-በኩል የሆነ ሲያትሙ ነው: ለምሳሌ: መጽሐፍ: "ምእራፍ" የ አንቀጽ ዘዴ ተሰናድቷል ሁልጊዜ በ ጎዶሎ ገጽች እንዲጀምር: ቀደም ያለው ምእራፍ በ ጎዶሎ ገጽ ላይ ጨርሶ ከሆነ: %PRODUCTNAME ሌላ መኡሉ ቁጥር ባዶ ገጽ ያስገባል: ይህ ምርጫ ይቆጣጠራል ለ ማተም የ ሙሉ ቁጥር ገጽ
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox af ይህን ምርጫ ያስችሉ ለማተም ቦታ ያዢ ጽሁፍ: ይህን ምርጫ ያሰናክሉ ቦታ ያዢ ጽሁፍ ባዶ ለ መተው በ ህትመቱ ላይ
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A1 68 እርስዎ ተጨማሪ የ ገጽ መመጠኛ ለ ማተሚያ እንደማይፈልጉ መወሰኛ
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A0 5d የ አሁኑን የ ፊደል መጠን ምንም ሳይስተካከል formula ማተሚያ
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagecols 27 የ አምዶች ቁጥር ይምረጡ
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forientationlb 3b ለ አዲሱ እቃ መደርደሪያ ቦታ ያስገቡ
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 59 አስተያየት የት እንደሚታተም መወሰኛ (አስተያየት ካለ).
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AFixedText 59 አስተያየት የት እንደሚታተም መወሰኛ (አስተያየት ካለ).
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintLeftRightPages%3AListBox 50 በሚታተም ጊዜ የትኞቹ ገጾች እንደሚካተቱ መወሰኛ
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Freverseorder 4e ገጾችን በ ግልባጭ ደንብ ለማተም ምልክት ያድርጉ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPaperFromSetup%3ACheckBox 86 For printers with multiple trays this option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
22 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcopycount 41 ማተም የሚፈልጉትን የ ኮፒ ቁጥር ያስገቡ
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcollate 4f የ ገጾችን ደንብ በ ዋናው ሰነድ መሰረት መጠበቂያ
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A0 41 በ ዋናው ቀለም ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
1e vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsetup b0 የ ማተሚያ ባህሪዎች ንግግር መክፈቻ: የ ማተሚያ ባህሪዎች እርስዎ እንደመረጡት የ ማተሚያ አይነቶች ይለያያል
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinters 18f ይህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን የሚያሳየው የ ተገጠሙ ማተሚያዎችን ነው: ይጫኑ ማተሚያውን ለ መጠቀም የ አሁኑን ስራ ለማተም: ይጫኑ በ ማተሚያ ዝርዝር ቁልፍ ላይ ለ ተመረጠው ማተሚያ መረጃ ለማግኘት: ይጫኑ የ ባህሪዎች ቁልፍ ላይ የ ማተሚያውን ባህሪዎች ለ መቀየር
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fbordercb 5e በ እያንዳንዱ ገጽ ዙሪያ ድንበር እንዲሳል ምልክት ያድርጉ
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspect%3ACheckBox 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagemarginsb 9a ለ እያንዳንዱ በሚታተመው ገጽ እና በ ወረቀቱ ጠርዝ መካከል የሚኖረውን የ መስመር ስፋት ይምረጡ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectInclude%3AListBox 54 የ ሰነዱ የትኛው መግለጫ ክፍል እንደሚታተም ይምረጡ
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectRTL%3AListBox 5e For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A1 73 formula ማስተካከያ በ ገጹ አቀራረብ ልክ በሚታተመው ወረቀት ላይ መፈጸሚያ
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpaperspersheetlb 5b ምን ያህል ተንሸራታች በ ገጽ ውስጥ እንደሚታተም ይምረጡ
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsheetmarginsb 83 በሚታተመው ገጽ እና በ ወረቀቱ ጠርዝ መካከል የሚኖረውን የ መስመር ስፋት ይምረጡ
27 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsingleprintjob 68 Check to not rely on the printer to create collated copies but create a print job for each copy instead.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagespersheetbtn 3b በርካታ ገጾች በ ወረቀቱ ላይ ማተሚያ
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintDateTime%3ACheckBox 4c የ ዛሬ ቀን እና ሰአት ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 26 ጠቅላላ ሰነዱን ማተሚያ
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagerows 27 የ ረድፎች ቁጥር ይምረጡ
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageContentType%3AListBox 47 የ ሰነዱ የትኛው ክፍል እንደሚታተም ይምረጡ
39 SVTOOLS%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG%3ALB_NAMES d9 በ እርስዎ የ መስሪያ ስርአት ላይ የተገጠመውን ዝርዝር ማተሚያ ማሳያ: ነባር ማተሚያውን ለ መቀየር ማተሚያውን ከ ዝርዝሩ ውስጥ ይምረጡ
32 SVTOOLS%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG 3b ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ ነባር ማተሚያ ይምረጡ
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo d2 አዲስ መስኮት መክፈቻ በ እርስዎ ነባር የ ኢ-ሜይል ፕሮግራም ከ አሁኑ ሰነድ ጋር እንደ ማያያዣ: የ OpenDocument ፋይል አቀራረብ ይጠቀማል
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS cf አዲስ መስኮት መክፈቻ በ እርስዎ ነባር የ ኢ-ሜይል ፕሮግራም ከ አሁኑ ሰነድ ጋር እንደ ማያያዣ: የ Microsoft ፋይል አቀራረብ ይጠቀማል
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 58 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ ለ ተለያዩ መተግበሪያዎች ኮፒ መላኪያ
f .uno%3ASendMail 96 አዲስ መስኮት መክፈቻ በ እርስዎ ነባር የ ኢ-ሜይል ፕሮግራም ከ አሁኑ ሰነድ ጋር እንደ ማያያዣ
15 HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
26 HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
b .uno%3AQuit 87 መዝጊያ ሁሉንም $[officename] ፕሮግራሞች እና ለውጦቹን እርስዎ እንዲያስቀምጡ ይጠይቃል
e .uno%3ASaveAll 48 ማሰቀመጫ ሁሉንም የ ተሻሻሉ $[officename] ሰነዶች
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fdelete 2c የተመረጠውን እትም ማጥፊያ
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fcompare 5a በ እያንዳንዱ እትም ውስጥ የተደረገውን ለውጥ ያወዳድሩ
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fshow 4d ለ ተመረጠው እትም ጠቅላላ አስተያየቱን ያሳያል
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fopen 55 መክፈቻ የተመረጠውን ፋይል ለ ንባብ-ብቻ ዘዴ መስኮት
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fversions 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Falways 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
36 sfx%2Fui%2Fversioncommentdialog%2FVersionCommentDialog e7 እዚህ አስተያየት ያስገቡ አዲስ የ ሰነድ እትም በሚያስቀምጡ ጊዜ: እርስዎ ከ ተጫኑ ማሳያ ይህን ንግግር ለ መክፈት: አስተያየቱን ማረም አይችሉም
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fsave a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 8c በቅርብ ጊዜ የተከፈቱ ፋይሎች ዝርዝር: ፋይል ለ መክፈት ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ስሙ ላይ ይጫኑ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_UNDO 106 መጨረሻ የሰሩትን መገልበጫ ወይንም መጨረሻ ጽፈው ያስገቡትን: እርስዎ ይምረጡ መገልበጥ የሚፈልጉትን: ይጫኑ ቀስቱ ላይ በ መተው ምልክት በ መደበኛ መደርደሪያ ላይ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_REDO 13a መጨረሻ የ ሰሩትን መገልበጫ መተው ትእዛዝ: ለ መምረጥ የ መተው ደረጃን እርስዎ መገልበጥ የሚፈልጉትን: ይጫኑ ቀስቱ ላይ የ እንደገና መስሪያ ምልክት አጠገብ ያለውን በ መደበኛ እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ
d .uno%3ARepeat 95 የ መጨረሻውን ትእዛዝ መድገሚያ: ይህ ትእዛዝ ዝግጁ የሚሆነው ለ መጻፊያ እና ለ ሰንጠረዥ ነው
a .uno%3ACut 5e ማስወገጃ እና ኮፒ ማድረጊያ የተመረጠውን ወደ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ
b .uno%3ACopy 47 የተመረጠውን ወደ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ኮፒ ማድረጊያ
c .uno%3APaste ab መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ የ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ይዞታ ማስገቢያ: እና የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ወይንም እቃዎች መቀየሪያ
14 HID_SC_REPLCELLSWARN 0 
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_right 83 እርስዎ ከ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ውስጥ ክፍሎች ሲያስገቡ የታለመው ክፍል ወደ ታች ይቀየራል
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_down 4b Target cells are shifted downward when you insert cells from the clipboard.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fno_shift 55 ያስገቡት ክፍሎች የታለመውን ክፍሎች ይቀይሩዋቸዋል
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdivide 87 በ ታለመው ክፍሎች ውስጥ ያሉትን ዋጋዎች ማካፈያ በ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ውስጥ ባሉት ዋጋዎች
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fobjects 76 Inserts objects contained within the selected cell range. These can be OLE objects, chart objects, or drawing objects.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flink 108 Inserts the cell range as a link, so that changes made to the cells in the source file are updated in the target file. To ensure that changes made to empty cells in the source file are updated in the target file, ensure that the Insert All option is also selected.
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial a3 መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ የ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ይዞታ ማስገቢያ ወደ አሁኑ ፋይል አቀራረብ እርስዎ በሚወስኑት
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fformulas 2f formulae የያዙ ክፍሎች ማስገቢያ
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fadd 9f Adds the values in the clipboard cells to the values in the target cells. Also, if the clipboard only contains comments, adds the comments to the target cells.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsource 3b የ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳውን ይዞታ ምንጭ ማሳያ
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fpaste_all 8d ሁሉንም የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች አስተያየቶች: እና እቃዎች ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ መለጠፊያ
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Ftext 30 ጽሁፍ የያዙ ክፍሎች ማስገቢያ
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsubtract 6d በ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ውስጥ ያሉትን ዋጋዎች መቀነሻ በ ታለመው ክፍሎች ዋጋ
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnone 91 Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The contents of the clipboard will replace existing cell contents.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fformats 3d የ ክፍል አቀራረብ ባህሪዎች ማስገቢያ
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fskip_empty df Empty cells from the clipboard do not replace target cells. If you use this option in conjunction with the Multiply or the Divide operation, the operation is not applied to the target cell of an empty cell in the clipboard.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmultiply 6a በ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ውስጥ ያሉትን ዋጋዎች ማባዣ በ ታለመው ክፍሎች ዋጋ
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnumbers 33 ቁጥሮች የያዙ ክፍሎች ማስገቢያ
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Ftranspose 9d The rows of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become columns of the output range. The columns of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become rows.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flist 74 እርስዎ መለጠፍ የሚፈልጉትን የ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ይዞታዎች አቀራረብ ይምረጡ
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdatetime 56 የ ቀን እና የ ሰአት ዋጋዎችን የያዙ ክፍሎች ማስገቢያ
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fcomments e7 ከ ክፍሉ ጋር የ ተያያዙ አስተያየቶች ማስገቢያ: እርስዎ አስተያየቶች መጨመር ከ ፈለጉ ወደ ነበረው የ ክፍል ይዞታ: ይምረጡ የ "መጨመሪያ" ተግባር
15 .uno%3ATableSelectAll 5e ሁሉንም ወረቀቶች ከ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ ወረቀት ውስጥ ይምረጡ
d .uno%3ASelect 6b የ አሁኑን ፋይል ጠቅላላ ይዞታ ክፈፍ: ወይንም የ ጽሁፍ እቃ መምረጫ
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fallsheets 69 በ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ ፋይል ውስጥ በ ሁሉም ወረቀቶች ውስጥ መፈለጊያ
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcols 46 መፈለጊያ ከ ላይ እስከ ታች በ አምዶች ውስጥ
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Frows 43 መፈለጊያ ከ ግራ ወደ ቀኝ ከ ረድፍ ባሻገር
2b svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcalcsearchin 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcase 64 መለያ የ ላይኛው ጉዳይ እና የ ታችኛው ጉዳይ ባህሪዎች መካከል.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fwholewords 85 ጠቅላላ ቃሎቹን መፈለጊያ: ወይንም ክፍሎች ከ መፈለጊያው ጽሁፍ ጋር የሚመሳሰሉትን
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fregexp 61 በ እርስዎ ፍለጋ ውስጥ ሁለገብ መፈለጊያ መጠቀም ያስችሎታል
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fbackwards b1 ፍለጋው የሚጀምረው መጠቆሚያው አሁን ካለበት ቦታ ጀምሮ ነው እና የሚሄደው የ ኋሊዮሽ ነው ወደ ፋይሉ መጀመሪያ
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslike a2 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to specify the search options.
2a svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplacelist a7 መቀየሪያውን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ: ወይንም ይምረጡ ቀደም ያለውን መቀየሪያ ጽሁፍ ወይንም ዘዴ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchlist 9c እርስዎ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ እና ይፈልጉ ወይንም ይምረጡ ቀደም ካለው ፍለጋ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
24 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnotes 9e በ መጻፊያ ውስጥ: እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ የ አስተያየት ጽሁፎች ማካተት በ እርስዎ መፈለጊያ ውስጥ
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fselection 4d የተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ወይንም ክፍል ብቻ መፈለጊያ
f .uno%3AUpSearch 59 ይጫኑ ለ መፈለግ የሚቀጥለውን ሁኔታ በ ወደ ላይ አቅጣጫ
f .uno%3AFindText a2 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ይጻፉ ለ መፈለግ: እና ማስገቢያውን ይጫኑ ጽሁፉን ለ መፈለግ
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 59 ይጫኑ ለ መፈለግ የሚቀጥለውን ሁኔታ በ ወደ ታች አቅጣጫ
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flayout cf Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Search for list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace with list.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslikebtn 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchall 89 Finds and selects all instances of the text or the format that you are searching for in the document (only in Writer and Calc documents).
2d svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcharwidth 65 ሙሉ-ስፋት እና ግማሽ-ስፋት ያላቸውን ባህሪዎች ፎርሞች ይለያል
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplaceall 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
26 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace aa መቀየሪያ የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ወይንም አቀራረብ እርስዎ በ መረጡት: እና ከዛ ይፈልጋል የሚቀጥለውን ሁኔታ
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnoformat 7b Click in the Search for or the Replace with box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearch 63 Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you searching for in the document.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fexpander1 cb ተጨማሪ ወይንም አነስተኛ የ መፈጊያ ምርጫዎች ማሳያ: ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ እንደገና የ ተስፋፋውን የ መፈጊያ ምርጫዎች ለመደበቅ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fshorterfld 53 Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Flongerfld 6e Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fotherfld 48 Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Frelaxbox 53 Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilaritybtn 3a ምርጫ ማሰናጃ ለ ተመሳሳይ መፈለጊያ
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilarity eb ተመሳሳይ ደንቦችን መፈለጊያ በ መፈለጊያ ጽሁፍ ውስጥ: ይምረጡ ይህን ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥን እና ከዛ ይጫኑ የ ... ቁልፍ ተመሳሳይ ምርጫ ለ መግለጽ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsearchattrdialog%2FSearchAttrDialog 39 እርስዎ የሚፈልጉትን መለያ ይምረጡ
34 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_ATTRIBUTE 122 Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you search for the Font attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.
31 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_FORMAT c5 የ ተወሰነ የ ጽሁፍ አቀራረብ ገጽታዎች መፈለጊያ: እንደ ፊደል አይነቶች: የ ፊደል ተጽእኖዎች: እና የ ጽሁፍ ፍሰት ባህሪዎች
10 HID_GLBLTREE_DEL 4a የተመረጠውን ከ መቃኛው ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማጥፊያ
e HID_NAVI_TBX22 71 የ ተመረጠውን አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ በ መቃኛ ዝርዝር ውስጥ:
e HID_NAVI_TBX21 a7 Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.
19 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE 41 አዲ ንዑስ-ሰንድ መፍጠሪያ እና ማስገቢያ
e HID_NAVI_TBX23 71 የ ተመረጠውን አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ በ መቃኛ ዝርዝር ውስጥ:
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE 70 አንድ ወይንም ከዚያ በላይ የ ነበሩ ሰነዶች ወደ ዋናው ሰነድ ማስገቢያ
1b HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST b8 The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.
11 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE 50 ይጫኑ እና ይምረጡ ማሻሻል የሚፈልጉትን ይዞታዎች
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL 2c የተመረጠውን ይዞታ ማሻሻያ
15 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK 29 ሁሉንም አገናኞች ማሻሻያ
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT f3 አዲስ አንቀጽ ማስገቢያ ወደ ዋናው ሰነድ እርስዎ ጽሁፍ የሚያስገቡበት: እርስዎ ማስገባት አይችሉም ጽሁፍ ወደ ነበረው የ ጽሁፍ ማስገቢያ በ መቃኛ ውስጥ
13 HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL 29 ሁሉንም ይዞታዎች ማሻሻያ
13 HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT 61 ወደ ዋናው ሰነድ ፋይል: ማውጫ: ወይንም አዲስ ሰነድ ማስገቢያ
16 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK 4d ለ ተመረጠው ፋይል አገናኝ ባህሪዎችን ይቀይራል
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX 29 ሁሉንም ማውጫዎች ማሻሻያ
14 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX 61 ወደ ዋናው ሰነድ ፋይል: ማውጫ: ወይንም አዲስ ሰነድ ማስገቢያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FBREAK_LINK 99 Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FUPDATE_NOW 7a Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FCHANGE_SOURCE 47 የ ተመረጠውን አገናኝ ፋይል ምንጭ መቀየሪያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FMANUAL 4f አገናኝ ማሻሻያ በሚጫኑ ጊዜ ብቻ የ ማሻሻያ ቁልፍ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FAUTOMATIC d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FTB_LINKS cb ሁለት ጊዜ-ይጫኑ በ አገናኝ ላይ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ የ ፋይል ንግግር ለ መክፈት እርስዎ ሌላ እቃ መምረጥ የሚችሉበት ለዚህ አገናኝ
12 .uno%3AManageLinks 11e በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ አገናኝ ባህሪዎችን ማረም ያስችሎታል: እንዲሁም የ ፋል ምንጩን መንገድ: ይህ ትእዛዝ ዝግጁ አይደለም በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ አገናኝ ከሌለ ወደ ሌሎች ፋይሎች
24 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fcategory 6c Lists the section that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section here.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Ffile 3c የ መንገድ ዝርዝር ወደ የ ፋይል ምንጭ
1f sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fapp 5c የ መተግበሪያ ዝርዝር መጨረሻ የ ተቀመጠው የ ፋይል ምንጭ
14 .uno%3APlugInsActive 124 Allows you to edit plug-ins in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a check mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 44 እቃውን ወደ ዋናው መጠን እንደገና መመጠኛ
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 96 በ እርስዎ ፋይል ውስጥ በ መምረጥ ያስገቡትን እቃ ማረም ያስችሎታል በ ማስገቢያ - እቃ ትእዛዝ
3d SFX2%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ACB_MARGINHEIGHTDEFAULT 26 ነባር ክፍተት መፈጸሚያ
3a SFX2%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ANM_MARGINHEIGHT dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
2f SFX2%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3AED_FRAMENAME c9 ለ ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ስም ያስገቡ: ስሙ እነዚህን መያዝ የለበትም ክፍተት: የተለዩ ባህሪዎች: ወይንም በዚህ ( _ ) መጀመር የለበትም
29 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3AED_URL a7 Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the ... button and locate the file that you want to display.
34 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ABT_FILEOPEN a5 ፋይሉን ፈልገው ያግኙ ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን በ ተመረጠው ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ.
39 SFX2%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ANM_MARGINWIDTH e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
38 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGON 47 ለ ተመረጠው ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ መሸብለያ ማሳያ
23 SFX2%3ATABPAGE%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES ed የ ተመረጠውን ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ባህሪ መቀየሪያ: ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፎች ጥሩ የሚሰሩት የ html ሰነዶች ሲይዙ ነው: እና ወደ ሌላ የ html ሰነድ ውስጥ ሲጨመሩ ነው
39 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_FRMBORDER_ON 44 ለ ተመረጠው ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ድንበር ማሳያ
39 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGOFF 4d ለ ተመረጠው ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ መሸብለያ መደበቂያ
3a SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGAUTO c0 በዚህ ምርጫ ላይ ምልክት ያድርጉ በ አሁኑ ንቁ ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ውስጥ መሸብለያ መደርደሪያ እንዲኖረው በሚያስፈልግ ጊዜ
3a SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_FRMBORDER_OFF 4a ለ ተመረጠው ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ድንበር መደበቂያ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_PROPERTY 3c Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_MACRO 53 Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_ACTIVE 5e Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYDELETE 3d የ ተመረጠውን ማስቆሚያ ነጥብ ማጥፊያ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYINSERT 43 Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYMOVE 43 Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Fcontainer 44 Displays the image map, so that you can click and edit the hotspots.
1c svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Ftext 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FImapDialog 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_APPLY 5b እርስዎ በ ምስል ካርታ ላይ የፈጸሙትን ለውጦች መፈጸሚያ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_OPEN 89 የ ነበረውን የ ምስል ካርታ መጫኛ በ MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA ወይንም SIP StarView ImageMap ፋይል አቀራረብ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLY 1bb Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYEDIT 4f Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SAVEAS 7c የ ምስል ካርታ ማስቀመጫ በ  MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA ወይንም SIP StarView ImageMap ፋይል አቀራረብ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SELECT 2f Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_RECT b3 Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_FREEPOLY 122 Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
1b svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Furl 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_CIRCLE b3 Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FdescTV 26 መግለጫ ያስገቡ ለ hotspot.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Fnameentry 21 ለ ምስሉ ስም ያስገቡ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FframeCB 116 እርስዎ መክፈት የሚፈልጉትን የ ታለመውን ክፈፍ ስም ያስገቡ በ URL ውስጥ: እርስዎ እንዲሁም መምረጥ ይችላሉ መደበኛ የ ክፈፍ ስም በ ሁሉም መቃኛዎች የሚታወቅ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Ftextentry 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Furlentry 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FIMapDialog 2e Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 79 በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ ለውጦችን ለ መከታተል ዝግጁ የሆኑ ትእዛዞች ዝርዝር
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 91 እያንዳንዱን ለውጦች በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ ተፈጸመበትን በ ቀን እና በ ደራሲው መከታተያ
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2Fshowrejected 4f ያልተቀበሉትን ለውጦችን ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
37 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2Fshowaccepted 4c የተቀበሉትን ለውጦችን ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fshowchangesdialog%2Fshowchanges 4a የ ተመዘገቡ ለውጦችን ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 4a የ ተመዘገቡ ለውጦችን ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2Fedit 40 ለ ተመዘገበው ለውጥ አስተያየት ያስገቡ
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 55 የተመዘገቡትን ለውጦች ተቀብያለሁ ወይም አልቀበልም
11 HID_SORT_POSITION a1 ዝርዝር መለያ እየቀነሰ በሚሄድ ደንብ ለውጡ ባለበት ቦታ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ: ይህ ነባር የ መለያ ዘዴ ነው
10 HID_SORT_COMMENT 71 ዝርዝሩን እንደ አስተያየቱ አይነት ከ ለውጦቹ ጋር የተያያዙትን መለያ
f HID_SORT_AUTHOR 30 ዝርዝሩን እንደ ደራሲው መለያ
f HID_SORT_ACTION 3d ዝርዝሩን እንደ ለውጦቹ አይነት መለያ
16 HID_SC_CHANGES_COMMENT 3d ለ ተመረጠው ለውጥ አስተያየት ማረሚያ
13 HID_SC_SORT_COMMENT 48 ከ ለውጡ ጋር የ ተያያዙ አስተያየቶች ዝርዝር
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2Fchanges 114 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ ተመዘገቡት ለውጦች ዝርዝር: እርስዎ ማስገቢያ ሲመርጡ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ለውጦቹ ይደምቃሉ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ: ለ መለየት ዝርዝሩን: ይጫኑ: የ አምድ ራስጌ
12 HID_SC_SORT_ACTION 35 በ ሰነዱ ላይ የ ተቀየሩ ዝርዝሮች
12 HID_SC_SORT_AUTHOR 40 ለውጦችን የ ፈጸሙ ተጠቃሚዎች ዝርዝሮች
d HID_SORT_DATE 3b ዝርዝሩን እንደ ቀን እና ሰአት መለያ
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Faccept 8d የ ተመረጡትን ለውጦች እቀበላለሁ: ከ ሰነዱ ውስጥ ከ ለውጦቹ ላይ ማድመቂያውን ያጠፋዋል
2c svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2FRedlineViewPage 55 እያንዳንዱን ለውጦች ተቀብያለሁ ወይንም አልቀበልም
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Freject 9f የ ተመረጡትን ለውጦች አልቀበልም: ከ ሰነዱ ውስጥ ለውጦቹን ያስወግዳል እና ማድመቂያውን ያጠፋዋል
10 HID_SC_SORT_DATE 48 ለውጦቹ የ ተፈጸሙበት ቀን እና ሰአት ዝርዝር
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Facceptall 9a የ ተመረጡትን ሁሉንም ለውጦች እቀበላለሁ: ከ ሰነዱ ውስጥ ከ ለውጦቹ ላይ ማድመቂያውን ያጠፋዋል
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Frejectall 9a የ ተመረጡትን ሁሉንም ለውጦች አልቀበልም: ከ ሰነዱ ውስጥ ከ ለውጦቹ ላይ ማድመቂያውን ያጠፋዋል
2a svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcommentedit 83 እርስዎ ባስገቡት ቁልፍ ቃል(ሎች) መሰረት የ አስተያየት ዝርዝር ለውጦችን ማጣሪያ
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdotdotdot 61 እንደ ማጣሪያ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ክፍሎች መጠን ይምረጡ
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frangeedit 100 እርስዎ በ ወሰኑት ክፍሎች መጠን መሰረት ዝርዝር ለውጦችን ማጣሪያ: የ ክፍሎች መጠን ከ እርስዎ ወረቀት ውስጥ ለ መምረጥ: ይጫኑ የ ማመሳከሪያ ማሰናጃ ቁልፍ (...).
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendclock 63 የ ዛሬን ቀን እና ሰአት ወደ ተስማሚው ሳጥኖች ውስጥ ማስገቢያ
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsimplerefdialog%2FSimpleRefDialog c0 ይምረጡ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ክፍሎች መጠን እንደ ማጣሪያ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ ወደ ማጣሪያ ዝርዝር ለ መመለስ
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthorlist 65 እርስዎ በ ወሰኑት ደራሲ ስም መሰረት ዝርዝር ለውጦችን ማጣሪያ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendtime 6c እርስዎ በ ወሰኑት ቀን እና ሰአት መሰረት ዝርዝር ለውጦችን ማጣሪያ
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
11 SID_FM_DELETEROWS 30 የ ተመረጠውን መዝገብ ማጥፊያ
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 93 በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ሁሉንም መዝገቦች ለማሳየት ይጫኑ የ ማጣሪያ እንደ ነበር መመለሻ ምልክት
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 93 ይጠቀሙ የ መደበኛ ማጣሪያ እንደገና ለማጣራት እና ለ መቀላቀል በራሱ መሙያ መፈለጊያ ምርጫ
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter 96 Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_HOWPUBLISHED_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NUMBER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 2a የ አሁኑን መዝገብ ማጥፊያ
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 17e Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MONTH_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_VOLUME_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 47 ወደ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ አዲስ መዝገብ ማስገቢያ
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PAGES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS f4 እርስዎ መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን አይነት መዝገብ ይምረጡ $[officename] ቁጥር ያስገቡ በ አይነት አምድ ውስጥ መዝገቡ የሚስማማውን አይነት እርስው እዚህ ይምረጡ
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_JOURNAL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 83 እርስዎ ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን የ መዝገብ ቁጥር ይጻፉ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማስገቢያውን
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_INSTITUTION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 4b በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ወደ መጨረሻው መዝገብ መሄጃ
3c modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Fmappingdialog%2FMappingDialog a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 4a በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ወደሚቀጥለው መዝገብ መሄጃ
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 4b በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ቀደም ወዳለው መዝገብ መሄጃ
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SCHOOL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_IDENTIFIER_POS 97 ለ መዝገቡ አጭር ስም ያስገቡ: አጭሩ ስም ይታያል በ መለያ  አምድ ዝርዝር መዝገብ ውስጥ ይታያል
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource bd በ አሁኑ ዳታቤዝ ውስጥ ዝግጁ የሆኑ የ ሰንጠረዥ አይነቶች: ይጫኑ ስም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ የ ሰንጠረዡን መዝገብ ለማሳየት
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ADDRESS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 4e በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ወደ መጀመሪያው መዝገብ መሄጃ
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
e HID_BIB_DB_TBX 77 በ Bibliography ዳታቤዝ ውስጥ መዝገቦች ማስገቢያ: ማጥፊያ: ማረሚያ እና ማደራጃ
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_TITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_YEAR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ISBN_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PUBLISHER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_CHAPTER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_BOOKTITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ORGANIZATIONS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 3f ይምረጡ የ ዳት ምንጭ ለ bibliography ዳታቤዝ
13 HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 47 ወደ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ አዲስ መዝገብ ማስገቢያ
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_REPORTTYPE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ANNOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fbookmode 105 በ መጽሀፍ መመልከቻ ዘዴ እቅድ ውስጥ ለ እርስዎ ሁለት ገጾች ይታያል ጎን ለ ጎን በ ተከፈተ መጽሀፍ ውስጥ: የ መጀመሪያው ገጽ የ ቀኝ ገጽ ነው ከ ጎዶሎ ገጽ ቁጥር ጋር
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumnssb c4 በ አምድ መመልከቻ እቅድ ውስጥ ለ እርስዎ ይታያል ለ ገጾች የ ተሰጠው ቁጥር ከ አምዶች ጎን ለ ጎን: የ አምዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumns c4 በ አምድ መመልከቻ እቅድ ውስጥ ለ እርስዎ ይታያል ለ ገጾች የ ተሰጠው ቁጥር ከ አምዶች ጎን ለ ጎን: የ አምዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fsinglepage 9a የ ነጠላ ገጽ መመልከቻ እቅድ የሚያሳያቸው ገጾች አንዱን ከ አንዱ ስር ነው: ጎን ለ ጎን አይደለም
17 HID_MNU_ZOOM_WHOLE_PAGE c8 እርስዎ በ መረጡት ስፋት እና እርዝመት ክፍል አቀራረብ ቦታ ልክ እንዲሆን እቃዎችን እንደገና መመጠኛ: ትእዛዙ በሚጀምር ጊዜ
e .uno%3AView100 2e ሰነዱን በ ዋናው መጠን ማሳያ
b .uno%3AZoom 5b መቀነሻ ወይንም መጨመሪያ የ መመልከቻውን ማሳያ %PRODUCTNAME.
14 HID_MNU_ZOOM_OPTIMAL b2 እርስዎ በ መረጡት ስፋት ክፍል አቀራረብ ቦታ ልክ እንዲሆን እቃዎችን እንደገና መመጠኛ: ትእዛዙ በሚጀምር ጊዜ.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2F100pc 2e ሰነዱን በ ዋናው መጠን ማሳያ
17 HID_MNU_ZOOM_PAGE_WIDTH 80 የ ሰነዱን ገጽ ሙሉ ስፋት ማሳያ: የ ላይኛው እና የ ታችኛው ጠርዝ ላይታይ ይችላል
14 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_100 2e ሰነዱን በ ዋናው መጠን ማሳያ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fzoomsb 9a የ ማሳያ መጠን ማስገቢያ እርስዎ ሰነዱን ማየት እንደሚፈልጉት: በ ሳጥኑ ውስጥ ፐርሰንት ያስገቡ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2FZoomDialog 5b መቀነሻ ወይንም መጨመሪያ የ መመልከቻውን ማሳያ %PRODUCTNAME.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fautomatic 8f ራሱ በራሱ የ መመልክከቻ እቅድ ማሳያ ገጾች ጎን ለ ጎን: የማሳያ መጠኑ እስከሚችለው ድረስ
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 4b ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ መደበኛ መደርደሪያ.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 5e ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ ማስገቢያ ዘዴ (IME) ሁኔታ መስኮት
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 45 ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ እቃ መደርደሪያ.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 73 ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ ሁኔታዎች መደርደሪያ በ መስኮቱ ከ ታች በኩል
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 73 ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ ሁኔታዎች መደርደሪያ በ መስኮቱ ከ ታች በኩል
15 HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX c6 በ መጻፊያ እና በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ አቋራጭ ቁልፎችን መጠቀም ይችላሉ Ctrl+Shift+J በ መደበኛ እና በ ሙሉ መመልከቻ ዘዴ ለመቀያየር
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 11b ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ እቃ መደርደሪያ ወይንም ዝርዝር በ መጻፊያ ወይንም ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ: ከ ሙሉ መመልከቻ ዘዴ ለመውጣት ይጫኑ የ ሙሉ መመልከቻ ዘዴ ማብሪያ/ማጥፊያ  ቁልፍ.
30 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_NO 37 የ አሁኑን ፋይል ማጥፋት አይቻልም
31 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_ALL 56 በሁሉም በተመርረጡት ፋይሎች ውስጥ ማጥፋት ተፈጽሟል
31 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_YES 3e በ አሁኑ ፋይል ውስጥ ማጥፋት ተፈጽሟል
28 SFX2%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE 3c ማረጋገጫ ወይንም መሰረዣ ማጥፊያውን
14 HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS 145 Click the color that you want to use. To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.
13 .uno%3AColorControl fb ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ ቀለም መደርደሪያ. ለማሻሻል ወይንም ለመቀየር የሚታየውን የ ቀለም ሰንጠረዥ ይምረጡ አቀራረብ - ቦታ, እና ከዛ ይጫኑ የ ቀለሞች tab.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility 12e ይምረጡ መመልከቻ - እቃ መደርደሪያ - እንደ ነበር መመለሻ  እቃ መደርደሪያውን እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ወደ ነባር ይዞታቸው: አንዳንድ እቃ መደርደሪያ ራሱ በራሱ ይታያል እንደ አገባቡ አይነት
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 7e መክፈቻ ንዑስ ዝርዝር የተደበቁ የ እቃ መደርደሪያዎች ለማሳየት እና ለመደበቅ
1a .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotation 4e በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ሁሉም አስተያየቶች ማጥፊያ
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations b5 ይጠቀሙ መመልከቻ - አስተያየቶች ሁሉንም አስተያየቶች ለማሳያ ወይንም ለመደበቂያ (በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ አይሰራም).
22 .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotationByAuthor 72 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ በዚህ ደራሲ የተጻፉ ሁሉንም አስተያየቶች ማጥፊያ
13 .uno%3ADeleteAuthor 72 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ በዚህ ደራሲ የተጻፉ ሁሉንም አስተያየቶች ማጥፊያ
17 .uno%3ADeleteAnnotation 30 የ አሁኑን አስተያየት ማጥፊያ
11 .uno%3ADeleteNote 30 የ አሁኑን አስተያየት ማጥፊያ
15 .uno%3ADeleteAllNotes 4e በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ሁሉም አስተያየቶች ማጥፊያ
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 22 አስተያየት ማስገቢያ
b .uno%3AScan 52 ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ ታሰሱ ምስሎች ማስገቢያ
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 39 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ማሰሻ ይምረጡ
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer b8 ምስል ማሰሻ: እና ከዛ ውጤቱን ማስገቢያ ወደ ሰነድ ውስጥ: የ ማሰሻ ንግግር የሚቀርበው በ ማሰሻ አምራቹ ድርጅት ነው
17 HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET 6e ይጫኑ የተለየ ባህሪ(ዎች) ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Fsubsetlb 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Ffontlb 5a ፊደል ይምረጡ የተዛመዱትን የ ተለዩ ባህሪዎች ለማሳየት
d .uno%3ABullet 4d ከ ተገጠሙት ፊደሎች የተለየ ባህሪዎች ማስገቢያ
13 HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB 54 የተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ ፋይል እንደ አገናኝ ማስገቢያ
1b HID_FILEOPEN_IMAGE_TEMPLATE 2f ለ ንድፍ የ ክፈፍ ዘዴ ይምረጡ
16 HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB 4f የተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ ፋይል በ ቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 34 ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ስእል ማስገቢያ
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu b9 በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ እቃ ማስገቢያ: ለ ሙቪ እና ድምፆች: ይጠቀሙ ማስገቢያ - መገናኛ - ድምፅ ወይንም ቪዲዮ  በምትኩ
23 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furlbtn 6d ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን ፋይል ፈልገው ያግኙ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furled bb እንደ አገናኝ ወይንም ማጣበቅ የሚፈልጉትን የ ፋይሉን ስም ያስገቡ: ወይንም ይጫኑ መፈለጊያ, ፋይሉን ፈልጎ ለማግኘት
2b cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatefromfile 43 ከ ነበረው ፋይል ውስጥ የ OLE እቃ መፍጠሪያ
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Ftypes 4a መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን የ ሰነድ አይነት ይምረጡ
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatenew 69 እርስዎ የመረጡትን እቃ መሰረት ባደረገ አዲስ የ OLE እቃ መፍጠሪያ
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 9b ማስገቢያ የ OLE እቃ ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ: የ OLE እቃ ይገባል እንደ አገናኝ ወይንም እንደ እቃ ይጣበቃል
20 cui%2Fui%2Finsertplugin%2Furlbtn 74 ፈልገው ያግኙ ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን ተሰኪ-ዎች: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ.
1f cui%2Fui%2Finsertplugin%2Furled a3 ለ ተሰኪ-ዎች URL ያስገቡ ወይንም ይጫኑ መቃኛ, እና ከዛ ፈልገው ያግኙ ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን ተሰኪ-ዎች
27 cui%2Fui%2Finsertplugin%2Fpluginoptions 4d Enter the parameters for the plug-in using the format parameter1="some text".
13 .uno%3AInsertPlugin 45 ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ተሰኪ-ዎች ማስገቢያ
12 .uno%3AInsertSound 42 የ ድምፅ ፋይል ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ማስገቢያ
12 .uno%3AInsertVideo 42 የ ቪዲዮ ፋይል ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ማስገቢያ
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 32 ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ formula ማስገቢያ
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame e1 ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፎች ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ማስገቢያ: ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፎች የሚጠቅሙት በ HTML ሰነዶች ውስጥ የ ሌሎች ፋይሎችን ይዞታ ለማሳየት ነው
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 96 የ ተመዘገቡ የ ዳታቤዝ ዝርዝሮች በ %PRODUCTNAME እና የ ዳታቤዝ ይዞታዎችን ማስተዳደር ያስችሎታል
11 .uno%3ADataImport 96 የ ተመዘገቡ የ ዳታቤዝ ዝርዝሮች በ %PRODUCTNAME እና የ ዳታቤዝ ይዞታዎችን ማስተዳደር ያስችሎታል
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 49 ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን ስእል ምንጩን ይምረጡ
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 80 ከ ምርጫው ውስጥ በ ቀጥታ አቀራረብ እና በ ባህሪ ዘዴዎች አቀራረብን ያስወግዳል
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 65 ለተመረጡት ባህሪዎች የ ፊደል አቀራረብ እና ፊደሎች መቀየሪያ.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctllanglb 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlstylelb 3f ይምረጡ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን አቀራረብ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlsizelb b1 ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ መቀየር የሚፈልጉትን የ ፊደል መጠን: ፊደል ለመመጠን የ ዴሲማል ዋጋ ማስገባት ይችላሉ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlfontnamelb 96 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ተገጠመውን ፊደል ስም ያስገቡ ወይንም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ፊደል ይምረጡ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2FCharNamePage 50 ይምረጡ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን ፊደል እና አቀራረብ
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fpositionlb 47 የ ማጋነኛ ምልክቶች የት እንደሚታዩ መወሰኛ
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Femphasislb 87 ይምረጡ ባህሪ ለማሳየት ከ ላይ ወይንም ከ ታች የ ተመረጠውን ሰነድ ጠቅላላ እርዝመት
2a cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Findividualwordscb 76 የተመረጠውን ውጤት በ ፊደሎች ላይ ብቻ መፈጸሚያ እና ባዶ ቦታዎችን መተው
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinelb f9 እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ከ ስሩ ማስመሪያ ዘዴ አይነት ይምረጡ: ከ ስሩ ማስመሪያ ዘዴ ለመፈጸም ለ ቃላት ብቻ: ይምረጡ የ እያንዳንዱን ቃላት ሳጥን ውስጥ
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2FEffectsPage 47 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ፊደል ውጤት ይወስኑ
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Ffontcolorlb d4 ለ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ ቀለም ማሰናጃ: ይምረጡ ራሱ በራሱ, የ ጽሁፍ ቀለም ማሰናጃ በ ጥቁር ነጣ ላሉ መደቦች እና ነጭ መደበቻው ጥቁር ለሆነ
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Frelieflb e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foutlinecb 76 የተመረጡትን ባህሪዎች ማሳያ: ይህ ተጽእኖ በ ሁሉም ፊደሎች ላይ አይሰራም
29 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinecolorlb 31 ከ ስሩ ማስመሪያ ቀለም ይምረጡ
10 .uno%3AFontColor 184 ይጫኑ ለ መፈጸም የ አሁኑን ፊደል ቀለም ወደ ተመረጠው ባህሪዎች ውስጥ: እንዲሁም መጫን ይችላሉ እዚህ እና መጎተት የ ተመረጠውን የ ጽሁፍ ቀለም ለ መቀየር: ይጫኑ በ ቀስቱ ላይ ከ ምልክቱ አጠገብ ያለውን ለ መክፈት የ ፊደል ቀለም እቃ መደርደሪያ
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fstrikeoutlb 4e ለተመረጠው ጽሁፍ በላዩ ላይ መሰረዣ ዘዴ ይምረጡ
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fshadowcb 60 ለተመረጡት ባህሪዎች ከ ታች እና በ ቀኝ በኩል ጥላ መፍጠሪያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinelb 10d እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ከ ላዩ ላይ ማስመሪያ ዘዴ አይነት ይምረጡ: ከ ላዩ ላይ ማስመሪያ ዘዴ ለመፈጸም ለ ቃላት ብቻ: ይምረጡ የ እያንዳንዱን ቃላቶችከ ሳጥን ውስጥ
28 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinecolorlb 30 ከላይ ማስመሪያ ቀለም ይምረጡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcommented 8a ወደ ተመረጠው የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ አስተያየት ማስገቢያ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ከዚህ ሳጥን ውጪ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fadd 88 የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ ኮድ መጨመሪያ እርስዎ ያስገቡትን በተጠቃሚ-ለሚገለጽ ምድብ ውስጥ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fedit 57 ወደ ተመረጠው የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ አስተያየት መጨመሪያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformated 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 44 ለተመረጠው ክፍል(ሎች) አቀራረቡን መወሰኛ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcategorylb 90 ይምረጡ ምድብ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይምረጡ የ አቀራረብ ዘዴ በ አቀራረብ ሳጥን ውስጥ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdelete 41 የ ተመረጠውን የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ ማጥፊያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcurrencylb a8 ገንዘብ ይምረጡ እና ከዛ ይሽብልሉ ወደ ላይ በ አቀራረብ ዝርዝር ውስጥ የ ገንዘብ አቀራረብ ምርጫ ለማየት
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatlb 75 የ ተመረጠው ክፍል(ሎች) ይዞታዎች እንዴት እንዲታይ እንደሚፈልጉ ይምረጡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fnegnumred 52 የ አሉታዊ ቁጥሮችን ፊደል ወደ ቀይ ቀለም መቀየሪያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Flanguagelb 179 ቋንቋ ማሰናጃ ይወስኑ ለተመረጡት ክፍሎች . በ ቋንቋ ማሰናጃ ወደ ራሱ በራሱ, $[officename] ራሱ በራሱ ይፈጽማል የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ የተዛመደውን ከ ስርአት ነባር ቋንቋ ጋር: ይምረጡ ማንኛውንም ቋንቋ ማሰናጃውን ለመጠገን ለተመረጡት  ክፍሎች .
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fsourceformat 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdecimalsed 5a እርስዎ ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን የ ዴሲማል ቦታዎች ያስገቡ
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fengineering 56 With scientific format, Engineering notation ensures that exponent is a multiple of 3.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fleadzerosed 76 ከ ዴሲማል ነጥብ በፊት ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን ከፍተኛ የ ዜሮ ቁጥር ያስገቡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fthousands 8a የ ሺዎች መለያያ ማስገቢያ: የ ሺዎች መለያያ እንደ ቋንቋ ማሰናጃዎች አይነት ይለያያል
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Funvisitedlb 168 ይምረጡ የ አቀራረብ ዘዴ ለ መጠቀም ለ ያልተጎበኙ አገናኞች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ለ መጨመር ወይንም ለማሻሻል ዘዴ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ንግግሩን ይዝጉ: እና ይጫኑ የ ዘዴዎች እና አቀራረብ ምልክት በ አቀራረብ እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fvisitedlb 162 ይምረጡ የ አቀራረብ ዘዴ ለ መጠቀም ለ ተጎበኙ አገናኞች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ለ መጨመር ወይንም ለማሻሻል ዘዴ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ንግግሩን ይዝጉ: እና ይጫኑ የ ዘዴዎች እና አቀራረብ ምልክት በ አቀራረብ እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftargetfrmlb c4 ያስገቡ የ ክፈፉን ስም እርስዎ ያገናኙትን ፋይል ለ መክፈት በ ወይንም ይምረጡ በ ቅድሚያ የ ተወሰነ ክፈፍ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fnameed 22 ስም ያስገቡ ለ hyperlink.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Feventpb 54 እርስዎ በሚጫኑ ጊዜ hyperlink ሁኔታ የሚያስነሳ መወሰኛ
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furlpb 86 ፋይሉን ፈልገው ያግኙ እንደ አገናኝ ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furled 5e ማስገቢያ a URL መክፈት ለሚፈልጉት ፋይል በሚጫኑ ጊዜ hyperlink.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftexted 47 ለ hyperlink ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 5d አዲስ hyperlink መመደቢያ ወይንም የተመረጠውን hyperlink ማረሚያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2FPositionPage 54 ለ ባህሪዎች ቦታ: መጠን: ማዞሪያ እና ክፍተት ይወስኑ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsuperscript 99 የተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ፊደል መጠን ማሳነሻ እና ጽሁፉን ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር በላይ ከፍ ያደርገዋል
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fnormal 82 በትንንሹ ከፍ ብሎ መጻፊያ ወይንም በትንንሹ ዝቅ ብሎ መጻፊያ አቀራረብ ማስወገጃ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsubscript 99 የተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ፊደል መጠን ማሳነሻ እና ጽሁፉን ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር በታች ዝቅ ያደርገዋል
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fpairkerning 69 ራሱ በራሱ የ ባህሪ ክፍተት ማስተካከያ ለ ተወሰነ ፊደል መቀላቀያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerningsb 9f የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ባህሪ ክፍተት በምን ያህል መጠን ማስፋት ወይንም ማሳነስ እንደሚፈልጉ ያስገቡ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fraiselowersb 10e መጠን ያስገቡ እርስዎ መጨመር ወይንም መቀነስ የሚፈልጉትን የ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ አንጻር ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር: መቶ ፐርሰንት ማለት ከ ፊደሉ እርዝመት እኩል ነው ማለት ነው
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fscalewidthsb 9f ፐርሰንቴጅ ያስገቡ ለ ፊደል ስፋት የ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ በ አግድም የሚሰፋበትን ወይም የሚያንስበትን
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Ffontsizesb 66 የተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ፊደል ማሳነስ የሚፈልጉበትን መጠን ያስገቡ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fautomatic b6 ራሱ በራሱ መጠኑን ማሰናጃ የተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ከፍ ማድረጊያ ወይንም ዝቅ ያደርገዋል ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር አንጻር
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerninglb 11f የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ባህሪ ክፍተት በምን ያህል መጠን ማስፋት ወይንም ማሳነስ እንደሚፈልጉ ያስገቡ: ያስገቡ መጠኑ እንዲሰፋ ወይንም እንዲያንስ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ በ ሳጥን ውስጥ
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fendbracket ca ይምረጡ ባህሪ ለ መግለጽ ለ መጨረሻ የ ድርብ-መስመር ቦታ: እርስዎ መምረጥ ከ ፈለጉ ባህሪዎች ማሻሻያ: ይምረጡ ሌሎች ባህሪዎች .
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fstartbracket cd ይምረጡ ባህሪ ለ መግለጽ ለ ማስጀመር የ ድርብ-መስመር ቦታ: እርስዎ መምረጥ ከ ፈለጉ ባህሪዎች ማሻሻያ: ይምረጡ ሌሎች ባህሪዎች .
22 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Ftwolines 67 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ በ ተመረጠው ቦታ በ ድርብ መጻፍ ያስችሎታል
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2FTwoLinesPage 7f Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckApplySpacing 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckHangPunct 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckForbidList ee ባህሪዎች መስመር ከ መጀመር ወይንም ከ መጨረስ መከልከያ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ባህሪዎቹ እንደገና ማዛወሪያ ቀደም ወዳለው ወይንም ወደሚቀጥለው መስመር
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FAsianTypography f2 Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box, and then select the Enabled box in the Asian language support area.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 7f የ አሁኑን አንቀጽ አቀራረብ ማሻሻያ እንደ ማስረጊያዎች: እና ማሰለፊያ አይነት
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LINEDISTMETRIC 54 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ መስመር ክፍተት ዋጋ ያስገቡ
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_CONTEXTUALSPACING 94 Makes any space specified before or after this paragraph not be applied when the preceding and following paragraphs are of the same paragraph style.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcomboLB_LINEDIST 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_BOTTOMDIST 69 ከ ተመረጡት አንቀጽ(ጾች) ስር መተው የሚፈልጉትን ክፍተት ያስገቡ
2d cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_TOPDIST 6c ከ ተመረጡት አንቀጽ(ጾች) በላይ መተው የሚፈልጉትን ክፍተት ያስገቡ
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_FLINEINDENT 12a Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position".
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_RIGHTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LEFTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FParaIndentSpacing 53 ለ አንቀጽ የ ማስረጊያ እና የ ክፍተት ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DELALL e0 ሁሉንም የ tab ማስቆሚያ ማስወገጃ እርስዎ የ ወሰኑትን ከ ባታ ማሰናጃ ውስጥ የ ግራ tab ማስቆሚያ በ መደበኛ ክፍተት እንደ ነባር የ tab ማስቆሚያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_NEW 63 ለ አሁኑ አንቀጽ እርስዎ የ ወሰኑትን የ tab ማስቆሚያ መጨመሪያ
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER 9f እርስዎን መወሰን ያስችሎታል በ ባህሪዎች ባዶ ቦታዎች መሙያ ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል ማስቆሚያ በ ነጥቦች
3c cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE 68 መስመር መሳያ ለ መሙላት ባዶ ቦታዎች ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል ማስቆሚያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FParagraphTabsPage 3f የ tab ማስቆሚያ በ አንቀጽ ውስጥ ማሰናጃ
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER 5d ጽሁፍ መሀከል ማሰለፊያ እስከ ማስረጊያው ማስቆሚያ ድረስ
3a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE 5b ባዶ ቦታዎች መሙያ ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል ማስቆሚያ በ ጭረቶች
35 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT 94 ጽሁፍ በ ግራ ጠርዝ ማሰለፊያ እስከ ማስረጊያው ማስቆሚያ ድረስ እና ጽሁፉን ወደ ቀኝ ማስፊያ
36 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT cb ጽሁፍ በ ቀኝ ጠርዝ ማሰለፊያ እስከ ማስረጊያው ማስቆሚያ ድረስ እና ጽሁፉን ወደ ግራ ማስፊያ እስከ ማስረጊያው ማስቆሚያ ድረስ
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL 8a ማሰለፊያ የ ዴሲማል መለያያ ቁጥር ከ tab ማስቆሚያ መሀከል እና ጽሁፍ ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FentryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR 85 ባህሪ ያስገቡ እርስዎ የ ዴሲማል tab እንዲጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን እንደ ዴሲማል መለያያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FED_TABPOS 199 ይምረጡ የ tab ማስቆሚያ አይነት: አዲስ መለኪያ ያስገቡ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አዲስ. እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ መወሰን ይችላሉ የ መለኪያ ክፍሎችን የሚጠቀሙትን ለ tab (ሴሚ ለ ሴንቲ ሚትር ወይንም " ለ ኢንች). የ ነበረው tabs ወደ ግራ ከ መጀመሪያው tab እርስዎ ያሰናዱት ይወገዳል
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO af ምንም ባህሪ መሙያ የለም ማስገቢያ ወይንም ማስወገጃ የ ነበረውን ባህሪዎች መሙያ ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል ማስቆሚያ
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS 5b ባዶ ቦታዎች መሙያ ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል ማስቆሚያ በ ነጥቦች
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fdistancemf 27 የ ጥላውን ስፋት ያስገቡ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2FBorderPage 79 በ መጻፊያ ወይንም ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ድንበር ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinestylelb b9 ይጫኑ በ ድንበር ዘዴ ላይ እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን: ዘዴው ይፈጸማል ለ ተመረጡት ድንበሮች በ ቅድመ እይታ ውስጥ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinecolorlb 80 እርስዎ ለ ተመረጠው ደንበር(ሮች) መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ መስመር ቀለም ይምረጡ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fpresets 5b በ ቅድሚያ የተገለጸውን የ ድንበር ዘዴ ለመፈጸም ይምረጡ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fleftmf 96 እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን እርቀት ያስገቡ በ ግራ ድንበር እና በ ተመረጠው ይዞታው መካከል
25 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadowcolorlb 27 የ ጥላውን ቀለም ያስገቡ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Frightmf 96 እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን እርቀት ያስገቡ በ ቀኝ ድንበር እና በ ተመረጠው ይዞታው መካከል
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadows 45 ለ ተመረጠው ድንበር የ ጥላዎች ዘዴ ይምረጡ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fbottommf 9c እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን እርቀት ያስገቡ በ ታችኛው ድንበር እና በ ተመረጠው ይዞታው መካከል
1d cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Ftopmf 9c እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን እርቀት ያስገቡ በ ላይኛው ድንበር እና በ ተመረጠው ይዞታው መካከል
1c cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fsync 96 መፈጸሚያ ተመሳሳይ ክፍተት ለ ይዞታዎች  ማሰናጃ ለ አራቱም ድንበሮች አዲስ እርቀት ሲያስገቡ
18 SVX_HID_POPUP_COLOR_CTRL f2 ይጭኑ በ ቀለም ላይ: ይጫኑ መሙያ የለም የ መደብ ቀለም ወይንም የ ማድመቂያውን ቀለም ለማስወገድ: ይጫኑ ራሱ በራሱ የ ፊደል ቀለም እንደ ነበረ ለ መመለስ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Ftilerb 61 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ንድፍ መድገሚያ ጠቅላላ መደቡን እንዲሞላ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Farearb 5e የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ንድፍ ማስፊያ ጠቅላላ መደቡን እንዲሞላ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fpositionrb 71 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አካባቢውን በ መጋጠሚያ ቦታ ውስጥ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbrowse 78 ለ መደብ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ንድፍ ፈልገው ያግኙ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fshowpreview 5e የተመረጠውን ንድፍ በ ቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbackgroundcolorset 90 ይጫኑ ለ መደብ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ቀለም: የ መደብ ቀለም ለማስወገድ: ይጫኑ መሙያ የለም.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Flink 55 በ አሁኑ ፋይል ውስጥ ንድፍ አገናኝ ወይንም ማጣበቂያ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fselectlb 4a መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ መደብ አይነት ይምረጡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2FBackgroundPage 3b የ መደብ ቀለም ወይንም ንድፍ ማሰናጃ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Ftextdirectionlb d4 ለ አንቀጽ የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ይወስኑ ለ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL). ይህ ገጽታ የሚኖረው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ ድጋፍን ሲያስችሉ ነው
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN 6a የ ተመረጠውን አንቀጽ ወደ ግራ እና ወደ ቀኝ ገጽ መስመር ማሰለፊያ
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_CENTERALIGN 5c በ ገጹ ላይ ያሉትን የ አንቀጽ ይዞታዎች መሀከል ማድረጊያ
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_RIGHTALIGN 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_LEFTALIGN 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FParaAlignPage 52 ከ ገጽ መስመር አንፃር የ አንቀጽ ማሰለፊያ ማሰናጃ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Forigsize 44 ለ ተመረጠው ንድፍ ዋናውን መጠን ይመልሳል
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheight 3a ለ ተመረጠው ንድፍ እርዝመት ያስገቡ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepscale a2 እርስዎ በሚከረክሙ ጊዜ የ ዋናውን ንድፍ መጠን ይጠብቃል: ስለዚህ የ ንድፉ መጠን ብቻ ነው የሚቀየረው
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepsize 1d3 እርስዎ በሚከረክሙ ጊዜ የ ዋናውን ንድፍ መጠን ይጠብቃል: ስለዚህ የ ንድፉ መጠን ብቻ ነው የሚቀየረው: የ ንድፉን መጠን ለ መቀነስ: ይምረጡ ይህን ምርጫ እና ያስገቡ አሉታዎ ዋጋዎች በ መከርከሚያ ሳጥኖች ውስጥ: የ ንድፉን መጠን ለ መጨመር: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ ቁጥሮች በ መከርከሚያ ሳጥኖች ውስጥ
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidth 34 ለ ተመረጠው ንድፍ ስፋት ያስገቡ
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fright 23d ይህን መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን በ ንድፉ በ ቀኝ ጠርዝ በኩል ለ መከርከም: ወይንም የ አሉታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር ነጭ ክፍተት ቦታ በ ንድፉ በ ቀኝ ጠርዝ በኩል: ይህን ምስል መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር በ ንድፉ የ አግድም መጠን በኩል: ወይንም አሉታዊ መጠን የ ንድፉን አግድም መጠን ለ መቀነስ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2FCropPage 83 የ ተመረጠውን ንድፍ መከርከሚያ: እርስዎ ንድፉን ወደ ዋናው መጠን መመለስ ይችላሉ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheightzoom 4e ለ ተመረጠው ንድፍ በ ፐርሰንት እርዝመት ያስገቡ
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fbottom 237 ይህን መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን በ ንድፉ ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል ለ መከርከም: ወይንም የ አሉታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር ነጭ ክፍተት ቦታ በ ንድፉ ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል: ይህን ምስል መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር በ ንድፉ የ ቁመት መጠን በኩል: ወይንም አሉታዊ መጠን የ ንድፉን ቁመት መጠን ለ መቀነስ
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Ftop 237 ይህን መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን በ ንድፉ ከ ላይ ጠርዝ በኩል ለ መከርከም: ወይንም የ አሉታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር ነጭ ክፍተት ቦታ በ ንድፉ ከ ላይ ጠርዝ በኩል: ይህን ምስል መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር በ ንድፉ የ ቁመት መጠን በኩል: ወይንም አሉታዊ መጠን የ ንድፉን ቁመት መጠን ለ መቀነስ
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fleft 23d ይህን መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን በ ንድፉ በ ግራ ጠርዝ በኩል ለ መከርከም: ወይንም የ አሉታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር ነጭ ክፍተት ቦታ በ ንድፉ በ ግራ ጠርዝ በኩል: ይህን ምስል መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር በ ንድፉ የ አግድም መጠን በኩል: ወይንም አሉታዊ መጠን የ ንድፉን አግድም መጠን ለ መቀነስ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidthzoom 48 ለ ተመረጠው ንድፍ በ ፐርሰንት ስፋት ያስገቡ
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fcategory c6 ለ አሁኑ ዘዴ ምድብ ማሳያ: እርስዎ የሚፈጥሩ ወይንም የሚያሻሽሉ ከሆነ አዲስ ዘዴ: ይምረጡ 'ዘዴ ማስተካከያ' ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Flinkedwith d0 ይምረጡ የ ነበረ ዘዴ እርስዎ መሰረት ማድረግ የሚፈልጉትን ለ አዲስ ዘዴ: ወይንም ይምረጡ ምንም እርስዎ የራስዎትን ዘዴ ለ መግለጽ
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnextstyle 1b5 ይምረጡ የ ነበረ ዘዴ እርስዎ መከተል የሚፈልጉት የ አሁኑ ዘዴ በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ለ አንቀጽ ዘዴዎች: የሚቀጥለው ዘዴ የ ተፈጠረው ወደ አንቀጹ የሚፈጸመው እርስዎ ማስገቢያውን በሚጫኑ ጊዜ ነው: ለ ገጽ ዘዴዎች: የሚቀጥለው ዘዴ ወደ ገጽ የሚፈጸመው አዲስ ገጽ ሲፈጥሩ ነው
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fautoupdate 131 ዘዴውን ማሻሻያ እርስዎ በሚፈጽሙ ጊዜ በ ቀጥታ አቀራረብ ወደ አንቀጽ ይህን ዘዴ በ መጠቀም በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ይህን የ አቀራረብ ዘዴ የሚጠቀም ሁሉም አንቀጾች በሙሉ ራሱ በራሱ ይሻሻላል
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fdesc 52 በ አሁኑ ዘዴ ውስጥ የ ተጠቀሙትን አቀራረብ መግለጫ
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnamerw 114 የ ተመረጠውን ዘዴ ስም ማሳያ: እርስዎ የሚፈጥሩ ወይንም የሚያሻሽሉ ከሆነ የ ዘዴ ማስተካከያ: የ ዘዴውን ስም ያስገቡ: እርስዎ በ ቅድሚያ የተሰየመ ዘዴ ስም መቀየር አይችሉም
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2FManageStylePage 31 ለ ተመረጠው ዘዴ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckAdaptBox da እርስዎ በ መረጡት የ ወረቀት አቀራረብ ልክ እንዲሆን የ ስእል እቃዎችን እንደገና መመጠኛ: የ ስእል እቃው አቀራረብ እንደ ነበረ ይቆያል
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboLayoutFormat 6a ለ አሁኑ ገጽ ዘዴ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ቁጥር መስጫ ዘዴ ይምረጡ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonVert 5b በሚታተመው ገጽ ላይ ክፍሎችን በ ቁመት መሀከል ማሰለፊያ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboRegisterStyle 0 
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonHorz 4d በሚታተመው ገጽ ላይ ክፍሎችን መሀከል ማሰለፊያ
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckRegisterTrue 7e በ ተመረጠው ገጽ ዘዴ ውስጥ ያለውን ጽሁፍ በ ቁመት ገጽ መጋጠሚያ ላይ ማሰለፊያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargTop 9c ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ ከ ላይ ጠርዝ በኩል እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መካከል
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargBot 9c ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መካከል
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FPageFormatPage b9 እርስዎን መግለጽ ያስችሎታል የ ገጽ እቅዶች ለ ነጠላ እና በርካታ-ገጽ ሰነዶች: እንዲሁም ቁጥር መስጫ እና አቀራረብ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageFormat e7 ይምረጡ በ ቅድሚያ የተገለጸ የ ወረቀት መጠን: ወይንም የ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ይፍጠሩ የ ወረቀቱን አቅጣጫ በ እርዝመት እና ስፋት ሳጥኖች ውስጥ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinWidth a8 የ ተመረጠውን የ ወረቀት አቀራረብ ስፋት ማሳያ: የ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ለ መግለጽ ስፋቱን እዚህ ያስገቡ
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonPortrait 64 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ በ ወረቀቱ የ ቁመት አቅጣጫ ማሳያ እና ማተሚያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageLayout ac የ አሁኑ ገጽ የሚያሳየው ጎዶሎ ገጾች ነው ወይንም ሙሉ ገጾች ወይንም ሁለቱንም ጎዶሎ እና ሙሉ ገጾች መወሰኛ
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonLandscape 67 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ በ ወረቀቱ የ አግድም አቅጣጫ ማሳያ እና ማተሚያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargRight 18c ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ቀኝ ገጽ መስመር እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መካከል: እርስዎ የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የተንፀባረቀ ገጽ እቅድ: ያስገቡ የ ክፍተቱን መጠን መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ውጪኛው የ ጽሁፍ መስመር እና በ ገጹ የ ውጪ ጠርዝ መካከል
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinHeight b1 የ ተመረጠውን የ ወረቀት አቀራረብ እርዝመት ማሳያ: የ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ለ መግለጽ እርዝመት እዚህ ያስገቡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPaperTray 188 ለ እርስዎ ማተሚያ የ ወረቀት ምንጭ ይምረጡ: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ: የ ተለያዩ የ ወረቀት ትሪዎች ለ ተለያዩ ገጽ ዘዴዎች መመደብ ይችላሉ: ለምሳሌ: ለ መጀመሪያው ገጽ ዘዴ የ ተለየ ትሪ ይመድቡ: እና ይጫኑ ትሪውን የ ድርጅት የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ባለው ወረቀት
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboTextFlowBox 6f በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ይምረጡ
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 192 ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ግራ ገጽ መስመር እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መካከል: እርስዎ የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የተንፀባረቀ ገጽ እቅድ: ያስገቡ የ ክፍተቱን መጠን መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ውስጠኛው የ ጽሁፍ መስመር እና በ ገጹ የ ውስጥ ጠርዝ መካከል
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonEdit 41 መጨመሪያ ወይንም ማረሚያ የ ራስጌ ጽሁፍ
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonMore 70 ለ ድንበር: ለ መደብ ቀለም: ወይንም ለ ራስጌ የ መደብ ድግግሞሽ መግለጫ
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameFP 65 የ መጀመሪያ እና ሙሉ/ጎዶሎ ገጾች ተመሳሳይ ይዞታዎችን ይጋራሉ
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckFooterOn 39 ለ አሁኑ የ ገጽ ዘዴ ራስጌ መጨመሪያ
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameLR ef ሙሉ እና ጎዶሎ ገጾች ተመሳሳይ ይዞታዎችን ይጋራሉ የ ተለየ ራስጌ ለ መመደብ ወደ ሙሉ ወይንም ጎዶሎ ገጾች: ይህን ምርጫ ያጽዱ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማረሚያ.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FHFFormatPage ce ወደ አሁኑ የ ገጽ ዘዴ ራስጌ መጨመሪያ: ራስጌ በ ገጹ ከ ላይ መስመር በኩል ያለ ቦታ ነው: እርስዎ ንድፍ ወይንም ጽሁፍ የሚጨምሩበት
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckAutofit 75 እርስዎ በሚያስገቡት ይዞታ ልክ ራሱ በራሱ የ ራስጌ እርዝመት ማስተካከያ
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 99 ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ግራ ጠርዝ እና በ ግራ ጠርዝ ራስጌ መካከል
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargRight 99 ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ቀኝ ጠርዝ እና በ ቀኝ ጠርዝ ራስጌ መካከል
2f svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckDynSpacing b0 መሻሪያ የ ክፍተት ማሰናጃዎችን እና መፍቀጃ የ ራስጌ ማስፊያ ወደ ራስጌ ቦታ መካከል እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ውስጥ
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinSpacing aa ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን ከ ራስጌ የ ታች ጠርዝ እና ከ ታች ጠርዝ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መካከል
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinHeight 50 ለ ራስጌ ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን እርዝመት ያስገቡ
12 HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 41 የ ግርጌ ጽሁፍ መጨመሪያ ወይንም ማረሚያ
15 SC_HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 41 የ ግርጌ ጽሁፍ መጨመሪያ ወይንም ማረሚያ
2d SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER_CB_DYNSPACING a3 የ ክፍተት ማሰናጃዎችን እና መፍቀጃ የ ግርጌ ማስፊያ ወደ ራስጌ ቦታ መካከል እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ውስጥ
11 HID_FORMAT_FOOTER ce ወደ አሁኑ የ ገጽ ዘዴ ግርጌ መጨመሪያ: ግርጌ በ ገጹ ከ ታች መስመር በኩል ያለ ቦታ ነው: እርስዎ ንድፍ ወይንም ጽሁፍ የሚጨምሩበት
2f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_TURNON 39 ለ አሁኑ የ ገጽ ዘዴ ግርጌ መጨመሪያ
2f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED ef ሙሉ እና ጎዶሎ ገጾች ተመሳሳይ ይዞታዎችን ይጋራሉ የ ተለየ ግርጌ ለ መመደብ ወደ ሙሉ ወይንም ጎዶሎ ገጾች: ይህን ምርጫ ያጽዱ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማረሚያ.
35 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED_FIRST 65 የ መጀመሪያ እና ሙሉ/ጎዶሎ ገጾች ተመሳሳይ ይዞታዎችን ይጋራሉ
32 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ABTN_EXTRAS 70 ለ ድንበር: ለ መደብ ቀለም: ወይንም ለ ግርጌ የ መደብ ድግግሞሽ መግለጫ
33 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_LMARGIN 99 ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ግራ ጠርዝ እና በ ግራ ጠርዝ ግርጌ መካከል
33 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_RMARGIN 99 ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ቀኝ ጠርዝ እና በ ቀኝ ጠርዝ ግርጌ መካከል
30 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_DIST ba ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ውስጥ እና ከ ታች ጠርዝ ግርጌ መካከል
32 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_HEIGHT 40 ለ ግርጌ የሚፈልጉትን እርዝመት ያስገቡ
33 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_HEIGHT_DYN 75 እርስዎ በሚያስገቡት ይዞታ ልክ ራሱ በራሱ የ ግርጌ እርዝመት ማስተካከያ
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 64 የ ተመረጠውን የ እሲያ ባህሪዎች ወደ Katakana ባህሪዎች መቀየሪያ
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 64 የ ተመረጠውን የ እሲያ ባህሪዎች ወደ Hiragana ባህሪዎች መቀየሪያ
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 71 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች መቀያየሪያ
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ አቢይ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ ትንሽ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ አቢይ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToTitleCase 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ አቢይ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 88 Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ አቢይ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
1c SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ አቢይ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 6c የ ተመረጠውን የ እሲያ ባህሪዎች ወደ ሙሉ ስፋት ባህሪዎች መቀየሪያ
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 6c የ ተመረጠውን የ እሲያ ባህሪዎች በ ግማሽ-ስፋት ባህሪዎች መቀየሪያ
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 71 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች መቀያየሪያ
2c svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstyles 7b መክፈቻ የ ዘዴዎች እና አቀራረብ መስኮት የ ruby ጽሁፍ ባህሪ ዘዴ የሚመርጡበት
30 svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fpositionlb 3f የ Ruby ጽሁፍ የሚቀመጥበትን ቦታ ይምረጡ
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fadjustlb 40 ይምረጡ የ አግድም ማሰለፊያ ለ Ruby ጽሁፍ
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight4ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstylelb 40 ይምረጡ የ አግድም ማሰለፊያ ለ Ruby ጽሁፍ
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft4ED e7 በ አሁኑ ፋይል ውስጥ እርስዎ የመረጡትን መሰረታዊ ጽሁፍ ማሳያ: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ: መሰረታዊ ጽሁፍ ማሻሻል ይችላሉ አዲስ ጽሁፍ እዚህ በማስገባት
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 121 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች የ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል በ ገጹ መስመር ላይ ይሆናል
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter 116 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች በ አግድም መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ አግድም መሀከል ላይ ይሆናል በ ገጹ ውስጥ
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 121 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች የ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል በ ገጹ መስመር ላይ ይሆናል
f .uno%3AAlignTop 121 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች የ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል በ ገጹ መስመር ላይ ይሆናል
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter 110 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች በ ቁመት መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ቁመት መሀከል ላይ ይሆናል በ ገጹ ውስጥ
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom 121 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች የ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል በ ገጹ መስመር ላይ ይሆናል
10 .uno%3AAlignDown 121 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች የ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል በ ገጹ መስመር ላይ ይሆናል
f .uno%3ALeftPara 5d ማሰለፊያ የ ተመረጠውን አንቀጽ(ጾች) ወደ ግራ ገጽ መስመር
10 .uno%3ARightPara 5d ማሰለፊያ የ ተመረጠውን አንቀጽ(ጾች) ወደ ቀኝ ገጽ መስመር
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 5a መሀከል ማድረጊያ የ ተመረጠውን አንቀጽ(ጾች) በ ገጹ ላይ
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara 160 ማሰለፊያ የ ተመረጡትን አንቀጽ(ጾች) ወደ ግራ እና ወደ ቀኝ የ ገጽ መስመሮች: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ: እርስዎ መወሰን ይችላሉ የ ማሰለፊያ ምርጫዎች ለ መጨረሻው መስመር በ አንቀጽ ውስጥ በ መምረጥ አቀራረብ - አንቀጽ - ማሰለፊያ.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 62 የ ተመረጡትን የ ሰንጠረዥ ክፍሎች ወደ አንድ ክፍል መቀላቀያ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fvert b3 መክፈያ የ ተመረጠውን ክፍል(ሎች) ወደሚፈልጉት ቁጥር አምዶች እርስዎ እንደ ወሰኑት በ መክፈያ ክፍል ወደ ሳጥን.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fprop 47 መክፈያ ክፍሎች ወደ እኩል ረድፎች እርዝመት
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fhori b2 መክፈያ የ ተመረጠውን ክፍል(ሎች) ወደሚፈልጉት ቁጥር ረድፎች እርስዎ እንደ ወሰኑት በ መክፈያ ክፍል ወደ ሳጥን
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fcountnf 91 ቁጥር ያስገቡ ለ ረድፎች ወይንም ለ አምዶች እርስዎ እንዲከፈል ለሚፈልጉት ክፍል(ሎች) ወደ
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 9a መክፈያ ክፍል ወይንም የ ክፍሎች ቡድን በ አግድም ወይንም በ ቁመት እርስዎ ወደሚያስገቡት ቁጥር
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 5d የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ከ ክፍሉ ከ ላይ ጠርዝ በኩል ማሰለፊያ
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 6e የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች መሀከል ማድረጊያ ከ ላይ እና ከ ታች ክፍል ውስጥ
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 5d የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ከ ክፍሉ ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል ማሰለፊያ
b .uno%3ABold ec የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ማድመቂያ: መጠቆሚያው በ ቃል ውስጥ ከሆነ ጠቅላላ ቃሉ ይደምቃል: የ ተመረጠው ቃል ቀድም ብሎ ደምቆ ከ ነበረ አቀራረቡ ይወገዳል
d .uno%3AItalic ed የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ማዝመሚያ: መጠቆሚያው በ ቃል ውስጥ ከሆነ ጠቅላላ ቃሉ ያዘማል: የ ተመረጠው ቃል ቀድም ብሎ የ ዘመመ ከ ነበረ አቀራረቡ ይወገዳል
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 59 የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ከ ስሩ በ ሁለት መስመሮች ማስመሪያ
10 .uno%3AUnderline 7c የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ከ ስሩ ማስመሪያ ወይንም ከ ስሩ የተሰመረበትን ማስወገጃ
10 .uno%3AStrikeout b4 ለ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ በ ላዩ ላይ መስመር መሳያ: ወይንም መጠቆሚያው በ ቃል ውስጥ ከሆነ በጠቅላላ ቃሉ ላይ ይፈጸማል
f .uno%3AShadowed a2 ለ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ ጥላ መጨመሪያ: ወይንም መጠቆሚያው በ ቃል ውስጥ ከሆነ በጠቅላላ ቃሉ ላይ ይፈጸማል
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 99 የ ተመረጡትን ረድፎች እርዝመት ማስተካከያ እርዝመቱ እንዲመሳሰል ከ ትልቁ የ ረድፍ ምርጫ ጋር
12 .uno%3ASuperScript 98 ለ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ የ ፊደል መጠን መቀነሻ እና ጽሁፉን ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር በላይ ከፍ ማድረጊያ
10 .uno%3ASubScript 98 ለ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ የ ፊደል መጠን መቀነሻ እና ጽሁፉን ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር በታች ዝቅ ማድረጊያ
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 96 ነጠላ መስመር ክፍተት ወደ አሁኑ አንቀጽ ማስገቢያ መፈጸሚያ: ነባሩ የተሰናዳው እንደዚህ ነው
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 71 ለ አሁኑ አንቀጽ የ መስመር ክፍተት ማሰናጃ በ አንድ እና ግማሽ መስመር
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 60 ለ አሁኑ አንቀጽ የ መስመር ክፍተት ማሰናጃ በ ሁለት መስመር
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 91 የ ተመረጡትን አምዶች ስፋት ማስተካከያ እንዲመሳሰል ከ ሰፊው የ አምድ ስፋት ጋር በ ምርጫ
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fnewstyle%2Fstylename 27 ለአዲሱ ዘዴ ስም ያስገቡ
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstringinput%2Fedit 51 ለ አዲሱ አቀራረብ ስም ያስገቡ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ.
18 HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT 89 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ስም ይመድቡ: በሚፈልጉት ጊዜ በ ፍጥነት በ መቃኛ ውስጥ እንዲያገኙት.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 88 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ስም ይመድቡ: በሚፈልጉት ጊዜ በ ፍጥነት በ መቃኛ ውስጥ እንዲያገኙት
2d cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fdesc_entry 180 የ መግለጫ ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ: ረጅም የ መግለጫ ጽሁፍ ማስገብት ይቻላል ለ ውስብስብ እቃዎች ለ መግለጽ ወይንም ለ እቃዎች ቡድን ለ ተጠቃሚዎች በ መመልከቻ አንባቢ ሶፍትዌር: መግለጫው ይታያል እንደ አማራጭ ግን tag ተደርጓል ለ መሳሪያ መድረሻዎች
35 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fobject_title_entry e1 የ እርእስት ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ: ይህ አጭር ስም ይታያል እንደ አማራጭ tag በ HTML አቀራረብ ውስጥ: የ መድረሻ መሳሪያዎች ይህን ጽሁፍ ማንበብ ይችላሉ
38 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2FObjectTitleDescDialog ec ለ ተመረጠው እቃ አርእስት እና መግለጫ መመደቢያ: እነዚህ ጋር መድረስ የሚቻለው ለ መድረሻ መሳሪያዎች ነው እና እንደ አማራጭ tags ሰነድ በሚልኩ ጊዜ
1d .uno%3AObjectTitleDescription ec ለ ተመረጠው እቃ አርእስት እና መግለጫ መመደቢያ: እነዚህ ጋር መድረስ የሚቻለው ለ መድረሻ መሳሪያዎች ነው እና እንደ አማራጭ tags ሰነድ በሚልኩ ጊዜ
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 47 ለ ተመረጠው መስመር አቀራረብ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_CAP_STYLE 77 ይምረጡ ዘዴ ለ መስመር መጨረሻ ባርኔጣ: ባርኔጣ ለ ጭረትም መጨመር ይቻላል
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 111 ራሱ በራሱ ማሻሻያ ሁለቱንም የ ቀስት ራስጌ ማሰናጃዎች እርስዎ ሲያስገቡ የ ተለያዩ ስፋት: ይምረጡ የ ተለያዩ የ ቀስት ራስጌ ዘዴ: ወይንም የ ቀስት ራስጌ መሀከል ማድረጊያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FTSB_CENTER_END 8e የ ቀስት ራስጌ(ዎች) መሀከል ላይ ማድረጊያ በ መጨረሻ ነጥብ(ቦች) በ ተመረጠው መስመር ላይ
24 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLineTabPage 117 ለ ተመረጠው መስመር አቀራረብ ማሰናጃ ወይንም እርስዎ መሳል የሚፈልጉት መስመር: እርስዎ መጨመር ይችላሉ የ ቀስት ራስጌዎች ወደ መስመር ላይ: ወይንም መቀየር የ chart ምልክቶች
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_LINE_STYLE 47 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ መስመር ዘዴ ይምረጡ
21 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_COLOR 27 ለ መስመር ቀለም ይምረጡ
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH f5 ይምረጡ የ መስመር ስፋት: እርስዎ መጨመር ይችላሉ የ መለኪያ ክፍል: የ ዜሮ መስመር ስፋት ውጤት በ ቀጭን መስመር አንድ ፒክስል ስፋት ነው በ ውጤት መገናኛ
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT b1 የ መስመር ግልጽነት ያስገቡ: ይህ 100% ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን ያሳልፋል እና 0% ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን አያሳልፍም
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_END_STYLE 68 ለ ተመረጠው መስመር መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን የ ቀስቶች ራስ ይምረጡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_END_WIDTH 2b ለ ቀስት ራስ ስፋት ያስገቡ
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCB_SYMBOL_RATIO 93 የ ምልክት ተመጣጣኝነት መጠበቂያ እርስዎ አዲስ የ እርዝመት ወይንም የ ስፋት ዋጋ ሲያስገቡ
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMB_SYMBOL_BITMAP 5e የ እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ chart ምልክት ዘዴ ይምረጡ
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_EDGE_STYLE 91 Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_WIDTH 2a የ ምልክቱን ስፋት ያስገቡ
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT 2d ለ ምልክቱ እርዝመት ያስገቡ
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 8a የ አሁኑን የ መስመር ዘዴዎች ዝርዝር ማስቀመጫ: እርስዎ በሚፈልጉ ጊዜ መጫን እንዲችሉ
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 34 የ መስመር ዘዴዎች ዝርዝር ማምጫ
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_LINESTYLES 47 መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን የ መስመር ዘዴ ይምረጡ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fnamedialog%2FNameDialog 13 ስም ያስገቡ
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 73 ራሱ በራሱ ማስገቢያዎቹን ያስተካክላል እንደ መስመሩ እርዝመት አንፃር
c HID_LINE_DEF 6e ጭረት ወይንም ነጠብጣብ የ መስመር ዘዴዎች ማረሚያ ወይንም መፍጠሪያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FNUM_FLD_2 85 ነጥብ ወይንም ጭረት በ ተደጋጋሚ በ ተከታታይ እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን ቁጥር ያስገቡ
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 7f በ ነጥቦች እና በ ጭረቶች መካከል እንዲኖር የሚፈልጉትን ክፍተት መጠን ያስገቡ
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_TYPE_2 67 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ጭረቶች ወይንም ነጥቦች ጥምረት ይምረጡ
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LENGTH_2 2a የ ጭረት እርዝመት ያስገቡ
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_ADD 60 የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ በ መጠቀም አዲስ የ መስመር ዘዴ መፍጠሪያ
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY eb የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ በ መጠቀም አዲስ የ ተመረጠውን የ መስመር ዘዴ ማሻሻያ: የ ተመረጠውን የ መስመር ዘዴ ለ መቀየር: አዲስ ስም ያስገቡ በሚጠየቁ ጊዜ
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 30 የቀስት ዘዴዎች ዝርዝር ማምጫ
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 42 የ ተመረጠውን የ ቀስት ዘዴ ስም መቀየሪያ
24 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_ADD 96 የ ቀስት ዘዴ ማስተካከያ ለ መግለጽ: ይምረጡ የ መሳያ እቃ በ ሰነድ ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እዚህ
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLB_LINEENDS 72 ይምረጡ በ ቅድሚያ የ ተገለ የ ቀስት ዘዴ ምልክት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 7a የ አሁኑን የ ቀስት ዝርዝር ማስቀመጫ: እርስዎ በሚፈልጉ ጊዜ መጫን እንዲችሉ
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FEDT_NAME 3c የ ተመረጠውን የ ቀስት ዘዴ ስም ማሳያ
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLineEndPage 43 የቀስት ዘዴዎች ማረሚያ ወይንም መፍጠሪያ
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 53 ለ ተመረጠው የ መሳያ እቃ የ መሙያ ባህሪዎች ማሰናጃ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FRBT_COLUMN 61 Vertically offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_HATCHBCKGRDCOLOR 72 ይጫኑ ለ መደብ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ቀለም: ለ ተመረጠው hatching ድግግሞሽ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_OFFSET 4e ረድፎች እና አምዶች ለ ማካካስ ፐርሰንት ያስገቡ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_X_OFFSET 45 የ አግድም ማካካሻ ማዝመሚያ ለ bitmap ያስገቡ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_X_SIZE 21 ለ bitmap ስፋት ያስገቡ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FAreaTabPage 4d ለ ተመረጠው የ መሳያ እቃ የ መሙያ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FRBT_ROW 63 Horizontally offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_TILE 3f ለ ተመረጠው እቃ መሙያ ለ bitmap መከመሪያ
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 80 ለ ተመረጠው የ መሳያ እቃ እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን የ መሙያ አይነት ይምረጡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FNUM_FLD_STEPCOUNT 66 የ ሁለቱን ቀለሞች ከፍታ ማዋሀጃ ደረጃ በ ቁጥር ማሰናጃ ያስገቡ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FCB_HATCHBCKGRD 6d Applies a background color to the hatching pattern. Select this checkbox, and then click a color in the list.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_Y_OFFSET 42 የ ቁመት ማካካሻ ማዝመሚያ ለ bitmap ያስገቡ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_SCALE 1ac እንደገና መመጠኛ ከ bitmap አንጻር የ ተመረጠውን እቃ በ ፐርሰንት ዋጋዎች እርስዎ በሚያስገቡት በ ስፋት እና እርዝመት ሳጥኖች ውስጥ: ይህን ምልክት ማድረጊያ ያጽዱ እንደገና ለ መመጠን የ ተመረጠውን እቃ እርስዎ በሚያስገቡት መለኪያ በ ስፋት እና እርዝመት ሳጥን ውስጥ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_STEPCOUNT 6a ራሱ በራሱ የ ሁለቱን ቀለሞች ከፍታ ማዋሀጃ ደረጃ በ ቁጥር ማሰናጃ
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_COLOR 73 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ቀለም መሙያ እርስዎ በሚጫኑት ቀለም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_GRADIENT 73 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ከፍታ መሙያ እርስዎ በሚጫኑት ከፍታ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_HATCHING 132 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ መሙያ በ hatching ንድፍ እርስዎ በሚጫኑት ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: የ መደብ ቀለም ለ መፈጸም ወደ hatching ንድፍ: ይምረጡ ከ መደብ ቀለም ሳጥን ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ቀለም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_BITMAP 54 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ መሙያ እርስዎ በሚጫኑት መፈጸሚያ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_STRETCH 8e የ ተመረጠውን እቃ በ bitmap ለ መሙላት ማስፊያ: ይህን ገጽታ ለ መጠቀም: ያጽዱ የ ክምርሳጥን
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_Y_SIZE 27 ለ bitmap እርዝመት ያስገቡ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_ORIGINAL e7 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ በሚሞላ ጊዜ የ bitmap ዋናውን መጠን መጠበቂያ: bitmap እንደገና ለ መመጠን: ምልክት ማድረጊያውን ሳጥን ያጽዱ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አንጻር
1e cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fload 3a የተለያዩ የ ከፍታዎች ዝርዝር መጫኛ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fmodify b7 የ አሁኑን ከፍታ ባህሪዎች ወደ ተመረጠው ከፍታ መፈጸሚያ: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ: ከፍታውን በ ሌላ ስም ማስቀመጥ ይችላሉ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradientslb 6e እርስዎ መፈጸም ወይንም መፍጠር የሚፈጉትን የ ከፍታ አይነት ይምረጡ
28 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradienttypelb 3f ይምረጡ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን አቀራረብ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fsave 7f የ አሁኑን ከፍታዎችን ዝርዝር ማስቀመጫ: እርስዎ በሚፈልጉ ጊዜ መጫን እንዲችሉ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterxmtr 11c የ አግድም ማካካሻ ለ ከፍታ ያስገቡ: ይህ 0% ተመሳሳይ ነው ለ አግድም አካባቢ ለ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም በ ከፍታ ውስጥ: የ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም የ ተመረጠው ቀለም ነው በ ለ ሳጥን ውስጥ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortolb 3f ይምረጡ ቀለም የ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ለ ከፍታ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2FGradientPage 74 የ ክፍታ ባህሪዎች ማሰናጃ: ወይንም ማስቀመጫ እና መጫኛ የ ከፍታ ዝርዝር
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterymtr 116 የ ቁመት ማካካሻ ለ ከፍታ ያስገቡ: ይህ 0% ተመሳሳይ ነው ለ ቁመት አካባቢ ለ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም በ ከፍታ ውስጥ: የ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም የ ተመረጠው ቀለም ነው በ ለ ሳጥን ውስጥ
1d cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fadd bd ወደ አሁኑ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ከፍታ ማስተካከያ መጨመሪያ: የ እርስዎን ከፍታ ባህሪዎች ይወስኑ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fanglemtr 44 ለ ተመረጠው ከፍታ ማዞሪያ አንግል ያስገቡ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfromlb 45 ይምረጡ ቀለም የ ማስጀመሪያ ነጥብ ለ ከፍታ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fbordermtr e3 መጠን ያስገቡ አካባቢውን ለማስተካከል ለ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም በ ከፍታ ውስጥ: የ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም የ ተመረጠው ቀለም ነው በ ለ ሳጥን ውስጥ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfrommtr 72 Enter the intensity for the color in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortomtr 8c የ ቀለም ጥልቀት ያስገቡ ለ ሳጥን ውስጥ: 0% ተመሳሳይ ለ ጥቁር እና 100 % ለ ተመረጠው ቀለም
20 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2FHatchPage 85 የ hatching ድግግሞሽ ባህሪዎች ማሰናጃ: ወይንም ማስቀመጫ እና መጫኛ የ hatching ዝርዝሮች
1b cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fload 33 የተለያዩ የ hatching ዝርዝር መጫኛ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglectl 69 ይጫኑ በ መጋጠሚያው ላይ ለ መግለጽ የ ማዞሪያ angle ለ hatch መስመሮች
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinetypelb 60 እርስዎ ይምረጡ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ hatch መስመር አይነት
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinecolorlb 30 የ hatch መስመሮች ቀለም ይምረጡ
1b cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fsave 8a Sየ አሁኑን የተለያዩ የ hatching ዝርዝር ማስቀመጫ: እርስዎ በሚፈልጉ ጊዜ መጫን እንዲችሉ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglemtr 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fhatchingslb bf ዝግጁ የሆኑ የ hatching ድግግሞሽ: ይጫኑ በ hatching ድግግሞሽ ላይ እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን ለ መፈጸም እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fmodify b7 የ አሁኑን hatching ባህሪዎች ወደ ተመረጠው hatching መፈጸሚያ: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ ድግግሞሹን በ ሌላ ስም ማስቀመጥ ይችላሉ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdistancemtr 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fadd bb ወደ አሁኑ ዝርዝር ውስጥ hatching ማስተካከያ መጨመሪያ: የ እርስዎን hatching ባህሪዎች ይወስኑ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 74 የ አሁኑን bitmaps ዝርዝር ማስቀመጫ: እርስዎ በሚፈልጉ ጊዜ መጫን እንዲችሉ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 2f የ ተለያዩ bitmaps ዝርዝር መጫኛ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY d8 እርስዎ የ ፈጠሩትን bitmap መቀየሪያ በ ድግግሞሽ አራሚ በ አሁኑ bitmap ድግግሞሽ: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ ድግግሞሹን ማስቀመጥ ይችላሉ በ ሌላ ስም
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_IMPORT d9 እርስዎ ማምጣት የሚፈልጉትን bitmap ፋልገው ያግኙ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ የ እርስዎ bitmap ይጨመራል ከ መጨረሻ በኩል ዝግጁ ከሆኑ bitmaps ጋር
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_ADD 80 እርስዎ የ ፈጠኡትን bitmap መጨመሪያ ወደ ድግግሞሽ አራሚ ወደ አሁኑ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_BITMAPS 8a ይምረጡ bitmap ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ድግግሞሽ ለ መፈጸም
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_COLOR 90 የ ፊት ለ ፊት ቀለም ይምረጡ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጋጠሚያውን ፒክስል ለ መጨመር ወደ ድግግሞሽ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_BACKGROUND_COLOR 3f የ መደብ ቀለም ይምረጡ ለ bitmap ድግግሞሽ
28 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBitmapTabPage 127 እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን bitmap ይምረጡ እንደ መሙያ ድግግሞሽ ወይንም ይፍጠሩ የራስዎትን በ pixel ድግግሞሽ: እርስዎ bitmaps ማምጣት ይችላሉ እና ማስቀመጥ ወይንም ወደ bitmap ዝርዝር መጫን
11 .uno%3AFillShadow 137 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ጥላ መጨመሪያ: እቃው ቀደም ብሎ ጥላ ከ ነበረው: ጥላው ይወገዳል: እርስዎ ይህን ምልክት ከ ተጫኑ ምንም እቃ ሳይመረጥ: ጥላው የሚጨመረው እርስዎ ለሚስሉት ለሚቀጥለው እቃ ይሆናል:
39 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 8c እርስዎ ያስገቡ ጥላው እንዲኖር የሚፈልጉበትን ቦታ እርቀት ለ ማካካስ ለ ተመረጠው እቃ
3f SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT d7 ያስገቡ: በ ፐርሰንት ከ 0% (ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን አያሳልፍም) 100% (ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን ያሳልፋል) የ ጥላ ብርሃን ማሳለፊያ ለ መወሰን
11 HID_TPSHADOW_CTRL 3a ይጫኑ ጥላ ማጥላት የሚፈልጉበት ቦታ
38 SVX%3ATRISTATEBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ATSB_SHOW_SHADOW 3b ለ ተመረጠው መሳያ እቃ ጥላ መጨመሪያ
34 SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ALB_SHADOW_COLOR 21 ለ ጥላ ቀለም ይምረጡ
f HID_AREA_SHADOW 6b ለ ተመረጠው መሳያ እቃ ጥላ መጨመሪያ: እና መግለጫ የ ጥላ ባህሪዎች
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_END_VALUE a3 የ ግልጽነት ዋጋ ያስገቡ ለ ከፍታው መጨረሻ ነጥብ፡ 0% በ ውስጡ ምንም የማያሳልፍ 100% በሙሉ ግልጽ የሆነ
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_OFF 2a የ ቀለም ግልጽነት ማጥፊያ
35 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_START_VALUE a2 ግልጽነት ዋጋ ያስገቡ ለ ከፍታው መጀመሪያ ነጥብ፡ 0% በ ውስጡ ምንም የማያሳልፍ 100% በሙሉ ግልጽ የሆነ
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRANSPARENT da የ አሁኑ ቀለም መሙያ ግልጽነት ማስተካከያ: ያስገቡ ቁጥር በ 0% (ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን አያሳልፍም) 100% (ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን ያሳልፋል).
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_GRADIENT b0 ወደ አሁኑ ቀለም መሙያ የ ግልጽነት ከፍታ መፈጸሚያ: ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እና ከዛ የ ከፍታ ባህሪዎችን ያሰናዱ
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_X 38 የ አግድም ማካካሻ ለ ከፍታ ያስገቡ
31 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_LINEAR 101 የ ቀለም ግልጽነት ማብሪያ: ይምረጡ ከ ምርጫ: እና ከዛ ቁጥር ያስገቡ በ ሳጥን ውስጥ: ይህ 0% ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን አያሳልፍም 100% ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን ያሳልፋል
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y 35 የ ቁመት ማካካሻ ለ ከፍታ ያስገቡ
34 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FTransparencyTabPage 72 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ እርስዎ መፈጸም ለሚፈልጉት የ ግልጽነት ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_BORDER 89 እርስዎ ለ ግልጽነትን ቦታ ማስተካከል የሚፈልጉበትን መጠን ያስገቡ: ነባር ዋጋ 0% ነው
37 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FLB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES 67 እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ግልጽነት አይነት ከፍታ ይምረጡ
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_ANGLE 44 ለ ተመረጠው ከፍታ ማዞሪያ አንግል ያስገቡ
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FULL_WIDTH 6a በ መሳያ እቃ ወይንም በ ጽሁፍ እቃመኡሉ ስፋት ልክ ጽሁፍ ማስቆሚያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_BOTTOM 9c ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል እና በ ጽሁፍ ድንበር በኩል
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTextAttributesPage 7a በ ተመረጠው መሳያ ወይንም የ ጽሁፍ እቃ የ ማስቆሚያ ባህሪዎች እቅድ ማሰናጃ
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RIGHT 9d ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ቀኝ ጠርዝ እና በ ቀኝ የ ጽሁፍ ድንበር በኩል
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 79 የ እቃውን ስፋት ማስፊያ በ ጽሁፉ ስፋት ልክ: እቃው አነስተኛ ከሆነ ከ ጽሁፉ
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 85 የ እቃውን እርዝመት ማስፊያ በ ጽሁፉ እርዝመት ልክ: እቃው አነስተኛ ከሆነ ከ ጽሁፉ
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FIT_TO_SIZE 94 በ ተመረጠው መሳያ ወይንም የ ጽሁፍ እቃ ጠቅላላ ቦታ ልክ እንዲሆን ጽሁፉን እንደገና መመጠኛ
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_WORDWRAP_TEXT a5 እርስዎ የ ጨመሩትን ጽሁፍ መጠቅለያ ሁለት ጊዜ-ከ ተጫኑ በኋላ በ ቅርጹ ልክ እንዲሆን ቅርጽ ማስተካከያ
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_CONTOUR 75 ለ ተመረጠው መሳያ እቃ የ ጽሁፍ ፍሰት ይስማማል ከ ቅርጹ ጋር ለ መመሳሰል
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_SIZE b9 እንደገና መመጠኛ ቅርጽ ማስተካከያ በ ጽሁፉ ልክ እንዲሆን እርስዎ ባስገቡት በ ቅርጹ ላይ ሁለት ጊዜ-ከ ተጫኑ በኋላ
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LEFT 9d ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ግራ ጠርዝ እና በ ግራ የ ጽሁፍ ድንበር በኩል
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 4d ይጫኑ እርስዎ ጽሁፍ ማስቆም የሚፈልጉበትን ቦታ
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_TOP 9c ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ ከ ላይ ጠርዝ በኩል እና በ ጽሁፍ ድንበር በኩል
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 7d የ ተመረጠውን እቃ እንደገና መመጠኛ፡ ማንቀሳቀሻ፡ ማዞሪያ ወይንም ማንጋደጃ
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 85 የ እቃውን እርዝመት ማስፊያ በ ጽሁፉ እርዝመት ልክ: እቃው አነስተኛ ከሆነ ከ ጽሁፉ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 79 የ እቃውን ስፋት ማስፊያ በ ጽሁፉ ስፋት ልክ: እቃው አነስተኛ ከሆነ ከ ጽሁፉ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_POSRECT 162 ይጫኑ የ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ በ መጋጠሚያ ላይ: እና ከዛ ያስገቡ መጠኑን እቃው ከ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ አንፃር የሚቀየርበትን እርስዎ የ መረጡትን በ Y ቦታእናX ቦታሳጥን ውስጥ: የ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ ይስማማል እንደ እቃው ምርጫ አያያዝ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_SIZEPROTECT 3d እቃውን እንደገና ከ መመጠን መከልከያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X bc የ አግድም እርዝመት ያስገቡ እቃውን ማንቀሳቀስ የሚፈልጉበትን ከ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ አንጻር በ መጋጠሚያው ከ ተመረጠው
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y b9 የ ቁመት እርዝመት ያስገቡ እቃውን ማንቀሳቀስ የሚፈልጉበትን ከ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ አንጻር በ መጋጠሚያው ከ ተመረጠው
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_WIDTH 31 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ስፋት ያስገቡ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCBX_SCALE 6a የ ተመረጠው እቃ እንደገና በሚመጠን ጊዜ ተመጣጣኝነቱን መጠበቂያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FPositionAndSize 5a የ ተመረጠውን እቃ እንደገና መመጠኛ ወይንም ማንቀሳቀሻ
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_SIZERECT da ይጫኑ በ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ በ መጋጠሚያ ላይ: እና ከዛ ያስገቡ አዲስ የ አቅጣጫ መጠን ለ ተመረጠው እቃ በ ስፋት እና እርዝመት ሳጥኖች ውስጥ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HEIGHT 37 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ እርዝመት ያስገቡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_POSPROTECT 5b የ ተመረጠው እቃ መጠን ወይን ቦታ እንዳይቀየር መከልከያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_ANGLE 6c ይጫኑ የ ተወሰነ የ ማዞሪያ አንግል ያለ ቀሪ የሚያካፍል 45 ዲግሪዎች
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_RECT 4f ይጫኑ እርስዎ pivot point ማስቆም የሚፈልጉበትን ቦታ
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 6d ያስገቡ የ አግድም እርዝመት ከ ገጽ የ ግራ ጠርዝ እስከ pivot point ድረስ
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 6d ያስገቡ የ አግድም እርዝመት ከ ገጽ የ ግራ ጠርዝ እስከ pivot point ድረስ
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FNF_ANGLE 55 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ለማዞር የ ዲግሪዎች ቁጥር ያስገቡ
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FRotation 2a የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ማዞሪያ
2d cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_ANGLE 2b angle ያስገቡ ለ axis ማዝመሚያ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RADIUS 49 Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FSlantAndCornerRadius 7e የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ማዝመሚያ: ወይንም ክብ ማድረጊያ የ አራት ማእዘን እቃ ጠርዝ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Foptimal 63 ይጫኑ እዚህ ለማሳየት የ ነጠላ-አንግል መስመር በ አጥጋቢ ዘዴ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Flength 73 Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fposition 78 የ መጥሪያ መስመር ማስፋት የሚፈልጉበትን ከ መጥሪያ ሳጥን አንጻር ያስገቡ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fspacing aa በ መጥሪያ መስመር መጨረሻ እና በ መጥሪያ ሳጥን ውስጥ መካከል እንዲኖር የሚፈልጉትን ክፍተት ቦታ ያስገቡ
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fvalueset 65 ይጫኑ የ መጥሪያ ዘዴ ለ ተመረጠው መጥሪያ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 59 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ በ እግድም ወይንም በ ቁመት መገልበጫ
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 5f የ ተመረጠውን እቃ(ዎች) በ ቁመት ከ ላይ እስከ ታች መገልበጫ
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 5f የ ተመረጠውን እቃ(ዎች) በ አግድም ከ ግራ ወደ ቀኝ መገልበጫ
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 48 የተመረጠውን እቃ(ዎች) ክምር ደንብ መቀየሪያ
13 .uno%3ABringToFront b8 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ላይ አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ላይ መደርደሪያው ላይ ከ እቃዎች ፊት ለ ፊት ይሆናል
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 95 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ላይ አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ላይ መደርደሪያው ላይ ይሆናል
e .uno%3AForward 95 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ላይ አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ላይ መደርደሪያው ላይ ይሆናል
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 95 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ታች አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ታች መደርደሪያው ላይ ይሆናል
f .uno%3ABackward 95 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ታች አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ታች መደርደሪያው ላይ ይሆናል
11 .uno%3ASendToBack ba የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ታች አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ታች መደርደሪያው ላይ ከ እቃዎች በስተ ጀርባ ይሆናል
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 47 የተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ፊት ለፊት ማንቀሳቀሻ
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 45 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ከ ጽሁፉ ኋላ ማንቀሳቀሻ
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 45 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ የ ማስቆሚያ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 55 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ አሁኑ አንቀጽ ውስጥ ማስቆሚያ
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 55 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ አሁኑ አንቀጽ ውስጥ ማስቆሚያ
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 65 የ ተመረጠውን የ መሳያ እቃ ቅርጽ እርስዎን መቀየር ያስችሎታል
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcolor 2b ለ ጽሁፍ ጥላ ቀለም ይምረጡ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslant d7 በ ተመረጠው እቃ ውስጥ ላለው ጽሁፍ ጥላ መጨመሪያ: ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ: እና ከዛ ያስገቡ የ ጥላ አቅጣጫ በ X ቦታ እና በY ቦታ ሳጥን ውስጥ.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fnoshadow 60 እርስዎ በ ጽሁፍ ውስጥ የ ፈጸሙትን የ ጥላ ውጤቶች ማስወገጃ
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Findent c1 እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን የ ክፍተት መጠን ያስገቡ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር መጀመሪያ እና በ ጽሁፍ መጀመሪያ መካከል
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistance d0 እርስዎ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር እና በ እያንዳንዱ ባህሪዎች መሰረት መካከል እንዲኖር የሚፈልጉትን ክፍተት መጠን ቦታ ያስገቡ
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fautosize 68 ጽሁፍ እንደገና መመጠኛ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር እርዝመት ልክ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancey 74 በ ጽሁፍ ባህሪዎች እና በ ጥላ ጠርዞች መካከል የ ቁመት እርቀት ማስገቢያ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fright 6d በ ቀኝ መጨረሻ በኩል ጽሁፍ ማሰለፊያ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር ላይ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcontour 86 የ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር ወይንም የ ተመረጠው እቃ ጠርዞች ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fupright 106 የ ላይኛውን ወይንም የ ታችኛውን ጠርዝ ይጠቀማል ለ ተመረጠው እቃ እንደ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር እና ዋናውን የ ቁመት ማሰለፊያ ለ እያንዳንዱ ባህሪዎች ያስቀምጣል
16 HID_FONTWORK_CTL_FORMS 68 ይጫኑ በ ቅርጹ መሰረታዊ መስመር ላይ ጽሁፉን መጠቀም በሚፈልጉት
f .uno%3AFontWork 8e የ ፊደል ስራ ውጤት ማረሚያ ለ ተመረጠው እቃ: ቀደም ብሎ በ ፊደል ስራ ንግግር ለ ተፈጠረው
20 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Foff 3c መሰረታዊ መስመር አቀራረብ ማስወገጃ
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Ftextcontour 78 በ ጽሁፍ ውስጥ የ እያንዳንዱን ባህሪዎች ድንበሮች ማሳያ ወይንም መሰበቂያ
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Forientation 122 የ ጽሁፍ ፍሰት አቅጣጫ እንደ ነበር መመለሻ: እና ጽሁፍ መገልበጫ በ አግድም ወይንም በ ቁመት: ይህን ትእዛዝ ለ መጠቀም: እርስዎ መጀመሪያ መሰረታዊ መስመር ለ ጽሁፉ መፈጸም አለብዎት
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslantx 48 የ ጽሁፍ እቃ ባህሪዎችን በ አግድም ማዝመሚያ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancex 77 በ ጽሁፍ ባህሪዎች እና በ ጥላ ጠርዞች መካከል የ አግድም እርቀት ማስገቢያ
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Frotate 9a የ ላይኛውን ወይንም የ ታችኛውን ጠርዝ ይጠቀማል ለ ተመረጠው እቃ እንደ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslanty 45 የ ጽሁፍ እቃ ባህሪዎችን በ ቁመት ማዝመሚያ
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvertical d8 በ ተመረጠው እቃ ውስጥ ላለው ጽሁፍ ጥላ መጨመሪያ : ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ: እና ከዛ ያስገቡ የ ጥላ አቅጣጫ በ X ቦታ እና በY ቦታ ሳጥን ውስጥ.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fleft 6d በ ግራ መጨረሻ በኩል ጽሁፍ ማሰለፊያ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር ላይ
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcenter 58 ጽሁፍ መሀከል ማድረጊያ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር ላይ
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 61 Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 80 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች በ ቡድን ማድረጊያ: እንደ ነጠላ እቃ ማንቀሳቀስ እንዲቻል
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 54 የ ተመረጡትን ቡድኖች ወደ እያንዳንዱ እቃ መከፋፈያ
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup 123 የ ተመረጠውን ቡድን መክፈቻ: ስለዚህ እርስዎ እያንዳንዱን እቃዎች ማረም ይችላሉ: የ ተመረጠውን ቡድን እቅፍ ቡድን ከያዘ: እርስዎ ይህን ትእዛዝ መድገም ይችላሉ በ ንዑስ ቡድኖች ላይ
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 7b ከ ቡድን መውጫ: ስለዚ እርስዎ ማረም አይችሉም እያንዳንዱ እቃ በ ቡድን ውስጥ
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DELAY 3d Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_PIXEL 35 የ ጭማሪ ዋጋ በ ፒክስሎች መለኪያ
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTextAnimation 6d በ ተመረጠው የ መሳያ እቃ ውስጥ የ ጽሁፍ እንቅስቃሴ ውጤት መጨመሪያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FLB_EFFECT ca በ ተመረጠው የ መሳያ እቃ ውስጥ የ ጽሁፍ እንቅስቃሴ ውጤት መጨመሪያ: የ እንቅስቃሴውን ውጤት ለ ማስወገድ ይምረጡ ውጤት የለም
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_DOWN 32 ጽሁፍ ከ ላይ ወደ ታች መሸብለያ
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_ENDLESS 9a Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_LEFT 32 ጽሁፍ ከ ቀኝ ወደ ግራ መሸብለያ
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_AUTO c5 $[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_RIGHT 32 ጽሁፍ ከ ግራ ወደ ቀኝ መሸብለያ
2d cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_START_INSIDE 6a ጽሁፍ ይታያል እና በ መሳያ እቃ ውስጥ ጽሁፍ ይታያል ውጤቱ ሲፈጸም
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_AMOUNT 4d ጽሁፉ የሚሸበለልበት የ ጭማሪውን ቁጥር ያስገቡ
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_UP 32 ጽሁፍ ከ ታች ወደ ላይ መሸብለያ
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FNUM_FLD_COUNT 7e እንቅስቃሴው በ ተከታታይ ምን ያህል ጊዜ እንዲታይ እንደሚፈልጉ ቁጥር ያስገቡ
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_STOP_INSIDE 4b ጽሁፍ እንደታየ ይቆያል ውጤቱ ከ ተፈጸመ በኋላ
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fdefault c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fvalue 4d መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ረድፍ እርዝመት ያስገቡ
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2FRowHeightDialog 68 የ አሁኑን ረድፍ ወይንም የ ተመረጠውን ረድፍ እርዝመት መቀየሪያ
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fdefault 73 የ አሁኑን ፊደል መሰረት ባደረገ የ አምድ ስፋት ራሱ በራሱ ያስተካክላል
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 47 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ አምድ ስፋት ያስገቡ
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2FColWidthDialog 62 የ አሁኑን አምድ ወይንም የ ተመረጠውን አምድ ስፋት መቀየሪያ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckHyphActive 65 የ ቃላት ጭረት ማስቻያ ለ ጽሁፍ መጠቅለያ ወደሚቀጥለው መስመር
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckWrapTextAuto a7 ጽሁፍ መጠቅለያ በ ሌላ መስመር ላይ በ ክፍል ድንበር ውስጥ: የ መስመር ቁጥር ይለያያል እንደ ክፍሉ ስፋት
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinDegrees e6 ለ ተመረጠው ክፍል(ሎች) የ ጽሁፍ ማዞሪያ አንግል ማስገቢያ: አዎንታዊ ቁጥር ጽሁፉን ወደ ግራ ያዞራል እና አሉታዊ ቁጥር ጽሁፉን ወደ ቀኝ ያዞራል
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxHorzAlign 92 ይምረጡ የ አግድም ማሰለፊያ ምርጫ እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን ወደ ክፍል ይዞታዎች ውስጥ
11 .uno%3AAlignBlock 71 የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ወደ ግራ እና ወደ ቀኝ የ ክፍሉ ድንበሮች ማሰለፊያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinIndentFrom 73 እርስዎ ባስገቡት መጠን መሰረት የ ክፍሉን ጠርዝ በ ግራ በኩል ማስረጊያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckVertStack 27 ጽሁፍ በ ቁመት ማሰለፊያ
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FCellAlignPage 82 የ አሁኑን ክፍል ወይንም የ ተመረጡትን ክፍሎች ይዞታዎች ማሰለፊያ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 3e የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ወደ ግራ ማሰለፊያ
13 .uno%3AAlignVCenter 45 የ ክፍል ይዞታዎች የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ማሰናጃ
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxVertAlign 50 የ ክፍል ይዞታዎች በ ክፍሉ ከ ታች በኩል ማሰለፊያ
31 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckShrinkFitCellSize aa Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 3e የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ወደ ቀኝ ማሰለፊያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Fdialcontrol 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckAsianMode 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Freferences 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
f .uno%3AAlignTop 5c የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ከ ክፍሉ በላይ ጠርዝ በኩል ማሰለፊያ
1c SVX_HID_GRID_NUMBEROFRECORDS 115 የ መዝገብ ቁጥር ማሳያ: ለምሳሌ: "መዝገብ 7 ከ 9(2)" የሚያሳየው ሁለት መዝገቦች (2) ተመርጠዋል በ ሰንጠረዥ 9 መዝገቦች ከያዘ ውስጥ: እና መጠቆሚያው በ መዝገብ ቁጥር 7. ውስጥ ነው
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 47 ወደ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ አዲስ መዝገብ ማስገቢያ
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 83 እርስዎ ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን የ መዝገብ ቁጥር ይጻፉ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማስገቢያውን
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 4b በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ቀደም ወዳለው መዝገብ መሄጃ
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 4e በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ወደ መጀመሪያው መዝገብ መሄጃ
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 4c በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ወደ መጨረሻው መዝገብ መሄጃ.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 4c በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ወደሚቀጥለው መዝገብ መሄጃe.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_TABBROWSER 105 የ ዳታቤዝ መዝገብ ይምረጡ: መጎተቻ-እና-መጣያ ረድፎች ወይንም ክፍሎች ወደ ሰነድ ውስጥ ይዞታዎች ለማስገባት: መጎተቻ-እና-መጣያ የ አምድ ራስጌ ሜዳዎች ለማስገባት
17 HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT 38 አቀራረብ የ ተመረጠውን ረድፍ(ፎች)
18 HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT 34 የተመረጠው አቀራረብ አምድ(ዶች)
f .uno%3AWindow3D 51 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ 3ዲ እቃ(ዎችs) ባህሪ መወሰኛ
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesided 85 መዝጊያ ቅርጹን የ 3ዲ እቃ የተፈጠረው በ ነፃ መስመር በማሾለክ (መቀየሪያ - ወደ 3ዲ).
2e svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesidedillum 8f Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Finverthormals 2a የ ብርሀን ምንጭ መገልበጫ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fgeometry 18c የ ተመረጠውን የ 3ዲ እቃ ማስተካከያ: እርስዎ ማሻሻል የሚችሉት የ 3ዲ እቃ ቅርጽ ከ 2ዲ እቃ በ መቀየር የ ተፈጠረ ነው: 2ዲ እቃ ወደ 3ዲ ለ መቀየር እቃውን ይምረጡ: በ ቀኝ-ይጫኑ እና ከዛ ይምረጡ መቀየሪያ - ወደ 3ዲ, ወይንም መቀየሪያ - ወደ 3ዲ ማዞሪያ እቃ .
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjspecific 80 Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fscaleddepth b4 የ ተመረጠውን የ 3ዲ እቃ ፊት ለ ፊት በኩል በምን ያህል መጠን መጨመር ወይንም መቀነስ እንደሚፈልጉ መጠን ያስገቡ
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fangle 45 Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdepth 67 Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdiagonal 86 የ ተመረጠውን የ 3ዲ እቃ ጠርዝ በ ምን ያህል ክብ ማድረግ እንደሚፈልጉ መጠን ያስገቡ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fhori 62 የ አግድም ክፍያ ቁጥር ያስገቡ ለ ተመረጠው የ 3ዲ እቃ ማዞሪያ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspherical 2f ማቅረቢያ ለስላሳ የ 3ዲ ገጽታ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fveri 5f የ ቁመት ክፍያ ቁጥር ያስገቡ ለ ተመረጠው የ 3ዲ እቃ ማዞሪያ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fflat 36 ማቅረቢያ የ 3ዲ ገጽታ እንደ polygons.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffocal 81 Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fslant 54 አንግል ያስገቡ ከ 0 እስከ 90 ዲግሪዎች ለ ጥላ ማጥሊያ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fshadow 57 ለ ተመረጠው የ 3ዲ እቃ ጥላ መጨመሪያ ወይንም ማስወገጃ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdistance 55 Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmode 135 Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Frepresentation 63 ለ ተመረጠው የ 3ዲ እቃ ጥላ እና የ ብርሀን ምንጭ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fambientcolor 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flightcolor1 3f ለ አሁኑ የ ብርሀን ምንጭ ቀለም ይምረጡ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight8 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight 33 Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcircley 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexture 11f Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjy 73 ራሱ በራሱ የ እቃውን ገጽታ መሰረት ባደረገ መጠን እና ቅርጽ ማስተካከያ
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftextype 28 Converts the texture to black and white.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexreplace 24 Applies the texture without shading.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexmodulate a1 ገጽታ ከ ጥላ ጋር መፈጸሚያ: ለ መግለጽ የ ጥላ ምርጫ ለ ገጽታ: ይጫኑ የ ጥላ ቁልፍ በዚህ ንግግር ውስጥ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcolor 1e Converts the texture to color.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjx 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallelx 34 Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexfilter 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcirclex 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallely 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fintensity 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspeccolor 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fillumcolor 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjcolor 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffavorites 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmaterial 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverbottom 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhornone 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvernone 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhordistance 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvertop 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorcenter 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvercenter 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorright 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorleft 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverdistance 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchange 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsuggestionslb 82 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Correct or Correct All.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignore 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fundo 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fcheckgrammar 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsentence 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Foptions 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignoreall 7e Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchangeall 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Flanguagelb 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fadd 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignorerule 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
3c svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2FChineseConversionDialog 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2FChineseDictionaryDialog 22 Edit the Chinese conversion terms.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Flangcb 2a ይምረጡ ቋንቋ ለ ተመሳሳይ
1b cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fleft 78 እንደገና መጥሪያ ቀደም ያለውን ይዞታዎች ለ "አሁኑ ቃል" ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ውስጥ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Freplaceed 136 እነዚህ ቃል ወይንም ቃሎች "መቀየሪያ በ" ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ዋናውን ቃል ይቀይራሉ በ ሰነድ ውስጥ እርስዎ በሚጫኑ ጊዜ መቀየሪያ ቁልፍ: እርስዎ እንዲሁም መጻፍ ይችላሉ ጽሁፍ በ ቀጥታ በዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Falternatives c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fwordcb 173 የ አሁኑን ቃል ማሳያ: ውቀይንም የ ተዛመደውን ደንብ እርስዎ የ መረጡትን ሁለት ጊዜ-በመጫን በ መስመር ላይ ከ አማራጭ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: እርስዎ እንዲሁም በ ቀጥታ ጽሁፍ መጻፍ ይችላሉ ወደ እዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ የ እርስዎን ጽሁፍ ለ መፈለግ
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor5 5c በ አሁኑ ምስል ውስጥ ግልጽነቱን ለ መቀየር ቀለም ይምረጡ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor4 ee ዝግጁ የሆኑ የ መቀየሪያ ቀለሞች ዝርዝር: የ አሁኑን ዝርዝር ቀለሞች ለማሻሻል: ምስል አይምረጡ: ይምረጡ አቀራረብ - ቦታ, እና ከዛ ይጫኑ የ ቀለሞች tab.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx5 6c በ አሁኑ ምስል ውስጥ ግልጽነቱን መቀየሪያ እርስዎ በ መረጡት ቀለም
1a SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_QCOL_1 11c በ ተመረጠው ምስል ውስጥ እርስዎ መቀየር የሚፈልጉትን ቀለም ማሳያ: የ ቀለም ምንጭ ለማሰናዳት: ይጫኑ እዚህ: ይጫኑ ቀለም መቀየሪያ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ቀለም በ ተመረጠው ምስል ውስጥ
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx4 bf ይምረጡ ይህን ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥን ለ መቀየር የ አሁኑን ቀለም ምንጭ እርስዎ በሚወስኑት ቀለም በ መቀየሪያ በ ሳጥን
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftol4 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Freplace af መቀየሪያ የ ተመረጠውን የ ቀለም ምንጭ በ አሁኑ ምስል ውስጥ እርስዎ በሚወስኑት ቀለም በ መቀየሪያ በ ሳጥኖች
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fpipette f0 በ ተመረጠው ምስል ውስጥ ቀለም ማሳያ: የ አይጥ መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ ከ ስሩ ማስመሪያ ይህ ገጽታ የሚሰራው የ ቀለም መቀየሪያ መሳሪያ ከ ተመረጠ ነው
e .uno%3ABmpMask 90 የ ቀለም መቀየሪያ ንግግር መክፈቻ: እርስዎ መቀየር የሚችሉበት የ bitmap እና meta ንድፍ ፋይል
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 58 ራሱ በራሱ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ ፊደል ማረሚያ ምርጫዎች ማሰናጃ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2Fedit 41 የ ተመረጠውን በራሱ አራሚ ምርጫ ማሻሻያ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2FApplyAutoFmtPage 9e ይምረጡ ከ ምርጫዎች ውስጥ ለ ራሱ በራሱ ስህተት እንዲያርም እርስዎ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ እና ከዛ ይጫኑእሺ
20 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnew 6a በ መቀየሪያ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ማስገቢያ መጨመሪያ ወይንም ማስወገጃ
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftextonly 85 Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnewtext f3 Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftabview 13b Lists the entries for automatically replacing words, abbreviations or word parts while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Forigtext 272 Enter the word, abbreviation or word part that you want to replace while you type. Wildcard character sequence .* in the end of word results the replacement of the word before arbitrary suffixes, too. Wildcard character sequence .* before the word results the replacement after arbitrary prefixes, too. For example, the pattern "i18n.*" with the replacement text "internationalization" finds and replaces "i18ns" with "internationalizations", or the pattern ".*..." with the replacement text "…" finds and replaces three dots in "word..." with the typographically correct precomposed Unicode horizontal ellipsis ("word…").
2c cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2FAcorReplacePage c2 የ መቀየሪያ ሰንጠረዥ ማረሚያ ለ ራሱ በራሱ አራሚ ወይንም መቀየሪያ ቃላቶች ወይንም አሕፃሮተ ቃል በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fautodouble 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fnewdouble 51 የ አሁኑን ማስገቢያ ወደ የተለዩ ዝርዝር መጨመሪያ
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdouble ce Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrevlist 3d Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrev d3 Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdoublelist b3 Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters are listed in the field.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Flang 4f Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules.
2a cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2FAcorExceptPage a6 ይወስኑ የ አሕፃሮተ ቃል ወይንም ፊደል ቅልቅሎች እርስዎ $[officename] ራሱ በራሱ እንዳይታረም የሚፈልጉትን
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultsingle 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fenddouble 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdoublereplace b2 ራሱ በራሱ መቀየሪያ ነባር የ ስርአት ምልክቶችን ወደ ነጠላ የ ጥቅስ ምልክት በ ተለየ ባህሪ እርስዎ በሚወስኑት
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fchecklist 7b እርስዎ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ እንዲያርም [T], ወይንም የ ነበረ ጽሁፍ በሚያሻሽሉ ጊዜ [M]
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartsingle 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Flist 7b እርስዎ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ እንዲያርም [T], ወይንም የ ነበረ ጽሁፍ በሚያሻሽሉ ጊዜ [M]
32 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2FApplyLocalizedPage 7b እርስዎ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ እንዲያርም [T], ወይንም የ ነበረ ጽሁፍ በሚያሻሽሉ ጊዜ [M]
17 HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
12 HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
12 HID_LINGU_ADD_WORD 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
17 HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
15 HID_LINGU_IGNORE_WORD 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
16 HID_LINGU_SPELLING_DLG 31 መክፈቻ የ ፊደል አራሚ ንግግር
11 HID_LINGU_REPLACE 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fdelete 73 የ ተመረጠውን ቃል ወይንም ቃሎች ከ ቃል መጨረሻ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fmaxentries 96 ከፍተኛ የ ቃል እርዝመት ያስገቡ እርስዎ ቃል ማስቀመጥ የሚፈልጉትን ለ ቃላት መጨረሻ ዝርዝር
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fminwordlen 7d አነስተኛ የ ቃል እርዝመት ያስገቡ ቃል ብቁ የሚሆንበት ለ ቃላት መጨረሻ ገጽታ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fwhenclosing f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fcollectwords 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Facceptwith 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fshowastip 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fappendspace 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fentries 19e የ ተሰበሰቡት ቃላቶች ዝርዝር: እነዚህ ቃላቶች ዋጋ የሚኖራቸው የ አሁኑን ሰነድ እስከሚዘጉ ድረስ ነው: ዝርዝሩን ዝግጁ ለማድረግ ለ ሌሎች ሰንዶች በ አሁኑ ክፍለ ጊዜ: ያሰናክሉ "ሰነዱን በሚዘጉ ጊዘ: ቃላቶቹን ያስወግዱ የ ተሰበሰበውን ከ ራሱ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ"
32 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fenablewordcomplete 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fproperties 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fmain 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2FSmartTagOptionsPage 56 When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
1e .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDial 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2Fvalueset 41 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ነጥብ ዘዴ ይጫኑ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2FPickBulletPage 5e እርስዎ ሊፈጽሙት የሚችሉት የ ነጥብ አሰጣጥ ዘዴዎች ማሳያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2Fvalueset 4b መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ቁጥር መስጫ ዘዴ ይጫኑ
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2FPickNumberingPage 5e እርስዎ ሊፈጽሙት የሚችሉት የ ቁጥር አሰጣጥ ዘዴዎች ማሳያ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2Fvalueset 41 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ እቅድ ዘዴ ይጫኑ
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2FPickOutlinePage 105 የ ተለያዩ ዘዴዎች ማሳያ እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚችሉት በ ቅደም ተከተል ዝርዝር ውስጥ $[officename] እስከ ዘጠኝ የ ረቂቅ ደረጃዎች ይደግፋል በ ቅደም ተከተል ዝርዝር ውስጥ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Flinkgraphics 92 ካስቻሉ: ንድፎች የሚገቡት እንደ አገናኝ ነው: ካላስቻሉ ግን ንድፎች ከ ሰነዱ ጋር ይጣበቃሉ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Fvalueset 4e ይጫኑ እንደ ነጥብ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉት ንድፍ ላይ
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2FPickGraphicPage 90 እርስዎ ሊፈጽሙት የሚችሉት የ ተለያዩ ንድፎች እንደ ነጥብ ለ ነጥብ አሰጣጥ ዘዴዎች ማሳያ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Forientlb 38 ለ ንድፍ የ ማሰለፊያ ምርጫ ይምረጡ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Flevellb 71 ይምረጡ ደረጃ(ዎች) እርስዎ መግለጽ የሚፈልጉትን ለ አቀራረብ ምርጫ: የ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fnumfmtlb 4f የ ቁጥር መስጫ ዘዴ ይምረጡ ለ ተመረጡት ደረጃዎች
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fprefix 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbullet 4a Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fsuffix a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbitmap 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fheightmf 2d ለ ንድፍ እርዝመት ማስገቢያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fstartat 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fwidthmf 27 ለ ንድፍ ስፋት ማስገቢያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fkeepratio 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fstandard 75 የ ማስረጊያ እና ክፍተት ዋጋዎችን ወደ ነባር ዋጋቸው እንደነበር መመለሻ
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Findentatmf 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Falignedatmf 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Frelative 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumdistmf f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumalignlb 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fatmf 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumfollowedbylb 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Findentatmf 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Flevellb 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
12 CUI_HID_SCRIPTSBOX 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
a 1241731592 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fimport 66 Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewmodule 50 በ አዲስ ክፍል ውስጥ የተመዘገበውን macro ማስቀመጫ
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Forganize 28 Lets you manage modules or dialog boxes.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fdelete 55 አዲስ macro መፍጠሪያ ወይንም የተመረጠውን macro ማጥፊያ
a 1241731591 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Frun 46 የ አሁኑን macro ያስኬዳል ወይንም ያስቀምጣል
31 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fedit 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
37 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewlibrary 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
a 1241731589 15 Creates a new script.
a 1241731587 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fassign 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Flibraries 11b የ መጻህፍት ቤት እና ክፍሎች ዝርዝር የ እርስዎን macros መክፈት እና ማስቀመጥ የሚችሉበት፡ macro ለማስቀመጥ በ ተወሰነ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ሰነዱን ይክፈቱ እና ከዛ ይህን ንግግር ይክፈቱ
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacros 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 30 macros ለማደራጃ ንግግር መክፈቻ
a 1241731590 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Flibrary 38 የ ነበሩ macros እና ንግግሮች ዝርዝር
3a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacronameedit 67 Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fnewdialog 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flibrary 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fnewlibdialog%2FNewLibDialog 1c Enter a name for the script.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fnewmodule 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flocation 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
2d modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fdelete 57 Lets you manage the macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fedit 4f መክፈቻ የተመረጠውን macro ወይንም ንግግር ማረሚያ
28 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fedit 78 መክፈቻ የ $[officename] መሰረታዊ ማረሚያ ለማሻሻል የተመረጠውን መጻህፍት ቤት
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fpassword 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
27 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fnew 30 አዲስ መጻህፍት ቤት መፍጠሪያ
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 28 macro መመዝገቡን ማስቆሚያ
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FconfirmpassEntry 5e ለተመረጠው መጻህፍት ቤት የ መግቢያ ቃል እንደገና ያስገቡ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FnewpassEntry 58 ለተመረጠው መጻህፍት ቤት አዲስ የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FoldpassEntry 5f ለተመረጠው መጻህፍት ቤት የ አሁኑን የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FPasswordDialog 53 የተመረጠውን መጻህፍት ቤት በመግቢያ ቃል ይጠብቃል
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Freplace 58 ከአሁኑ መጻፍት ቤት ጋር ተመሳሳይ ስም ያለውን መተኪያ
2f modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Fref b6 የተመረጠውን መጻህፍት ቤት እንደ ለ ንባብ-ብቻ ፋይል ይጨምራል ፡ መጻህፍት ቤቱ ሁል ጊዜ ሲጀምሩ ይጫናል %PRODUCTNAME.
3b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2FImportLibDialog 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 89 ማስተካከያ $[officename] ዝርዝር: አቋራጭ ቁልፍ: እቃ መደርደሪያ: እና macro ስራ ለ ሁኔታዎች
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmodify 40 ተጨማሪ ትእዛዞች የያዘ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fentries 6c Displays a list of the available menu commands for the selected menu in the current application or document.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevellist 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevelbutton 71 Opens the New Menu dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fup 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2FMenuAssignPage 6b Customizes and saves current menu layouts as well as creates new menus. You cannot customize context menus.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroselectordialog%2Fcommands cf ይምረጡ ማንኛውንም ትእዛዝ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ ወይንም በ መጎተቻ-እና-በመጣል ትእዛዝ ወደ ማስተካከያ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmenuedit 4b መክፈቻ ንዑስ ንግግር ከ ተጨማሪ ትእዛዞች ጋር
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fdown 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fadd 105 መክፈቻ የ ትእዛዝ ንግግር ለ መጨመር: ይምረጡ ማንኛውንም ትእዛዝ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ ወይንም ይጎትቱ-እና-ይጣሉ ትእዛዝ ወደ ማስተካከያ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fsavein 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fmacroselectordialog%2Fcategories cf ይምረጡ ማንኛውንም ትእዛዝ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ ወይንም በ መጎተቻ-እና-በመጣል ትእዛዝ ወደ ማስተካከያ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
2f cui%3AEdit%3AMD_MENU_ORGANISER%3AEDIT_MENU_NAME 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2FMoveMenuDialog 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Freset 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Foffice 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fmodule 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fcategory 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
26 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fshortcuts be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fsave 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Ffunction dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2FAccelConfigPage 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fkeys 46 Displays the shortcut keys that are assigned to the selected function.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fchange 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fload 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
13 CUI_HID_SVX_SAVE_IN 66 ይምረጡ አካባቢ የሚጫንበት እና የሚዋቀርበት እና የሚቀመጥበት
1f CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR_ITEM 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
1c CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR_ITEM f0 መክፈቻ የ ትእዛዝ ንግግር መጨመሪያ: ይምረጡ ማንኛውንም ትእዛዝ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ ወይንም መጎተቻ-እና-መጣያ ትእዛዝ ወደ ማስተካከያ ንግግር
1d CUI_HID_SVX_DOWN_TOOLBAR_ITEM 58 ከዝርዝር ውስጥ የተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ.
1b CUI_HID_SVX_UP_TOOLBAR_ITEM 57 ከዝርዝር ውስጥ የተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ
1a CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
17 CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR 6c Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FdeleteButton b6 ይጫኑ ለማስወገድ የ ተመረጠውን ምልክት ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: በ ተጠቃሚ-የ ተገለጸ ምልክት ብቻ ነው መወገድ የሚችለው
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FimportButton 128 አዲስ ምልክቶች መጨመሪያ ወደ ዝርዝር ምልክቶች: ለ እርስዎ ይታያል የ ፋይል መክፈቻ ንግግር የሚያመጣ የ ተመረጡ ምልክቶች ወይንም ምልክቶች ወደ ውስጣዊ ምልክት ዳይሬክቶሪ በ %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FIconSelector 128 አዲስ ምልክቶች መጨመሪያ ወደ ዝርዝር ምልክቶች: ለ እርስዎ ይታያል የ ፋይል መክፈቻ ንግግር የሚያመጣ የ ተመረጡ ምልክቶች ወይንም ምልክቶች ወደ ውስጣዊ ምልክት ዳይሬክቶሪ በ %PRODUCTNAME.
2f SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_EVENT%3APB_DELETE 3b ለ ተመረጠው ሁኔታ የ macro ስራ ማጥፊያ
2f SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_EVENT%3APB_ASSIGN 5b መክፈቻ የ Macro መምረጫ ለ መመደብ macro ወደ ተመረጠው ሁኔታ
5 40000 15a የ ትልቅ ዝርዝር ሳጥን የያዛቸው ዝርዝሮች የ ሁኔታዎች እና የ ተመደቡ macros ነው: አካባቢውን ከ መረጡ በኋላ ከ ማስቀመጫ በ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ: ይምረጡ ሁኔታ ከ ትልቁ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መመደቢያ Macro.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2FMacroAssignPage 8d ወደ ፕሮግራም ሁኔታዎች macros መመደቢያ: የ ተመደበው macro ራሱ በራሱ ይሄዳል ሁኔታው ሲሟላ
9 705547787 9c በ መጀመሪያ ይምረጡ ሁኔታ ማጣመሪያው የት እንደሚቀመጥ: በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ወይንም በ %PRODUCTNAME.
12 .uno%3ATableEvents 8d ወደ ፕሮግራም ሁኔታዎች macros መመደቢያ: የ ተመደበው macro ራሱ በራሱ ይሄዳል ሁኔታው ሲሟላ
27 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fclose 1d ንግግሩን መዝጊያ.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fhelp 38 ለዚህ ንግግር የ እርዳታ ገጽ ማሳያ
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ftest 4c በ አዲስ የ ተመረጠው ፋይል ስም ንግግር መክፈቻ
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fsave 98 ማሳያ የ ማስቀመጫ እንደ ንግግር የ ተመረጠውን ፋይል ለ ማስቀመጥ እንደ XSLT ማጣሪያ ጥቅል (*.jar).
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fedit 4c በ አዲስ የ ተመረጠው ፋይል ስም ንግግር መክፈቻ
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fopen 6e ማሳያ የ መክፈቻ ንግግር ለ መክፈት ማጣሪያ ከ XSLT ማጣሪያ ጥቅል (*.jar).
25 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fnew 3b በ አዲስ ማጣሪያ ስም ንግግር መክፈቻ
28 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fdelete 77 የ ተመረጠውን ፋይል ማጥፊያ እርስዎ ካረጋገጡ በኋላ የሚከተለውን ንግግር
2c filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ffilterlist 72 ይምረጡ አንድ ወይንም ተጨማሪ ማጣሪያዎች እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አንዱን ቁልፍ
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings f6 መክፈቻ የ XML ማጣሪያ ማሰናጃ ንግግር: እርስዎ መፍጠር: ማረም: ማጥፋት የሚችሉበት: እና ማጣሪያዎች መሞከር የሚችሉበት በማምጣት እና በመላክ የ XML ፋይሎች
33 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fdescription 30 አስተያየት ያስገቡ (በ ምርጫ).
35 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Finterfacename 90 እርስዎ ማሳየተ የሚፈልጉትን ስም ያስገቡ በ ፋይል አይነት ሳጥን በ ፋይል ንግግሮች ውስጥ
31 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fextension 100 የ ፋይል ተጨማሪ ያስገቡ ለ መጠቀም እርስዎ በሚከፍቱ ጊዜ ፋይል ማጣሪያ ሳይወስኑ $[officename] የ ፋይል ተጨማሪ ይጠቀማል የትኛውን ማጣሪያ እንደሚጠቀም ለ መወሰን
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Ffiltername 59 መተግበሪያ ይምረጡ እንደ ማጣሪያ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን
3f filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2FXmlFilterTabPageGeneral 59 ማስገቢያ ወይንም ማረሚያ ባጠቃላይ መረጃ ለ XML ማጣሪያ.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Ftempimport bb እርስዎ ማምጣት የሚፈልክጉትን ቴምፕሌት ስም ያስገቡ: በ ቴምፕሌት: ውስጥ ዘዴዎች የሚገለጹት የ XML tags ለ ማሳየት ነው
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltexport af ይህ የ መላኪያ ማጣሪያ ከሆነ: የ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ ለ XSLT ዘዴ ወረቀት እርስዎ ለ መላኪያ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltimport a9 ይህ የ ማምጫ ማጣሪያ ከሆነ: የ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ ለ XSLT ዘዴ ወረቀት እርስዎ ለ ማምጫ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowsetemp 31 የ ፋይል ምርጫ ንግግር መክፈቻ
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fdoc 39 ያስገቡ የ ሰነድ አይነት ለ XML ፋይል
4d filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2FXmlFilterTabPageTransformation 58 የ ፋይል መረጃ ማስገቢያ ወይንም ማረሚያ ለ XML ማጣሪያ .
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT 6a እንደገና-መክፈቻ ሰነድ መጨረሻ በዚህ ንግግር ተክፍቶ የነበረውን
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE a8 የ ፋይል ርጫ ንግግር መክፈቻ: የ ተመረጠው ፋይል የሚከፈተው በ መጠቀም ነው የ አሁኑን የ XML ማምጫ ማጣሪያ
29 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_DISPLAY_SOURCE 7d መክፈቻ የ XML ምንጭ በ ተመረጠው ሰነድ በ እርስዎ ነባር XML ማረሚያ ከ መጣ በኋላ
22 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT 78 የ ፋይል ስም ማሳያ ለ ቲምፕሌት እርስዎ ላስገቡት በ መቀየሪያ tab ገጽ ውስጥ
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_BROWSE ff እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን ፋይል ፈልገው ያግኙ የ XML መላኪያ ማጣሪያ ወደ: የ XML ኮድ የ ተቀየረው ፋይል ይከፈታል በ እርስዎ ነባር የ XML አራሚ ከ ተቀየረ በኋላ
2b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_XSLT_FILE 7b የ ፋይል ስም ማሳያ ለ XSLT ማጣሪያ እርስዎ ላስገቡት በ መቀየሪያ tab ገጽ ውስጥ.
1c HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE 4e ይዞታዎችን ማረጋገጫ የ XML ማጣሪያ ውጤት መስኮት
1c HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW 3a የ ሙከራ ውጤት ዝርዝር ለ XML ማጣሪያ.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE 19 ንግግር መዝጊያ
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2FHangulHanjaOptDialog 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE 8a ምንም አይቀየርም በ አሁኑ ምርጫ: የሚቀጥለው ቃል ወይንም ባህሪ ለ መቀየሪያ ይመረጣል
33 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANJA_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
34 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANGUL_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BELOW 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_ABOVE 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
3d SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_SIMPLE_CONVERSION 4d ዋናው ባህሪዎች ይቀየራሉ በ ተጠቆሙት ባህሪዎች
14 HID_SPELLDLG_SETWORD 24 የ አሁኑን ምርጫ ማሳያ
33 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_LB_SUGGESTIONS 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
3d SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_EDIT_NEWWORD 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
2f SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_PB_FIND 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BRACKETED 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BRACKETED 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BELOW 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_ABOVE 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fautoreplaceunique 70 ራሱ በራሱ ቃሎች መቀየሪያ አንድ ቃል ብቻ መቀየሪያ የ ተጠቆመ ያለውን
31 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fshowrecentfirst 9f የ መቀየሪያውን ጥቆማ እርስዎ ባለፈው የመረጡትን እንደ መጀመሪያ ማስገቢያ በ ዝርዝር ላይ ያሳያል
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fignorepost 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fdelete 59 የተመረጠውን በተጠቃሚ-የሚገለጽ መዝገበ ቃላት ማጥፊያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fedit a0 መክፈቻ የ መዝገበ ቃላት ማረሚያ ንግግር እርስዎ ማረም የሚችሉት በ ተጠቃሚ-የሚገለጽ መዝገበ ቃላት
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fnew 91 አዲስ የ መዝገበ ቃላት ንግግር ሳጥን መክፈቻ: እርስዎ አዲስ የ መዝገበ ቃላት የሚፈጥሩበት
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2Fentry 2e ለ መዝገበ ቃላቱ ስም ያስገቡ
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2FHangulHanjaAddDialog ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Foriginal d9 ይምረጡ ማስገቢያ ለ አሁኑ መዝገበ ቃላት እርስዎ ማረም የሚፈልጉትን: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ አዲስ ማስገቢያ በዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ መጻፍ ይችላሉ
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fdelete 33 የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ማጥፊያ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fnew 5b የ አሁኑን መቀየሪያ ትርጉም ወደ መዝገበ ቃላቱ መጨመሪያ
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fedit1 d4 ይጻፉ የ ቀረበውን መቀየሪያ ቃል ለ ተመረጠው ማስገቢያ በ ዋናው ሳጥን ውስጥ: የ መቀየሪያ ቃል መያዝ የሚችለው ስምንት ባህሪዎች ነው
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fbook 50 እርስዎ ማረም የሚፈልጉትን መዝገበ ቃላት ይምረጡ
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 27 ፊደል በ እጅ መመርመሪያ
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 54 አዲስ መስኮት መክፈቻ የ አሁኑን ይዞታዎች የሚያሳይ
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_DEL 4a ከዝርዝር ውስጥ የተመረጠውን ምንጭ ማስወገጃ.
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_STD 44 መክፈቻ የ ምስክር ወረቀት መምረጫ ንግግር
3e xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_DIGSIG%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 4b መክፈቻ የ የ ምስክር ወረቀት መመልከቻ ንግግር
29 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_SIGNATURESDLG 45 ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ የ ዲጂታል ፊርማዎች ዝርዝር
31 sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_DOCINFODOC%3ABTN_SIGNATURE cd ከ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ ዲጂታል ፊርማ መጨመሪያ እና ማስወገጃ: እርስዎ ንግግር መጠቀም ይችላሉ የ ምስክር ወረቀት ለ መመልከት
10 .uno%3ASignature cd ከ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ ዲጂታል ፊርማ መጨመሪያ እና ማስወገጃ: እርስዎ ንግግር መጠቀም ይችላሉ የ ምስክር ወረቀት ለ መመልከት
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUPDATE_ALL 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FDESCRIPTIONS 112 ማሻሻያ በሚፈልግበት ጊዜ: ለ እርስዎ ሂደቱን መጠቆሚያ ይታያል: ትንሽ ይጠብቁ መልእክት አስኪታይ በ ንግግር ውስጥ: ወይንም ይጫኑ መሰረዣ ከ ማሻሻያ መፈለጊያው ለ መውጣት
25 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FINSTALL 7c እርስዎ መግጠሚያውን በሚጫኑ ጊዜ የ መግጠሚያ እና የ ማውረጃ ንግግር ይታያል
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdateinstalldialog%2FUpdateInstallDialog 184 ይጫኑ የ the ማሻሻያ መፈለጊያ ቁልፍ በ ተጨማሪዎች አስተዳዳሪ ለ ተገጠሙት ተጨማሪዎች በሙሉ ማሻሻያ ለ መፈለግ በ መስመር ላይ: ለ ተመረጡት ተጨማሪዎች ብቻ ማሻሻያ ለ መፈለግ: በ ቀኝ-ይጫኑ ለ መክፈት የ አገባብ ዝርዝር እና ከዛ ይምረጡ ማሻሻያ.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUpdateDialog 184 ይጫኑ የ the ማሻሻያ መፈለጊያ ቁልፍ በ ተጨማሪዎች አስተዳዳሪ ለ ተገጠሙት ተጨማሪዎች በሙሉ ማሻሻያ ለ መፈለግ በ መስመር ላይ: ለ ተመረጡት ተጨማሪዎች ብቻ ማሻሻያ ለ መፈለግ: በ ቀኝ-ይጫኑ ለ መክፈት የ አገባብ ዝርዝር እና ከዛ ይምረጡ ማሻሻያ.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 101 የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ማስገቢያ ምልክት በ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ላይ ተጽእኖ ይፈጥራል: ጽሁፉ በሚሄድበት አቅጣጫ: ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL) ሲያስችሉ ነው
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 101 የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ማስገቢያ ምልክት በ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ላይ ተጽእኖ ይፈጥራል: ጽሁፉ በሚሄድበት አቅጣጫ: ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL) ሲያስችሉ ነው
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP 10f የማይታይ ክፍተት ማስገቢያ በ ቃል ውስጥ የ መስመር መጨረሻ የሚያስገባ በ መስመር ላይ የ መጨረሻ ባህሪ ሲሆን: ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL) ሲያስችሉ ነው
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen c0 የማይታይ ክፍተት ማስገቢያ በ ቃል ውስጥ የሚታይ እና የ መስመር መጨረሻ መፍጠሪያ በ መስመር ላይ የ መጨረሻ ባህሪ ሲሆን
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 11b የማይታይ ክፍተት ማስገቢያ በ ቃል ውስጥ ቃሉን የሚጠብቅ በ መስመር መጨረሻ የሚያስገባ በ መስመር ላይ መጨረሻ ሲሆን: ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL) ሲያስችሉ ነው
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 80 ጭረት ማስገቢያ ለ ድንበር ባህሪዎች እና ለ መስመር መጨረሻ ላይ አብሮ ማድረጊያ
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 83 ክፍተት ማስገቢያ ለ ድንበር ባህሪዎች እና ለ መስመር መጨረሻ ላይ አብሮ ማድረጊያ
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 97 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ የተለየ የ አቀራረብ ምልክት ለማስገባት: ያስችሉ CTL ለ ተጨማሪ ትእዛዞች
14 HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME 9e አዲስ ገጽታ መጨመሪያ ወደ አዳራሽ እና እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ፋይሎች ለ ማካተት ወደ ገጽታ ውስጥ
12 HID_GALLERY_WINDOW 7b ለማስገባት ከ አዳራሽ እቃዎች: እቃ ይምረጡ እና ከዛ ወደ ሰነድ ውስጥ ይጎትቱ
15 HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST 5f ይጫኑ ገጽታውን እቃዎች ለ መመልከት ከ ገጽታ ጋር የተዛመዱ
e .uno%3AGallery e6 መክፈቻ የ አዳራሽ ማሳረፊያ በ ጎን መደርደሪያ በኩል: እርስዎ መምረጥ የሚችሉበት ምስሎች እና ድምፆች ናሙና ለማስገባት በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
14 HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW 88 ይዞታዎች ማሳያ የ አዳራሽ እንደ ትንሽ ምልክቶች: ከ አርእስት እና መረጃ መንገድ ጋር
14 HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW 47 ማሳያ ይዞታዎችን ከ አዳራሽ እንደ ምልክቶች
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Faddall 55 ሁሉንም የ ፋይሎች ዝርዝር ወደ አሁኑ ገጽታ መጨመሪያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffindfiles 96 እርስዎ መጨመር የሚፈልጉትን ፋይሎች የያዘውን ዳይሬክቶሪ ፈልገው ያግኙ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ.
13 HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 41 የተመረጠውን ፋይል በ ቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fpreview 5e የተመረጠውን ፋይል በ ቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
21 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fadd 53 የ ተመረጠውን ፋይል(ሎች) ወደ አሁኑ ገጽታ መጨመሪያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiles 112 ዝግጁ የ ፋይሎች ዝርዝር: ይምረጡ ፋይል(ሎች) እርስዎ መጨመር የሚፈልጉትን እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ. ሁሉንም ፋይሎች ለ መጨመር ወደ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ይጫኑ ሁሉንም መጨመሪያ.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiletype 53 እርስዎ መጨመር የሚፈልጉትን አይነት ፋይል ይምረጡ
f .uno%3AGridMenu 3a የ መጋጠሚያ ባህሪዎች ማሳያ ማሰናጃ
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 7f በ ተንሸራታች ወይንም ገጽ ላይ የ መጋጠሚያ መስመሮች ከ እቃው ፊት ለ ፊት ማሳያ
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 7f በ ተንሸራታች ወይንም ገጽ ላይ የ መጋጠሚያ መስመሮች ከ እቃው ፊት ለ ፊት ማሳያ
17 .uno%3AHelplinesVisible 7f በ ተንሸራታች ወይንም ገጽ ላይ የ መጋጠሚያ መስመሮች ከ እቃው ፊት ለ ፊት ማሳያ
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 41 የ መቁረጫ መስመሮች ምርጫ ማሳያ መወሰኛ
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 10f መክፈቻ የ ብዙሀን መገናኛ ማጫወቻ መስኮት እርስዎ በ ቅድመ እይታ የሚያዩበት ሙቪ እና ድምፅ ፋይሎች እንዲሁም የሚያስገቡበት እነዚህን ፋይሎች ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
25 vnd.sun.star.findbar%3AFocusToFindbar a6 መቀያየሪያ የሚታየውን የ መፈለጊያ እቃ መደርደሪያ ለ ጽሁፍ መቃኛ ወይንም ሰነዶችን በ አካል መፈለጊያ
e .uno%3ASidebar a4 The Sidebar is a vertical graphical user interface that primarily provides contextual properties, style management, document navigation, and media gallery features.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 58 ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ ቪዲዮ ወይንም ድምፅ ማስገቢያ
36 desktop%3ACheckBox%3ATP_UPDATE_CHECK%3ACB_UPDATE_CHECK 5c እርስዎ መፈለግ ይችላሉ ማሻሻያ በ እጅ ወይንም ራሱ በራሱ
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchangepath 4a ይጫኑ ለ መምረጥ ፎልደር ፋይሎቹ የሚወርዱበት
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautodownload 10d ራሱ በራሱ ማሻሻያ እንዲፈልግ ለማስቻል ምልክት ያድርጉ: ይምረጡ %PRODUCTNAME - በ መስመር ላይ ማሻሻያ ምርጫ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይህን ገጽታ ለ ማስቻል ወይንም ለ ማሰናከል
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_CANCEL 52 ማውረዱን ማቋረጫ እና በ ከፊል የ ወረደወን ማጥፊያ
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_RESUME 39 የ ተቋረጠውን የሚወርደውን መቀጠያ
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_INSTALL 2f የወረደውን ማሻሻያ መግጠሚያ
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD 10c ማሻሻያ ፋይል ማውረጃ እና ማስቀመጫ ወደ ዴስክቶፕ ወይንም ፎልደር እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ: ፎልደር ይምረጡ በ %PRODUCTNAME - መስመር ላይ ማሻሻያ ምርጫዎች ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD2 10c ማሻሻያ ፋይል ማውረጃ እና ማስቀመጫ ወደ ዴስክቶፕ ወይንም ፎልደር እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ: ፎልደር ይምረጡ በ %PRODUCTNAME - መስመር ላይ ማሻሻያ ምርጫዎች ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DLG 161 ዝግጁ ማሻሻያ ይፈልጋል ለ እርስዎ እትም ለ %PRODUCTNAME. አዲስ እትም ዝግጁ ከሆነ: እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ለማውረድ: ከ ወረደ በኋላ እርስዎ በቂ የ መጻፍ ፍቃድ ካለዎት ለ መግጠሚያ ዳይሬክቶሪ ላይ: ማሻሻያውን መግጠም ይችላሉ
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_PAUSE 5a የሚወርደውን ማስቆሚያ: በኋላ ይጫኑ ማውረዱን ለመቀጠል
21 SFX2_HID_DLG_CHECKFORONLINEUPDATE 161 ዝግጁ ማሻሻያ ይፈልጋል ለ እርስዎ እትም ለ %PRODUCTNAME. አዲስ እትም ዝግጁ ከሆነ: እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ለማውረድ: ከ ወረደ በኋላ እርስዎ በቂ የ መጻፍ ፍቃድ ካለዎት ለ መግጠሚያ ዳይሬክቶሪ ላይ: ማሻሻያውን መግጠም ይችላሉ
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_DISABLE 36 ተጨማሪ ማስቻያ ወይንም ማሰናከያ
a 2180256277 75 ይምረጡ ተጨማሪ እርስዎ ማስወገድ የሚፈልጉትን: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማስወገጃ
a 2180256279 75 ይምረጡ ተጨማሪ እርስዎ ማሰናከል የሚፈልጉትን: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማሰናከያ
a 2180256278 6f ይምረጡ ተጨማሪ እርስዎ ማስቻል የሚፈልጉትን: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማስቻያ
34 desktop%2Fui%2Fshowlicensedialog%2FShowLicenseDialog d0 ፍቃዱን ያንብቡ: ይጫኑ መሸብለያውን ወደ ታች ለ መሸብለል አስፈላጊ ከሆነ: ይጫኑ እቀበላለሁ እና ለ መቀጠል ተጨማሪውን ለ መግጠም
a 2180256276 37 ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ ተጨማሪ ለ መጨመር
5 42769 e3 ይምረጡ ተጨማሪ እርስዎ ማስወገድ: ማስቻል: ወይንም ማሰናከል የሚፈልጉትን: ለ አንዳንድ ተጨማሪዎች: እርስዎ መክፈት ይችላሉ የ ምርጫ ንግግር
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_OPTIONS 80 ይምረጡ የ ተገጠመ ተጨማሪ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ለ መክፈት የ ምርጫ ንግግር ለ ተጨማሪ
5 42772 a4 የ ተጨማሪ አስተዳዳሪ መጨመር: ማስወገድ: ማሰናከል: ማስቻል እና ማሻሻል ያስችላል %PRODUCTNAME ተጨማሪዎች
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fexpander 71 ይጫኑ ለ ማሳየት ወይንም ለ መደበቅ የ ፋይል መካፈያ ማለፊያ ቃል ምርጫ
11 SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC 34 እንደ-ገና ያስገቡ የመግቢያ ቃል
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm2ed 34 እንደ-ገና ያስገቡ የመግቢያ ቃል
26 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FconfirmpassEntry 34 እንደ-ገና ያስገቡ የመግቢያ ቃል
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm1ed 34 እንደ-ገና ያስገቡ የመግቢያ ቃል
10 HID_PASSWD_TABLE 50 የ መግቢያ ቃል ይጻፉ: የ መግቢያ ቃል case sensitive ነው
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 41 ዋናውን የመግቢያ ቃል እንደ ገና ያስገቡ
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 ac ይጻፉ ዋናውን የ መግቢያ ቃል: ፍቃድ የሌላቸውን ተጠቃሚዎች ለ መከልከል በ መግቢያ ቃል የሚጠበቅ ሰነድ ጋር
39 uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2FSetMasterPasswordDialog 8b ዋናውን የ መግቢያ ቃል መመደቢያ እንዲጠብቅ በ መግቢያ ቃል የ ተቀመጡት ጋር ለ መድረስ
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Flocation 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fselect 44 መክፈቻ የ ምስክር ወረቀት መምረጫ ንግግር
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcert 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpdfsignpage 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablea11y 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeform 40 የፎርም ሜዳዎችን መሙላት ብቻ የተፈቀደ
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeinsdel 5c ማስገቢያ: ማጥፊያ እና ገጾችን ማዞሪያ ብቻ የተፈቀደ ነው
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangenone 39 ምንም ይዞታውን መቀየር አይፈቀድም
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprinthigh 44 ሰነዱን በ ከፍተኛ ሪዞሊሽን ማተም ይቻላል
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintnone 37 ሰነዱን ማተም የ ተፈቀደ አይደለም
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopeninternet 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopenpdf c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fdefault 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fconvert d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexport 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2FPdfLinksPage 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblelevel 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fformat 3f Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintlow 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2FPdfViewPage 63 ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል የ ገጽ ይዞታዎች ብቻ የሚያሳይ
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Foutline 93 ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል ምልክት ማድረጊያ መደርደሪያ እና የ ገጽ ይዞታዎች የሚያሳይ
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fforms 8c ይምረጡ የ PDF ፎርም ለ መፍጠር: ይህ በ ተጠቃሚ ሊሞላ እና ሊታተም የሚችል የ PDF ሰነድ ነው
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Femptypages 18a If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to pdf file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. The previous chapter ends on an odd page. %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fcomments 93 ይምረጡ አስተያየቶች ለ መላክ ከ መጻፊያ እና ሰንጠረዥ ሰነዶች ውስጥ እንደ PDF ማስታወሻዎች
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpages 4b እርስዎ በ ሳጥን ውስጥ የጻፉትን ገጾች መላኪያ
34 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblebookmark 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fbookmarks ef Select to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Outline Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeany 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fall a5 ሁሉንም የ ተገለጹ የ ማተሚያ መጠኖች መላኪያ: ምንም የ ማተሚያ መጠን ካልተገለጸ ጠቅላላ ሰነዱ ይላካል
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontfacinglayout 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
1f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Ftsa 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2FPdfUserInterfacePage 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
27 FILTER_EDIT_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_ED_PAGES 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Frange 4b እርስዎ በ ሳጥን ውስጥ የጻፉትን ገጾች መላኪያ
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fallowdups 98 Allows to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fselection 27 የ አሁኑን ምርጫ መላኪያ
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpdfa 15d መቀየሪያ ወደ የ PDF/A-1a አቀራረብ: ይህ የ ተገለጸው እንደ ኤሌክትሮኒክ ሰነድ ፋይል አቀራረብ ራጅም ጊዜ ለማስቀመጥ ነው: ሁሉም ፊደሎች በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ የ ተጠቀሙባቸው ይጣበቃሉ ከ መነጨው የ PDF ፋይል ጋር: የ PDF tags ይጻፋል
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexporturl 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpage 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Flosslesscompress 76 ለ ምስሎች ያልላላ ማመቂያ መምረጫ: ሁሉም ፒክስሎች እንደ ነበሩ ይጠበቃሉ
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fsinglelayout 67 ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል አንድ ገጽ በ አንድ ጊዜ የሚያሳይ
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffirstonleft 101 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Ftagged 64 ይምረጡ ለ መጻፍ የ PDF tags. ይህ የ ፋይሉን መጠን በጣም ይጨምራል
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpageonly 63 ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል የ ገጽ ይዞታዎች ብቻ የሚያሳይ
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Feffects 4c Select to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
2d filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangecomment 5f በ ፎርም ሜዳዎች ላይ አስተያየት እና መሙላት ብቻ የተፈቀደ
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fsetpassword 65 ይጫኑ ለ መክፈት ንግግር እርስዎ የ መግቢያ ቃል የሚያስገቡበት
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2FPdfSecurityPage 65 ይጫኑ ለ መክፈት ንግግር እርስዎ የ መግቢያ ቃል የሚያስገቡበት
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fembed 68 This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Freason 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Freduceresolution 9b ይምረጡ ለ እንደገና ናሙና ወይንም ዝቅ-ለማድረግ የ ምስሎችን ቁጥር ወደ ዝቅተኛ ፒክስል በ ኢንች
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fresolution 40 ለ ምስሎች የታለመውን ሪዞሊሽን ይምረጡ
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fthumbs 8e ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል የ አውራ ጥፍር መደርደሪያ እና የ ገጽ ይዞታዎች የሚያሳይ
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fjpegcompress ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwin 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fopen 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fallbookmarks 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitdefault b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fquality 3a ለ JPEG ማመቂያ የ ጥራት ደረጃ ያስገቡ
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwidth 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcontact 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitvis 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablecopy 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpassword 60 Enter the password used for protecting the private key associated with the selected certificate.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fdefaultlayout 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fdisplay 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontlayout 73 ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል ተከታታይ ገጾች በ ቁመት አምድ የሚያሳይ
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fmenubar 6f ይምረጡ ለ መደበቅ የ አንባቢውን ዝርዝር መደርደሪያ ሰነዱ ንቁ ሲሆን
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fresize 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fcenter 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Ftoolbar 69 ይምረጡ ለ መደበቅ የ አንባቢውን እቃ መደርደሪያ ሰነዱ ንቁ ሲሆን
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fwindow 62 ይምረጡ ለ መደበቅ የ አንባቢውን መቆጣጠሪያ ሰነዱ ንቁ ሲሆን
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
23 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fcancel 44 መከልከያ macros እንዲዳይሄድ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
1f uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fok 3b መፍቀጃ macros እንዲሄድ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FviewSignsButton 43 መክፈቻ ንግግር እርስዎ ፊርማ የሚያዩበት
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FalwaysTrustCheckbutton 6d የ አሁኑን macro ምንጭ ወደ ዝርዝር መጨመሪያ ከ የሚታመኑ ምንጮች ጋር.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FMacroWarnMedium 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
23 SFX2_HID_WARNING_SECURITY_HYPERLINK 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fviewcert 96 መክፈቻ የ ምስክር ወረቀት መመልከቻ ንግግር: የ ተመረጠውን የ ምስክር ወረቀት የሚመረምሩበት
43 xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_CERTCHOOSER%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 96 መክፈቻ የ ምስክር ወረቀት መመልከቻ ንግግር: የ ተመረጠውን የ ምስክር ወረቀት የሚመረምሩበት
2c XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_CHOOSESIGNATURES 7f ይምረጡ እርስዎ የሚፈልጉትን የምስክር ወረቀት ለ ዲጂታል ፊርማ ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
27 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesdetails 2d Switches the display to show or hide details.
20 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fname 16 ስሙን ያስገቡ
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesremove 73 የ አሁኑን ሁኔታ ማጥፊያ: እርስዎ የ መጨረሻውን ሁኔታ ማጥፋት አይችሉም
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelslist 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2FDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsadd 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
1f svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Ftoolbar 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsremove 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsbutton 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
1d svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Fitems 41 ለ አሁኑ ሁኔታ የሚገባው እቃዎች ዝርዝር
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstances 85 ይህ ቁልፍ ንዑስ ዝርዝር አለው: ሁኔታዎችን ለ መጨመር: ለማረም: ወይንም ለማስወገድ
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsedit 49 የተመረጠውን የ Xform ክፍል እንደገና መሰየሚያ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesadd 53 እርስዎ አዲስ ሁኔታ የሚያስገቡበት ንግግር መክፈቻ
22 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fmodify d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesedit 53 እርስዎ አዲስ ሁኔታ የሚያሻሽሉበት ንግግር መክፈቻ
27 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
29 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
22 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
1f SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fcalculate 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonly 1f Declares the item as read-only.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2FAddDataItemDialog 48 Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraint 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fdatatype 3f ለ ተመረጠው እቃ የ ዳታ አይነት ይምረጡ
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonlycond 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraintcond 1f Declares the item as read-only.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fname 24 የ እቃውን ስም ያስገቡ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fvalue 3b ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ነባር ዋጋ ማስገቢያ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevant 1e Declares the item as relevant.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequired 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequiredcond 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevantcond 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
24 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fedit 4f Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
29 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fcondition 1c ሁኔታውን ያስገቡ
32 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2FAddConditionDialog 5b Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fedit 33 የተመረጠውን የስም ቦታ ማረሚያ
23 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fdelete 33 የተመረጠውን የስም ቦታ ማጥፊያ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fadd 3f አዲስ የ ስም ቦታ ወደ ዝርዝር መጨመሪያ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fnamespaces 34 Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH 38 Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN 125 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES f3 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The semantics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
21 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE ac Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL 43 Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION 71 Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME d1 Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
24 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE 5a Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS 5b Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH 30 Specifies the number of characters for a string.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE 41 Select a data type which the control should be validated against.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 9c ይጫኑ ፋይል በቀጥታ ማተሚያ ምልክትለማተም ንቁ የሆነውን ሰነድ በ አሁኑ ነባር የማተሚያ ማሰናጃ
13 .uno%3AVerticalText 272 እርስዎ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ በ መጫን ወይንም በ መጎተት የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን መሳያ: ይጫኑ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ በማንኛውም ቦታ እና ከዛ ይጻፉ ወይንም የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ይለጥፉ: እርስዎ እንዲሁም መጠቆሚያውን ማንቀሳቀስ እና እርስዎ በሚፈልጉበት ቦታ ጽሁፍ ማስገባት ይችላሉ: የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ይጎትቱ: እና ከዛ ይጻፉ ወይንም ይለጥፉ የ እርስዎን ጽሁፍ: ይህ ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ እሲያ ቋንቋ ሲያስችሉ ነው
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 2ae አራት ማእዘን የ መጥሪያ መስመር መሳያ በ ቁመት የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ እርስዎ የሚጎትቱበት በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ይጎትቱ የ መጥሪያውን እጄታ ይዘው መጥሪያውን ለ መመጠን: ጽሁፍ ለ መጨመር: ይጫኑ የ መጥሪያውን ጠርዝ: እና ጽሁፍ ይጻፉ ወይንም ይለጥፉ: ለ መቀየር አራት ማእዘን የ መጥሪያ መስመር ወደ የተከበበ መጥሪያ: ይጎትቱ ትልቁን የ ጠርዝ እጄታ መጠቆሚያው ወደ እጅ ሲቀየር: ይህ ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ እሲያ ቋንቋ ድጋፍ ሲያስችሉ ነው
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 256 አራት ማእዘን የ መጥሪያ መስመር መሳያ በ አግድም የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ እርስዎ የሚጎትቱበት በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ይጎትቱ የ መጥሪያውን እጄታ ይዘው መጥሪያውን ለ መመጠን: ጽሁፍ ለ መጨመር: ይጫኑ የ መጥሪያውን ጠርዝ: እና ጽሁፍ ይጻፉ ወይንም ይለጥፉ: ለ መቀየር አራት ማእዘን የ መጥሪያ መስመር ወደ የተከበበ መጥሪያ: ይጎትቱ ትልቁን የ ጠርዝ እጄታ መጠቆሚያው ወደ እጅ ሲቀየር
b .uno%3ALine c8 በመጎተት ቀጥተኛ መስመር መሳያ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: መስመሩን ወደ 45 ዲግሪዎች ለማስገደድ: በሚጎትቱ ጊዜ ተጭነው ይያዙ Shift
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee 174 የሚንቀሳቀስ ጽሁፍ ማስገቢያ በ አግድም የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ይጎትቱ የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን እና ከዛ ይጻፉ ወይንም ይለጥፉ የ እርስዎን ጽሁፍ: የ እንቅስቃሴ ውጤት ለ መፈጸም: ይምረጡ አቀራረብ - ጽሁፍ - ጽሁፍ እንቅስቃሴ .
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 125 Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line.
f .uno%3ADrawText 250 እርስዎ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ በ መጫን ወይንም በ መጎተት የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን መሳያ: ይጫኑ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ በማንኛውም ቦታ እና ከዛ ይጻፉ ወይንም የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ይለጥፉ: እርስዎ እንዲሁም መጠቆሚያውን ማንቀሳቀስ እና እርስዎ በሚፈልጉበት ቦታ ጽሁፍ ማስገባት ይችላሉ: የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ይጎትቱ: እና ጽሁፍ ይጻፉ ወይንም ይለጥፉ: የዞረ ጽሁፍ ለማግኘት የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥኑን ያዙሩ
e .uno%3AEllipse 12a በመጎተት oval መሳያ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: oval እንዲጀምር የሚፈልጉበት ቦታ ይጫኑ እና ይጎትቱ የሚፈልጉት መጠን ላይ እስኪደርስ ድረስ: ክብ ለ መሳል በ ሚጎትቱ ጊዜ ተጭነው ይያዙ Shift ቁልፍ
b .uno%3ARect 15b በመጎተት አራት ማእዘን ሳጥን መሳያ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: አራት ማእዘኑ እንዲጀምር የሚፈልጉበት ቦታ ይጫኑ እና ይጎትቱ የሚፈልጉት መጠን ላይ እስኪደርስ ድረስ: ስኴር ለ መሳል በ ሚጎትቱ ጊዜ ተጭነው ይያዙ Shift ቁልፍ
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 15c Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.
a .uno%3AArc 208 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ቅስት መሳያ: ቅስት ለ መሳል: ይጎትቱ oval እርስዎ በሚፈልጉት መጠን: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ለ መግለጽ የ ቅስት መጀመሪያ ነጥብ ለ መወሰን: እና ከዛ ያንቀሳቅሱ መጠቆሚያውን ወደ መጨረሻው ነጥብ እና ከዛ እርስዎ መጫን የለብዎትም በ oval ላይ: ቅስት ለ መሳል ክብ መሰረት ያደረገ: ተጭነው ይያዙ Shift ቁልፍ በሚጎትቱ ጊዜ
a .uno%3APie 17e Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw e0 ይጫኑ ለመክፈት ወይንም ለመዝጋት የ መሳያ እቃ መደርደሪያ ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ቅርጾች፡ መስመሮች፡ ጽሁፍ እና መጥሪያዎች መጨመር ያስችሎታል
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled 156 እርስዎ በ መጎተት በ ነፃ መስመር መፍጠሪያ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ መሳል ይችላሉ: መስመሩን ለ መጨረስ: ይልቀቁ የ አይጥ መጠቆሚያውን: የ ተከበበ ቅርጽ ለ መፍጠር: የ አይጥ ቁልፉን ይልቀቁ በ መስመሩ መጀመሪያ አጠገብ
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 1a6 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 44 መክፈቻ የ ንድፍ መፍጠሪያ እቃ መደርደሪያ
d .uno%3AConfig 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 36 ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥን መፍጠሪያ
b .uno%3AEdit 27 የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን መፍጠሪያ
11 .uno%3APushbutton 2a የ መግፊያ ቁልፍ መፍጠሪያ
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 2a የ ሜዳ አቀራረብ መፍጠሪያ
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 27 የ ምርጫ ቁልፍ መፍጠሪያ
e .uno%3AListBox 2a የ ዝርዝር ሳጥን መፍጠሪያ
c .uno%3ALabel 2e ሜዳ መፍጠሪያ ጽሁፍ ለ ማሳያ
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Creates a combo box.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 4a መክፈቻ የ ተጨማሪ መቆጣጠሪያ እቃ መደርደሪያ
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 4e የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ንድፍ ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 51 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ገንዘብ ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 4e የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ቁጥር ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 4e የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ሰአት ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 4b የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ቀን ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 64 Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 51 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ተቀይሯል
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 59 የተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ምስል መቆጣጠሪያ ይቀየራል
15 .uno%3AConvertToCombo 57 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ መቀላቀያ ሳጥን ተቀይሯል
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 51 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ፋይል ምርጫ ተቀይሯል
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 4a የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ምልክት ተቀይሯል
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 54 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ተቀይሯል
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 64 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥን ተቀይሯል
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 47 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ቁልፍ ተቀይሯል
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 51 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ምስል ቁልፍ ተቀይሯል
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 54 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ አቀራረብ ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 51 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ምርጫ ቁልፍ ተቀይሯል
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshowcoldialog%2FShowColDialog e6 በ አምዶች ማሳያ ንግግር ውስጥ እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ የሚታየውን አምድ: ተጭነው ይያዙ የ Shift ወይንም Ctrl ቁልፍ በርካታ ማስገቢያዎች ለመምረጥ
14 SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE 34 መጥሪያ የ አምዶች ማሳያ ንግግር
f SID_FM_SHOWCOLS 73 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መጥሪያ እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት አምዶች እንደገና እንዲታዩ
e SID_FM_HIDECOL 2f የተመረጠውን አምድ መደበቂያ
10 SID_FM_DELETECOL 36 አሁን የተመረጠውን አምድ ማጥፊያ
12 SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS 4a ይጫኑ ሁሉንም ሁሉንም አምዶች ማሳየት ከፈለጉ
10 SID_FM_CHANGECOL aa መክፈቻ የ ንዑስ ዝርዝር ለ መምረጥ የ ዳታ ሜዳ ለ መቀየር የ ዳታ ሜዳ በ ሰንጠረዥ መቆጣጠሪያ የተመረጠውን
10 SID_FM_INSERTCOL 48 Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 60 የ ተመረጠውን መቆጣጠሪያ ባህሪዎች ለማረም ንግግር መክፈቻ
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ORIENTATION 50 Specifies the horizontal or vertical orientation for a scrollbar or spin button.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLE_VISIBLE 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
5 37929 54 Specifies to show or hide the navigation items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
5 37928 55 Specifies to show or hide the positioning items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
5 37930 50 Specifies to show or hide the action items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
13 HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE 31 Resizes the image to fit the size of the control.
12 HID_PROP_FORMATKEY 5a Specifies the format code for the control. Click the ... button to select the format code.
c HID_PROP_TAG 4d Specifies additional information or a descriptive text for the control field.
d HID_PROP_FONT 3a Select the font for the text that is in the control field.
15 HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE 3f You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control.
13 HID_PROP_TARGET_URL 59 Specifies the URL address that opens when you click an "Open document / web page" button.
18 HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP 2a የ ሺዎች መለያያ ማስገቢያ
10 HID_PROP_TABSTOP 54 The Tabstop property determines if a control field can be selected with the tab key.
19 HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION 65 Determines if the currency symbol is displayed before or after the number when using currency fields.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXT 34 Sets the default text for a text box or a combo box.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME 20 ነባር ሰአት ማሰናጃ
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BLOCKINCREMENT 5e Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks next to the slider on the scrollbar.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX 5a ከፍተኛ ዋጋ ለ መሸብለያ መደርደሪያ መቆጣጠሪያ መወሰኛ
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEEND_FORMAT 5e For text fields, select the line end code to be used when writing text into a database column.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE 1d ነባር ቀን ማሰናጃ
19 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
18 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_CHECKED 80 መወሰኛ የ ምርጫ ወይንም የ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥኖች ይመረጡ እንዲሆን በ ነባር
11 HID_PROP_TABINDEX 75 The Tab order property determines the order in which the controls are focused in the form when you press the Tab key.
f HID_PROP_BORDER 62 Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".
16 HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR 59 Specifies whether to display the navigation bar on the lower border of the table control.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HEIGHT 38 የመቆጣጠሪያውን እርዝመት መግለጫ
10 HID_PROP_ENABLED 69 If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user will be able to use the control field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ANCHOR_TYPE 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
12 HID_PROP_PRINTABLE 50 Specifies whether you want the control field to appear in a document's printout.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMIN 50 ተጠቃሚ ማስገባት የሚችለው አነስተኛ ጊዜ መወሰኛ
11 HID_PROP_TRISTATE 77 Specifies whether a check box can also represent ZERO values of a linked database apart from the TRUE and FALSE values.
12 HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT 32 Specifies the row height of a table control field.
12 HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR b5 If the text box is used as a password input, enter the ASCII-code of the display character. This character is displayed instead of the characters typed by the user for the password.
5 37933 cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
11 HID_PROP_DROPDOWN 42 Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (Yes) or not (No).
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FOCUSONCLICK 5e If you set this option to "Yes", the Push Button receives the focus when you click the button.
15 HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER 73 Specifies whether the first column is displayed with row labels, in which the current record is marked by an arrow.
1c HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE 29 Sets the default value for the scrollbar.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SYMBOLCOLOR 53 Specifies the color for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.
5 37927 52 Specifies whether the icons in a selected Navigation Bar should be small or large.
13 HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT 41 Here, you can determine the format you want for the date readout.
15 HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY 3d Specifies the delay in milliseconds between repeating events.
11 HID_PROP_EDITMASK 75 Defines the edit mask. By specifying a character code you can determine what the user can enter in the control field.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TOGGLE 122 Specifies if a Push Button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the spacebar while the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH 32 የመቆጣጠሪያውን ስፋት መግለጫ
15 HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL 32 Specifies the source for the label of the control.
5 37931 5f Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
17 HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL 3e You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.
e HID_PROP_WIDTH 31 Sets the column width in the table control field.
47 modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Flabelselectiondialog%2FLabelSelectionDialog 5e Check the No assignment box to remove the link between a control and the assigned label field.
5 37967 92 መወሰኛ የ ድንበር ቀለም ለ መቆጣጠሪያ የ ድንበር ባህሪ ማሰናጃ "ጠፍጣፋ" እይታ እንዳላቸው
d HID_PROP_SPIN 6e The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.
12 HID_PROP_LINECOUNT 8b Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.
17 HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION 73 እርስዎን ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከ አንድ በላይ እቃ መምረጥ ያስችሎታል
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONX 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
e HID_PROP_ALIGN 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
19 HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY 4c Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.
11 HID_PROP_HELPTEXT 5b Provides the option of entering a help text that will be displayed as a tip on the control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISIBLESIZE bb Specifies the size of scrollbar thumb in "value units". A value of ("Scroll value max." minus "Scroll value min." ) / 2 would result in a thumb which occupies half of the background area.
13 HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT 67 እርስዎ መግለጽ ይችላሉ እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን የ ጊዜ አቀራረብ
e HID_PROP_LABEL 55 The Label property sets the label of the control field that is displayed in the form.
13 HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE 51 The Action property determines the action that occurs when you activate a button.
1b HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ 3a Specifies the list box entry to mark as the default entry.
12 HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL 6f The Graphics property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
15 HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE 52 የ በራሱ መሙያ ተግባር መመደቢያ ለ መቀላቀያ ሳጥን
12 HID_PROP_VALUESTEP 21 Determines spin button intervals.
15 HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT 5b If the strict format function is activated (Yes), only the allowed characters are accepted.
17 HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST 105 Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the List entries field and type your text.
15 HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME 6b Specifies the target frame to display the document that is opened by the "Open document / web page" action.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMIN 54 ተጠቃሚ ማስገባት የሚችለውን የ ቅድሚያ ቀን መወሰኛ
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEINCREMENT 5a Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks the arrow icon on the scrollbar.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WHEEL_BEHAVIOR 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
10 HID_PROP_HELPURL 83 Specifies a batch label in URL spelling which refers to a help document and which can be called with the help of the control field.
d HID_PROP_NAME 9f On the Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the Form Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.
10 HID_PROP_HSCROLL 88 እርስዎ የወሰኑትን አይነት የ መሸብለያ መደርደሪያ ወደ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ውስጥ መጨመሪያ
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPININCREMENT 58 Determines intervals to add or subtract with each activation of the spin button control.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONY 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
5 37965 6c Specifies whether a text selection on a control remains selected when a the focus is no longer on a control.
17 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON 73 The Default button property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMAX 54 Determines a date which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
13 HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN 41 Defines the maximum number of characters that the user can enter.
14 HID_PROP_LITERALMASK 76 Defines the literal mask. The literal mask contains the initial values and is always visible after downloading a form.
11 HID_PROP_READONLY 49 Determines if the control is read-only (Yes) or if it can be edited (No).
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMAX 54 Determines a time which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
f HID_PROP_REPEAT 7d Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WORDBREAK 24 Displays text on more than one line.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN 5d አነስተኛ ዋጋ ለ መሸብለያ መደርደሪያ መቆጣጠሪያ መወሰኛ
18 HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR 2f Sets the background color of the control field.
5 37966 c5 መወሰኛ የ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥኖች እና ምርጫ ቁልፎች ይታዩ እንደሆን በ 3ዲ መመልከቻ (ነባር) ወይንም በ ጠፍጣፋ መመልከቻ
18 HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE 5a Enter a cell range that contains the entries for a list box or combo box on a spreadsheet.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_UNCHECKEDREFVALUE 112 Check boxes and radio buttons in spreadsheets can be bound to cells in the current document. If the control is enabled, the value you enter in Reference value (on) is copied to the cell. If the control is disabled, the value from Reference value (off) is copied to the cell.
13 HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL 85 Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell contents.
1b HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE 4a Select the mode of linking a list box with a linked cell on a spreadsheet.
11 HID_PROP_REFVALUE d3 You can enter a reference value for the web form, which will be remitted to a server when sending the form. With database forms, the value entered is written in the database field, assigned to the control field.
16 HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE 49 Specifies the field of the data source table to which the control refers.
14 HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN a9 Use an index to specify the table field or table SQL query to link to the field that is provided under Data field. Valid values for this property are 1, 2, 3, and so on.
16 HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL c9 Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
13 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE b3 With database forms, specifies the data source for the list content of the form-element. This field can be used to define a value list for documents without a database connection.
17 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE 3e Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes.
17 HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL f9 While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the Data tab of the corresponding Properties dialog. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.
13 HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED b4 የ አይጥ ቁልፍ ተጭነዋል ሁኔታ የሚፈጠረው የ አይጥ ቁልፍ ሲጫኑ ነው: የ አይጥ መጠቆሚያ በ መቆጣጠር ላይ እንዳለ
12 HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED 85 የ አይጥ ተንቀሳቅሷል ሁኔታ የሚፈጠረው አይጡ ሲንቀሳቀስ ነው በ መቆጣጠሪያው ላይ
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
1e HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
17 HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
f HID_EVT_CHANGED 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
13 HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED 54 The Text modified event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.
18 HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED 59 The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.
15 HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED b4 የ አይጥ ቁልፍ ለቅቀዋል ሁኔታ የሚፈጠረው የ አይጥ ቁልፍ ሲለቁ ነው: የ አይጥ መጠቆሚያ በ መቆጣጠር ላይ እንዳለ
11 HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST 4c The When losing focus event takes place if a control field looses the focus.
13 HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
10 HID_EVT_KEYTYPED 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
d HID_EVT_KEYUP 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
18 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
16 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD 40 Specifies the method to transfer the completed form information.
15 HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
13 HID_EVT_POSITIONING 53 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.
11 HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE 4b The Before record action event occurs before the current record is changed.
e HID_EVT_LOADED 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
15 HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
13 HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
17 HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
11 HID_EVT_SUBMITTED 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
11 HID_EVT_RELOADING 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
10 HID_EVT_RESETTED 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
10 HID_EVT_RELOADED 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
11 HID_EVT_UNLOADING 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
12 HID_EVT_POSITIONED 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
10 HID_EVT_UNLOADED 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
14 HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
15 HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS 3a ዳታ ማጥፋት ይቻል እንደሆን መወሰኛ
14 HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS 3a ዳታ ማሻሻል ይቻል እንደሆን መወሰኛ
13 HID_PROP_DATASOURCE 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
15 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
19 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
e HID_PROP_CYCLE 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
18 HID_PROP_FILTER_CRITERIA 8c Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause.
16 HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS 3a ዳታ መጨመር ይቻል እንደሆን መወሰኛ
1a HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
12 HID_PROP_DATAENTRY a4 መወሰኛ ፎርሙ አዲስ ዳታ እንዲጨመር መፍቀጃ (አዎ) ወይንም ሌላ ባህሪ ያለቸው እንዲጨመር መፍቀጃ (አይ)
13 HID_PROP_NAVIGATION 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FautoB 98 ይጫኑ የ ራሱ በራሱ መለያ ቁልፍ ራሱ በራሱ እንዲለይ መቆጣጠሪያዎችን በ ቦታቸው በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FdownB a2 ይጫኑ የወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ ቁልፍ የተመረጠውን መቆጣጠሪያ ለ መቀየር አንድ ቦታ ወደ ታች በ tab ደንብ
2a modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FupB a6 ይምረጡ የ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ ቁልፍ የተመረጠውን መቆጣጠሪያ ለ መቀየር አንድ ቦታ ወደ ላይ በ tab ደንብ
2f modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FCTRLtree 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
d HID_FIELD_SEL 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode 161 የ ንድፍ ዘዴ ማብሪያ ወይንም ማጥፊያ መቀያየሪያ: ይህ ተግባር የሚጠቅመው በፍጥነት ለ መቀየር ነው በ ንድፍ እና የተጠቃሚ ዘዴ መካከል: ያስነሱ ለ ማረም የ ፎርም መቆጣጠሪያዎች ያስቦዝኑ የ ፎርም መቆጣጠሪያዎች ለመጠቀም
14 SID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT 3d የ ተመረጠውን እቃ እንደገና መሰየሚያ
d SID_FM_DELETE 1b Deletes the selected entry.
11 SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
f SID_FM_NEW_FORM 3c አዲስ ፎርም በ ሰነድ ውስጥ መፍጠሪያ:
a SID_FM_NEW c5 አዲስ አካላቶች ወደ ፎርም ውስጥ መጨመሪያ: የ መጨመሪያ ተግባር መጥራት የሚቻለው ፎርም ከ ተመረጠ ብቻ ነው በ ፎርም መቃኛ.
12 HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 57 ማስጀመሪያ የ ባህሪዎች ንግግር ለ ተመረጠው ማስገቢያ
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer d6 መክፈቻ የ ፎርም መቃኛ የ ፎርም መቃኛ ያሳያል ሁሉንም ፎርሞች እና ንዑስ ፎርሞች በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ከሚዛመዱት መቆጣጠሪያዎች ጋር
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Ftable 35 የሚፈልጉትን ሰንጠረዥ ይወስናል
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Fdatasource 57 የሚፈለገውን ሰንጠረዥ የያዘውን የ ዳታ ምንጭ መወሰኛ
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontentfieldpage%2Fselectfield 3f Displays the data fields that are accepted into the form field.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontenttablepage%2Ftable 76 In the Table field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.
3e DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD 4a Specifies the field whose data are to be shown in the combo or list boxes.
3e DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD 7a በ አዋቂው ገጽ ቀደም ብለው የ ተመረጡትን ሁሉንም የ ሰንጠረዥ ሜዳዎች ማሳያ
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Flisttable 5b Specifies the linked table data field, which is related to the specified value table field.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Fvaluefield 5d Specifies the current form data field which should be related to a field in the linked table.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 7a Specifies that the value of this combination field will not be written in the database and will only be saved in the form.
43 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 4b Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved.
3d modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 6d Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 55 መክፋቻ ፎርሞች በ ንድፍ ዘዴ ፎርሙን ማረም እንዲቻል
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 8b የ ፊደል ስም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ መምረጥ ወይንም የ ፊደል ስም በቀጥታ ማስገባት ያስችሎታ
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 94 የ ፊደል መጠኖች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ መምረጥ ወይንም የ ፊደል መጠን በቀጥታ ማስገባት ያስችሎታ
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRigh 38 የ ጽሁፍ የ አግድም አቅጣጫ መወሰኛ
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBotto 35 የ ጽሁፍ በ ቁመት አቅጣጫ መወሰኛ
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent e9 ይጫኑ የ ማስረጊያ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ለማሳነስ የ ግራ ማስረጊያውን በ አሁኑ አንቀጽ ውስጥ: ወይንም የ ክፍል ይዞታ እና ወደ ነባር tab ቦታ ለማሰናዳት
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent ed ይጫኑ የ ማስረጊያ መጨመሪያ ምልክት ለ መጨመር የ ግራ ማስረጊያውን በ አሁኑ አንቀጽ ውስጥ: ወይንም የ ክፍል ይዞታ እና ወደ ነባር tab ቦታ ለማሰናዳት
10 .uno%3ABackColor 1f7 የ አሁኑን ማድመቂያ ቀለም ወደ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ መደብ መፈጸሚያ: ምንም ጽሁፍ ካልተመረጠ: ይጫኑ የ ማድመቂያ ምልክት: ማድመቅ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ይምረጡ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ የ ማድመቂያ ምልክት እንደገና: የ ማድመቂያ ቀለም ለ መቀየር: ይጫኑ ቀስት አጠገብ ያለውን ማድመቂያ ምልክት እና ይጫኑ እርስዎ የሚፈልጉትን ቀለም
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 95 ይጫኑ የ ክፍተት መጨመሪያ ምልክት ለ መጨመር የ አንቀጹን ክፍተት ከ ላይ ለ ተመረጠው አንቀጽ
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 92 ይጫኑ የ ክፍተት መቀነሻ ምልክት ለ መቀነስ የ አንቀጹን ክፍተት ከ ላይ ለ ተመረጠው አንቀጽ
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle cc ይጫኑ የ ድንበሮች ምልክት ለ መክፈት የ ድንበሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ: የ ወረቀቱን ቦታ ወይንም የ እቃውን ድንበሮች የሚያሻሽሉበት
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 94 ይጫኑ ይህን ምልክት ለ መክፈት የ መስመር ዘዴ የ ድንበር መስመር ዘዴ እርስዎ የሚያሻሽሉበት
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor d7 ይጫኑ የ መስመር ቀለም (ለ ድንበር) ምልክት ለ መክፈት የ ድንበር ቀለም እቃ መደርደሪያ: የ እቃውን የ ድንበር ቀለም መቀየር ያስችሎታል
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 4e በ ማስቆሚያ ምርጫ መካከል መቀያየር ያስችሎታል:
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 9e በ እቃ መደርደሪያ ውስጥ ለ ረድፎች እና አምዶች በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ አጥጋቢ ተግባሮች የያዙ መክፈቻ
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle a7 መክፈቻ የ ቀስት ራስጌዎች እቃ መደርደሪያ: ምልክቶቹን ይጠቀሙ ለ ተመረጠው መስመር ዘዴዎችን ለ መግለጽ
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 29 የተመረጠውን እቃ ማዞሪያ
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 3a የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ማሰለፊያ ማሻሻያ
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 9f ለ ተመረጠው አንቀጽ የ ነጥብ ማስገቢያ መመደቢያ ወይንም ነጥብ ከ ተደረገባቸው አንቀጾች ማስወገጃ
e .uno%3AOpenUrl 9f Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
1c HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 5e ለ አሁኑ ዳታቤዝ ሰንጠረዥ ማረሚያ ማብሪያ ወይንም ማጥፊያ
b .uno%3AStop 5e Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click to interrupt all loading processes.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 4a Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
17 HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN 39 Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
14 HID_ICCDIALOG_OK_BTN 41 ዳታውን ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ላይ መፈጸሚያ
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN 2f ሳያስቀምጡ ንግግሩን መዝጊያ
1c .uno%3ACopyHyperlinkLocation 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
16 .uno%3ARemoveHyperlink 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CHOICECTRL 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
38 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
42 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
3b SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
3d cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
36 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
36 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_LOGIN 41 Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.
3e SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
43 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_FTP 19 Creates an FTP hyperlink.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fapply 3f Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialog.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
48 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_INTERNET 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
37 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_PASSWD 3f Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_INET_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
3f SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ABTN_BROWSE 3d Opens a web browser, into which you can load the desired URL.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fclose 64 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2FTreeListBox 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
3f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACBX_ANONYMOUS 3d Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.
39 SVX_IMAGEBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_BTN_ADRESSBOOK 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
16 HID_HYPERDLG_MAIL_PATH 67 Specifies the full URL of the addressee, in the form mailto:name@provider.com or news:group.server.com.
3a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_RB_LINKTYP_NEWS 28 Assigns a news address to the hyperlink.
2e SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_ED_SUBJECT 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
3a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_RB_LINKTYP_MAIL 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
3f SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_BROWSE 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
3b SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TARGET_DOC 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
41 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_FILEOPEN 33 Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
19 CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_DOC_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
45 SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_DOCUMENT_TYPES 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
42 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_CREATE 3a Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
3f cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_PATH_NEWDOC 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
44 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITLATER 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
42 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITNOW 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 2a የ አሁኑን መስኮት መዝጊያ
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ADMINISTRATE b3 Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases in the Options dialog box.
22 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_EDIT_DATABASE 4e የ ተመረጠውን የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ለማረሚያ መክፈቻ
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_RENAME_ENTRY c5 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
1e DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_CLOSECONN 68 Closes the connection to the data source. See %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections in the Options dialog box.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 4f የ ዳታ ምንጭ መቃኛ መመልከቻ ማብሪያ እና ማጥፊያ
f .uno%3ASortDown 4e የ ሜዳ ይዞታዎችን መለያ እየቀነሰ በሚሄድ ደንብ
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 6f አሁን የተመረጠውን የ ዳታ ሜዳ ይዞታ መሰረት ባደረገ መዝገብ ማጣሪያ
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 81 የ ማጣሪያ ማሰናጃ መሰረዣ: በ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ እና ሁሉንም መዝገቦች ማሳያ
1f HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW ad እንደገና መገንቢያ መመልከቻ የ ዳታቤዝ ሰንጠረዥ: ይህን ትእዛዝ ይጠቀሙ የ ሰንጠረዡን አካል በሚቀይሩ ጊዜ
e .uno%3ARefresh 29 የሚታየውን ዳታ ማነቃቂያ
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fautoformat e8 መክፈቻ በ በራሱ አቀራረብ ንግግር: እርስዎ የ አቀራረብ ዘዴዎች የሚመርጡበት እና ወዲያውኑ በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ማስገባት እና መፈጸም የሚችሉበት
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableformat ca መክፈቻ የ ሰንጠረዥ አቀራረብ ንግግር: እርስዎ የ ሰንጠረዥ ባህሪ መግለጽ የሚችሉበት: እንደ ድንበሮች እና አምዶች ስፋት ያሉ:
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Frowonly 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastable 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneleft 86 የ ተመረጠውን የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳ ማስወገጃ ከ  ሰንጠረዥ አምድ(ዶች) ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftablecols 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallright 94 ሁሉንም የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች ዝርዝር ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ሰንጠረዥ አምድ(ዶች) ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallleft 7b ሁሉንም የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳ ማስወገጃ ከ ሰንጠረዥ አምድ(ዶች) ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftabledbcols 5c ወደ ጽሁፍ ሰንጠረዥ የሚገባውን የ ዳታቤዝ አምድ መወሰኛ:
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneright 94 ሁሉንም የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች ዝርዝር ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ሰንጠረዥ አምድ(ዶች) ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fcolumnname 9b የ ሜዳ ስሞች ይጠቀማል ለ ዳታቤዝ ሰንጠረዥ እንደ ራስጌ ለ እያንዳንዱ የ ጽሁፍ ሰንጠረዥ አምዶች
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fnumformat 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ffromdatabase 2d የ ዳታቤዝ አቀራረብ መቀበያ
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableheading 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastext 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 46 የ ማጣሪያ ምርጫዎችን ማሰናዳት ያስችሎታል
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue3 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield3 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop3 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 3a Specifies the sort order (either ascending or descending).
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbStartOver 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbBackwards 63 Specifies that the search process will run in reverse direction, from the last to the first record.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForText 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbForm 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNull 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbAllFields 1c Searches through all fields.
21 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2Fclose 99 ንግግሩን መዝጊያ: የ መጨረሻው መፈለጊያ ማሰናጃ ይቀመጣል እርስዎ እስከሚያጠፉ ድረስ %PRODUCTNAME.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FpbSearchAgain 1d Starts or cancels the search.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbWildCard 27 Allows a search with a * or ? wildcard.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbPosition 45 Specifies the relationship of the search term and the field contents.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbUseFormat 57 Specifies that all field formats are considered when searching in the current document.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSingleField 28 Searches through a specified data field.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbRegular 30 በ መደበኛ አገላለጽ መፈለጊያ
2e cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNotNull 36 Specifies that fields will be found that contain data.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbCase 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 6d በ ሰንጠረዡ የተጣረው እና ያልተጣራው መመልከቻ መካከል መቀያየሪያ
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 79 ከ አሁኑ ሰነድ ጋር የ ተገናኘው ሰንጠረዥ: የ ዳታ ምንጭ መቃኛ ውስጥ ይታያል
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 3f Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fadd 3f አሁን የተመረጠውን ሰንጠረዥ ማስገቢያ
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fqueries 20 ጥያቄዎች ብቻ ማሳያ
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftables 23 ሰንጠረዦች ብቻ ማሳያ
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fclose 43 መዝጊያ የ ሰንጠረዥ መጨመሪያውን ንግግር
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftablelist 1b Lists the available tables.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 36 Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 8e የ "ተግባር" ረድፍ በ ታችኛው ክፍል ማሳያ በ ንድፍ መመልከቻ በ ጥያቄ ንድፍ መስኮት ውስጥ
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 67 የ "ሰንጠረዥ" ረድፍ በ ታችኛው ክፍል ማሳያ በ ጥያቄ ንድፍ ውስጥ.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 61 የ "ሀሰት" ረድፍ በ ታችኛው ክፍል ማሳያ በ ጥያቄ ንድፍ ውስጥ.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 66 Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 35 Allows you to select objects in the current document.
11 .uno%3ASourceView 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
11 SW_HID_SOURCEVIEW 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 97 የ አሁኑን የ ገጽ ዘዴ ማሳያ: ሁለት-ጊዜ ይጫኑ ዘዴውን ለ ማረም በ ቀኝ-ይጫኑ ሌላ ዘዴ ለ መምረጥ
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 51 እርስዎ እዚህ የ ተለያዩ ዘዴዎች መቀያየር ይችላሉ
10 SID_MODIFYSTATUS 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 24 የ አሁኑን ሰአት ማሳያ
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 21 የ አሁኑን ቀን ማሳያ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fedges 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fheight 43 የ እያንዳንዱ አርእስት እርዝመት መወሰኛ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fwidth 3d የ እያንዳንዱ አርእስት ስፋት መወሰኛ
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 73 This icon on the Image bar opens the Graphic Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2Fvalue 84 Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Fvalue 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2Fvalue 43 Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Finvert 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 8f የ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 8f የ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 8f የ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4b With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 8f የ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
e .uno%3ADBLimit 4b Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query by the LIMIT X clause
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fnondistinct 48 በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ የ ተወሰኑ ዋጋዎች አለመጠቀም
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fdistinct 42 በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ የ ተወሰኑ ዋጋዎች ይጠቀሙ
3d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2FQueryPropertiesDialog 42 በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ የ ተወሰኑ ዋጋዎች ይጠቀሙ
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 8f የ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 85 የ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Factive 99 የ ዝርዝር ሳጥን የሚገኘው ከ ላይ በኩል ነው: እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ በ %PRODUCTNAME እርዳታ ክፍሎች
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearch 57 በ መፈለጊያ ደንብ ውስጥ የሚቀጥለውን ሁኔታ መፈለጊያ
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fbackwards 5c የ ኋሊዮሽ መፈለጊያ: መጠቆሚያው አሁን ካለበት ቦታ ጀምሮ
1e sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwrap 7a ጠቅላላ የ እርዳት ገጽ ውስጥ መፈለጊያ: መጠቆሚያው አሁን ካለበት ቦታ ጀምሮ
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Ftabcontrol af የ መቃኛ ክፍል የ እርዳታ መስኮት የ ያዛቸው tab ገጾች ማውጫዎች, ማውጫ, መፈለጊያ እና ምልክት ማድረጊያ ናቸው.
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 27 Provides an overview of the Help system
10 HID_HELP_TOOLBOX 75 የ እቃ መደርደሪያ የያዛቸው አስፈላጊ ተግባሮች ናቸው ለ እርዳታ ስርአት
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX 38 መደበቂያ እና ማሳያ የ መቃኛ ክፍል
1d HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD 45 ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ኋላ ወደ ቀደም ወዳለው ገጽ
1c HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD 3d ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ፊት ወደሚቀጥለው ገጽ
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START 65 ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ መጀመሪያው ገጽ ወደ አሁኑ የ እርዳታ አርእስት
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fmatchcase 38 Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT 23 ማተሚያ የአሁኑን ገጽ
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwholewords 27 ሙሉ ቃሎች ብቻ መፈለጊያ
21 HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG 45 መክፈቻ በ እዚህ ገጽ ላይ መፈለጊያ ንግግር
1e HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS 44 ይህን ገጽ ወደ ምልክት ማድረጊያ መጨመሪያ
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearchterm 89 የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ ወይንም የ ጽሁፍ ማስገቢያ ቃል ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ለማግኘት
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2Fdisplay 40 የ ተመረጠውን አርእስት ለማሳየት ይጫኑ
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2FHelpIndexPage 9a ሁለት ጊዜ-ይጫኑ ከ ማስገቢያው ውስጥ ወይንም ይጻፉ የሚፈልጉትን ቃል ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ለማግኘት
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fdisplay 49 ከዝርዝር ውስጥ የተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ማሳያ
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fheadings 4a Specifies whether to only search in document headings for the search term.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fcompletewords 6c Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Ffind 72 ይጫኑ እርስዎ ያስገቡትን ደንብ በ ሙሉ-ጽሁፍ መፈለጊያ ዘዴ ለማስጀምር
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fresults 6a Lists the headings of the pages found in your full-text search. To display a page, double-click its entry.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fsearch 68 የ ሚፈልጉትን ቃል ያስገቡ: የ መፈለጊያ ደንብ case-sensitive አይደለም
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE 40 የ ተመረጠውን ምልክት ማድረጊያ ማጥፊያ
17 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 3b የ ተመረጠውን የ እርዳታ ጉዳይ ማሳያ
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME 5b ለ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሌላ ስም ለማስገቢያ ንግግር መክፈቻ
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpbookmarkpage%2FHelpBookmarkPage 7c Double-clicking a bookmark or pressing the Return key opens the assigned page in Help. A right-click opens the context menu.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fbookmarkdialog%2FBookmarkDialog 58 Displays the name of the bookmarked page. You can also type a new name for the bookmark.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontentpage%2FHelpContentPage 56 Displays the main help themes, arranged in a similar way to folders in a file manager.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 44 የ ማሾለኪያ ቀለም እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 37 የ ማሾለኪያ ገጽታ መስኮት መክፈቻ
38 svx%2Fui%2Fextrustiondepthdialog%2FExtrustionDepthDialog 30 የ ማሾለኪያ ጥልቀት ማስገቢያ
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 5e የተመረጠውን እቃ በአምስት ዲግሪ ወደ ታች ዝቅ ያደርገዋል
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 57 የተመረጠውን እቃ በአምስት ዲግሪ ወደ ግራ ያደርገዋል
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 57 የተመረጠውን እቃ በአምስት ዲግሪ ወደ ቀኝ ያደርገዋል
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 59 ለተመረጡት እቃዎች የ 3ዲ ውጤቶችን ማብሪያ እና ማጥፊያ
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 5e የተመረጠውን እቃ በአምስት ዲግሪ ወደ ላይ ከፍ ያደርገዋል
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 3a የ ማሾለኪያ ብርሃን መስኮት መክፈቻ
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 3a የ ማሾለኪያ አቅጣጫ መስኮት መክፈቻ
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 3a የ ማሾለኪያ ጥልቀት መስኮት መክፈቻ
1a SVX_HID_POPUP_LINEEND_CTRL 19 አቅጣጭ ይምረጡ
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu c1 የ ንግድ እና የ ግል ደብዳቤዎች፡ ፋክሶች፡ አጄንዳዎች፡ ማቅረቢያዎች እና ተጨማሪዎች እንዴት እንደሚፈጥሩ ይመራዎታል
14 HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE a9 እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ: አዋቂው አዲስ የ ሰነድ ቴምፕሌት ይፍጥር እና ያስቀምጣል በ እርስዎ ሃርድ ዲስክ ላይ
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT 5e የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ ማስቀመጫ እና ወደሚቀጥለው ገጽ መቀጠያ
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK 74 እርስዎን ምርጫዎች መመልከት ያስችሎታል ባለፈው ደረጃ ላይ የ መረጡትን
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 40 ለ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት አዋቂውን ያስጀምሩ
20 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER 53 መደበኛ የግል ደብዳቤ መፍጠር እንደሚፈልጉ መወሰኛ
1b HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 4d ይምረጡ የሚፈልጉትን የ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ንድፍ
1b HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER 46 የግል ደብዳቤ መፍጠር እንደሚፈልጉ መወሰኛ
1c HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER 5a የ ንግድ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠር እንደሚፈልጉ መወሰኛ
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER 103 የሚጠቀሙት ወረቀት ቀደም ብሎ በላዩ ላይ የታተመ ምልክት: አድራሻ: ወይንም የ ግርጌ ማስታወሻ እንዳለው መወሰኛ: አዋቂው የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ እቅድ ገጽ ቀጥሎ ያሳያል
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE1 7c የ ግል ወይንም የ ንግድ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠር እንደሚፈልጉ እዚህ ይወስኑ
1d HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER d3 ከ ተቀባዩ አድራሻ በላይ በኩል የ እርስዎ አድራሻ ቀደም ብሎ በ ትንንሽ መጠን መታተሙን መግለጫ %PRODUCTNAME አድራሻ በ ትንንሹ አያትምም
1a HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT c4 የ ግርጌ ቦታ እርዝመት ቀደም ብሎ በ እርስዎ የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ወረቀት ላይ መታተሙን መወሰኛ %PRODUCTNAME በዛ ቦታ ላይ አያትምም
21 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS a4 አድራሻ ቀደም ብሎ በ እርስዎ የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ወረቀት ላይ መታተሙን መግለጫ %PRODUCTNAME ምልክት አያትምም
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY 4f የ እቃውን እርቀት ይወስናል ከ ላይ መስመር በኩል
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX 4f የ እቃውን እርቀት ይወስናል ከ ግራ መስመር በኩል
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER a9 የ ግርጌ ቦታ ቀደም ብሎ በ እርስዎ የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ወረቀት ላይ መታተሙን መወሰኛ %PRODUCTNAME ግርጌ አያትምም
17 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH 27 የ እቃውን ስፋት መወሰኛ
18 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT 30 የ እቃውን እርዝመት ይወስናል
1e HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO a4 ምልክት ቀደም ብሎ በ እርስዎ የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ወረቀት ላይ መታተሙን መግለጫ %PRODUCTNAME ምልክት አያትምም
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE2 93 እርስዎን በ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ላይ የታተመ ምልክት አካሎችን በ ወረቀት ላይ መወሰን ያስችሎታል
17 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER 41 በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ ግርጌ ማካተቻ
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING 9c የ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት በምስጋና መዝጊያ ማካተ፡ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ይምረጡ
1a HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS 56 በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ የ ማጠፊያ ምልክት ማካተቻ.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION 8d በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ ሰላምታ ማካተቻ ፡ ሰላምታውን ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
18 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT 52 በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ የ ጉዳዩ መስመር ማካተቻ
20 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER 56 በ ቴምፕሌቱ ውስጥ በ ትንሹ የ መመለሻ አድራሻ ማካተቻ
16 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS 76 ለ ንግድ ደብዳቤ የ ማመሳከሪያ መስመር ማካተቻ በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ
15 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO 3e አርማ በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ላይ ማካተቻ
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE3 5a በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ የሚካተቱትን እቃዎች መግለጫ
1e HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 5e የ አድራሻ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች ወደ ደብዳቤ ተምፕሌት ማስገቢያ
21 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 66 በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ የሚገቡትን ቦታ ያዢ ሜዳዎች መወሰኛ.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET 2a የ ላኪውን አድራሻ መወሰኛ
18 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME 24 የ ላኪውን ስም መወሰኛ
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE 5c ይጠቀሙ የ አድራሻ ዳታ ከ ሚቀጥለው የጽሁፍ ሳጥኖች ውስጥ
1c HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 31 የ ላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ መወሰኛ
1f HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 7a ይጠቀሙ የ አድራሻ ዳታ ከ %PRODUCTNAME - ተጠቃሚ ዳታ ከ ምርጫ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE4 41 የ ላኪውን እና የተቀባዩን መረጃ መወሰኛ
1f HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 4e በ እርስዎ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ላይ ቁጥሮች ማካተቻ
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 64 በ መጀመሪያው ገጽ ላይ እንዳይታይ የሚታገደውን ግርጌ ይምረጡ
14 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER 31 ለ ግርጌ መስመር ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE5 41 በ ግርጌ ቦታ የሚካተተውን መረጃ መወሰኛ
19 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES 51 ቴምፕሌቱን ማስቀመጫ እና ለ ማረም ክፍት ማድረጊያ
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER a2 ቴምፕሌት ማስቀመጫ እና መዝጊያ እና ከዛ ቴምፕሌቱን መሰረት ባደረገ አዲስ ያልተሰየመ ሰነድ መክፈቻ
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME 3a የ ሰነድ ቴምፕሌት አርእስት መወሰኛ
12 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH ab ለ ቴምፕሌቱ የ ፋይል ስም እና መንገድ ያስገቡ ወይንም ይጫኑ የ ... ቁልፍ መንገድ እና የ ፋይል ስም ለመምረጥ
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE6 69 የት እና በምን ስም ስር ሰነድ እና ቴምፕሌት እንደሚቀመጥ መወሰኛ
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE 10e እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ: አዋቂው አዲስ የ ሰነድ ቴምፕሌት ይፍጥር እና ያስቀምጣል: አዲስ ሰነድ ቴምፕሌት መሰረት ያደረገ በ ስራ ቦታ ላይ ይታያል በ ፋይል ስም "ያልተሰየመ X"
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT cc አዋቂው የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ ያስቀምጣል እና ወደሚቀጥለው ገጽ ይሄዳል የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ መጨረሻው ገጽ ላይ ሲደርሱ ንቁ አይሆንም
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK 141 ይጫኑ የ the ወደ ኋላ ቁልፍ ባለፈው ገጽ የ መረጡትን ማሰናጃ ለ መመልከት: የ አሁኑ ማሰናጃ አይሻሻልም ወይንም አይጠፋም እርስዎ ይህን ቁልፍ ከተጫኑ  ወደ ኋላ ዝግጁ የሚሆነው ከ ሁለተኛው ገጽ ጀምሮ ነው
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 2a አዋቂውን መክፈቻ ለ ፋክስ
1b WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 39 በቅድሚያ የተገለጸውን ዘዴ መወሰኛ
20 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX 41 ለግል ፋክስ የ ፋክስ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠሪያ
23 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 39 በቅድሚያ የተገለጸውን ዘዴ መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX 3e የ ንግድ-ዘዴ ፋክስ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠሪያ
d HID_FAX_PAGE1 38 የ ፋክስ ሰነድ ዘዴ አይነት መግለጫ
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET 16 ግርጌ ማካተቻ
1c WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION 1e የ ቀን ሜዳ ማካተቻ
19 WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION 7f የ ግንኙነት አይነት መስመር ማካተቻ፡ ይምረጡ መስመሩን ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
1a WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING 7f የ ግንኙነት አይነት መስመር ማካተቻ፡ ይምረጡ መስመሩን ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
1b WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE 6e ሰላምታ ማካተቻ የሚፈልጉትን ሰላምታ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
19 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT 2a የ ድርጅቱን አርማ ማካተቻ
17 WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING 27 የ ጉዳይ መስመር ማካተቻ
d HID_FAX_PAGE2 3b የ ሚታተሙ የ ፋክስ አካላቶች መወሰኛ
20 WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 6e ሰላምታ ማካተቻ የሚፈልጉትን ሰላምታ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
18 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER 6e ሰላምታ ማካተቻ የሚፈልጉትን ሰላምታ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME 6e ሰላምታ ማካተቻ የሚፈልጉትን ሰላምታ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
d HID_FAX_PAGE3 3f ለ ፋክስ ተቀባይ እና ላኪ መረጃ መወሰኛ
1c WIZARDS_HID_FILETEMPLATEPATH 79 የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች በኋላ ለሚዋሀዱ ደብዳቤዎች ከ ፋክስ ሰነድ ጋር ማስገቢያ
1a WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE cf በ ፋክስ ቴምፕሌት ላይ የ አድራሻ ቦታ ያዢ ማስገቢያ፡ በ ኋላ በ ፋክስ ሰነድ ላይ ይጫኑ ቦታ ያዢውን እና ትክክለኛውን ዳታ ያስገቡ
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY d5 በሚቀጥሉት የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥኖች ውስጥ ለ ማስገባት የ አድራሻ ዳታ ይምረጡ: ዳታው በ ፋክስ ሰነድ ውስጥ የሚገባው እንደ መደበኛ ጽሁፍ ነው
18 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
22 WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME cd በ ፋክስ ቴምፕሌት ላይ የ አድራሻ ቦታ ያዢ ማስገቢያ: በ ኋላ በ ፋክስ ሰነድ ላይ ይጫኑ ቦታ ያዢውን እና ትክክለኛውን ዳታ ያስገቡ
1f WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
15 WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
1e WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
20 WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
d HID_FAX_PAGE4 21 የ ግርጌ ዳታ መወሰኛ
d HID_FAX_PAGE5 3b የ ቴምፕሌት ስም እና አካባቢ መግለጫ
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 55 ይህ አዋቂ የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት ለ መፍጠር ይረዳዎታል
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES 58 እርስዎ በ ስብሰባ ወቅት ደቂቃ የሚጽፉበት ገጽ ማተሚያ
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN 46 የ ገጽ ንድፍ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE1 32 የ ገጽ ንድፍ ለ አጄንዳ መወሰኛ
2f SW%3AEDIT%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_EDIT_METORT 30 የ ስብሰባውን አካባቢ መወሰኛ
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE 33 የ ስብሰባውን አርእስት መወሰኛ
34 SW%3ATIMEFIELD%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_TFLD_METTIM 2d የ ስብሰባውን ሰአት መወሰኛ
34 SW%3ADATEFIELD%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_DFLD_METDAT 2a የ ስብሰባውን ቀን መወሰኛ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE2 5b የ ስብሰባውን ቀን ሰአት አርስት እና አካባቢውን መወሰኛ
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES 4a የ ማስታወሻ መስመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING 5a እባክዎን ይዘው ይምጡ መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ 63 እባክዎን ያንብቡኝ አይነት መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE 5a የ ስብሰባውን አይነት መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE3 54 በ አጄንዳ ውስጥ መጨመር የሚፈልጉትን ራስጌ መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS 51 የ ታዛቢዎች ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
27 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS 5e የ ድርጅቱ ሰራተኞች ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
22 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER 55 የ ውይይት መሪ ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES 54 የ ተሳታፊዎች ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER 4e የ ደቂቃ ጠባቂ መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR 55 የ ሊቀ መንበር ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY 64 ስብሰባውን የጠራው ሰው ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE4 4e በ አጄንዳው ላይ ስሞች ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN 4b የ አሁኑን አርእስት ረድፍ ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ
1a WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP 4b የ አሁኑን አርእስት ረድፍ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE 3a የ አሁኑን አርእስት ረድፍ ማስወገጃ
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT 6f አዲስ ባዶ አርእስት የሌለው ረድፍ አሁን ካለው ረድፍ በላይ ማስገቢያ
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1 b7 የ አጄንዳ አርእስት ያስገቡ ፡ ይጠቀሙ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ እና ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ ቁልፎችን አርእስቱን ለመለያ
25 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1 b7 የ አጄንዳ አርእስት ያስገቡ ፡ ይጠቀሙ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ እና ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ ቁልፎችን አርእስቱን ለመለያ
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1 b7 የ አጄንዳ አርእስት ያስገቡ ፡ ይጠቀሙ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ እና ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ ቁልፎችን አርእስቱን ለመለያ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE5 5a በ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት ላይ የሚታተመውን አርእስት መወሰኛ
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES 89 የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠሪያ እና ማስቀመጫ: እና ቴምፕሌቱን መክፈቻ ለበለጠ ማረሚያ
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH 63 ሙሉ መንገድ መወሰኛ: የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት ፋይል ስም ያካትታል
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH 63 ሙሉ መንገድ መወሰኛ: የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት ፋይል ስም ያካትታል
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME 37 የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌትስ ስም መወሰኛ
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA 9b የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠሪያ እና ማስቀመጫ: በ ቴምፕሌቱ መሰረት አዲስ የ አጄንዳ ሰነድ መክፈቻ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE6 51 ይምረጡ አርእስት እና አካባቢ ለ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት
24 SD%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_ASS%3ABUT_NEXT 58 የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ መቀበያ እና ወደሚቀጥለው ገጽ መሄጃ
24 SD%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_ASS%3ABUT_LAST 58 የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ ሳያጠፋ ቀደም ወዳለው ደረጃ መመለሻ
d SID_AUTOPILOT 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FtemplatesTreeview 48 ለ ማቅረቢያ ዝግጁ የሆኑ የ ቴምፕሌት ምድቦች
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FstartWithCheckbutton a8 መወሰኛ እርስዎ ሲፈልጉ ብቻ አዋቂው እንዲጀምር እርስዎ በፍጥነት ሲጠይቁ በ ፋይል – አዋቂ – ማቅረቢያ.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FopenButton 16d የ ማቀረቢያ ዝርዝር እርስዎ የ ፈጠሩት እና ያስቀመጡት በ ቴምፕሌት ዳይሬክቶሪ ውስጥ በ ተወሰነ በ %PRODUCTNAME - መንገድ በ ምርጫ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ: በ አዋቂው ረቂቅ ለማረም እና ለማቅረብ: ይምረጡ ማቅረቢያ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ይቀጥሉ.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FopenRadiobutton 53 ቀደም ብለው የተፈጠሩ ማቅረቢያዎችን ዝርዝር ማሳያ
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FtemplateRadiobutton 56 የሚሻሻሉ ማቅረቢያዎችን የያዘ ዝርዝር ሳጥን መክፈቻ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FpreviewCheckbutton 47 በ ቅድመ እይታ የሚታየውን ቴምፕሌት መወሰኛ
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FemptyRadiobutton 33 አዲስ (ባዶ ) ማቅረቢያ መፍጠሪያ
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fpage1Box 6f የ ማቅረቢያ አይነት መወሰኛ እና የ ቴምፕሌት አይነት መምረጫ ማስቻያ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium1Radiobutton 3d ማቅረቢያ በ ኮምፒዩተር መመልከቻ ብቻ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium4Radiobutton 51 በ ወረቀት ላይ ሊታተም የሚችል ማቅረቢያ መፍጠሪያ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium2Radiobutton 52 እንደ ተንሸራታች የሚጠቀሙበት ማቅረቢያ መፍጠሪያ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium3Radiobutton 3d Creates a presentation to be used as overhead transparencies.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium5Radiobutton 4a የ ዋናውን ቴምፕሌቱን ገጽ አቀራረብ መጠቀሚያ
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FlayoutTreeview aa እርስዎን የ ተንሸራታች ንድፍ መምረጥ ያስችሎታል ለ ማቅረቢያ እርስዎ በ ገጽ 1 ላይ በ አዋቂው የመረጡትን:
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FlogoCheckbutton 7f ይታይ እንደሆን መወሰኛ $[officename] አርማ በ እያንዳንዱ ማቅረቢያ እረፍት መካከል
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FbreakSpinbutton 59 በእያንዳንዱ ማቅረቢያ መካከል ያለውን እረፍት መግለጫ
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FkioskRadiobutton 81 ራሱ በራሱ ማቅረቢያውን ማስኬጃ እና ከጥቂት እረፍት በኋላ እንደገና ማስጀመሪያ
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FtimeSpinbutton 57 እያንዳንዱ የ ማቅረቢያ ገጽ የሚቆይበትን ጊዜ መወሰኛ
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FliveRadiobutton 74 በ ነባር ምርጫ ማስኬጃ ማቅረቢያ በ ሙሉ መመልከቻ ዘዴ በ ተወሰነ ፍጥነት
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FspeedCombobox 2a ለ ውጤቶች ፍጥነት መወሰኛ
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FeffectCombobox 3d ለ እርስዎ ማቅረቢያው ውጤቶች መወሰኛ
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fpage3Box 69 ለ እርስዎ ማቅረቢያ የ ተለየ ውጤት መመደቢያ እና ፍጥነት መወሰኛ
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FaskInformationTextview 9c ይህን ሜዳ ይጠቀሙ ሀሳቦች ለማስፋት እና በ እርስዎ ማቅረቢያ ውስጥ በኋላ ማብራራት የሚፈልጉትን
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FaskTopicEntry 2d የ ማቅረቢያ አርስት መወሰኛ
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FaskNameEntry 4e የ እርስዎን ስም ወይንም የድርጅቱን ስም መወሰኛ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FsummaryCheckbutton 4c ለሁሉም ማቅረቢያ ይዞታዎች ማጠቃለያ መፍጠሪያ
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDFINISH 4a ተጨማሪ ጥያቄ ሳይመልሱ ፎርም ለመፍጠር ይጫኑ
12 HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG 36 ፎርም ለመፍጠር አዋቂውን ማስነሻ
1a HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSSELECTED 45 በ አዲሱ ፎርም ውስጥ ያሉትን ሜዳዎች ማሳያ
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN_PK_SELECTED 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
19 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP_PK_SELECTED 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
1b HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSAVAILABLE 82 በ ተመረጠው የ ሰንጠረዥ ወይንም ጥያቄ የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች ውስጥ የ ስሞች ዝርዝር:
1b HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVESELECTED 8a ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ(ዎች) ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
16 HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVEALL 88 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳዎች ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEUP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
18 HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVEALL 7e ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
14 HID_DLGFORM_LBTABLES 82 እርስዎ መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን ፎርም ለ ሰንጠረዥ ወይንም ለ ጥያቄ መሆኑን መወሰኛ
17 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_UP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
1d HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVESELECTED 8a ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ(ዎች) ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY 73 ይጫኑ በ እጅ ተተመረጡ ሜዳዎችን መሰረት ያደረገ ንዑስ ፎርም ለ መጨመር
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION 6c ይጫኑ የ ነበረውን ግንኙነት መሰረት ያደረገ ንዑስ ፎርም ለ መጨመር
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS 53 ይምረጡ ግንኙነቱን ንዑስ ፎርም መሰረት ያደረገውን
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM 30 ይምረጡ ንዑስ ፎርም መጨመሪያ
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED 65 በ አዲሱ ንዑስ ፎርም ውስጥ የሚካተቱትን ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ማሳያ
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES 94 እርስዎ መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን ሰንጠረዥ ወይን ጥያቄ ለየትኛው ንዑስ ፎርም እንደሆነ ይወስኑ
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4 d9 ይምረጡ ዋናውን የ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3 d9 ይምረጡ ዋናውን የ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2 d9 ይምረጡ ዋናውን የ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1 d9 ይምረጡ ዋናውን የ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4 da ይምረጡ የ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ዋናው የ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3 da ይምረጡ የ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ዋናው የ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2 da ይምረጡ የ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ዋናው የ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1 da ይምረጡ የ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ዋናው የ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE 58 የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎችን በ ሰንጠረዥ ፎርም ውስጥ ማሰለፊያ
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED 82 የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች በ አምድ-በኩል ማሰለፊያ ከ ምልክቶች ጋር ከ ሜዳው በላይ በኩል
1a HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED 86 የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች በ አምድ-በኩል ማሰለፊያ ከ ምልክቶች ጋር ከ ሜዳዎቹ በ ግራ በኩል
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT 34 ምልክቶቹ በ ቀኝ-የተሰለፉ ናቸው
1b HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED 4c ምልክቶች ማዘጋጃ ከ ተመሳሳይ ዳታ ከ ላይ በኩል
18 HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT 34 ምልክቶቹ በ ግራ-የተሰለፉ ናቸው
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION 23 Select to disallow adding new data.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION 33 ይምረጡ ዳታ ለማጥፋት አትፍቀድ
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION 30 ይምረጡ ዳታ ማረሚያ አትፍቀድ
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA 7f አዲስ ዳታ ለማስገባት እና የ ነበረውን ዳታ ለማየት የሚያስችል ፎርም መፍጠሪያ
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY 5a አዲስ ዳታ ብቻ ለማስገባት የሚጠቀሙበት ፎርም መፍጠሪያ
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER 51 የ ሜዳ ድንበሮች ጠፍጣፋ እይታ እንዳላቸው መወሰኛ
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER 4d የ ሜዳ ድንበሮች የ 3ዲ እይታ እንዳላቸው መወሰኛ
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER 3c ሜዳዎቹ ድንበር እንደሌላቸው መወሰኛ
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES 2c ለ ፎርሙ የ ገጽ ዘዴ መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM 64 ፎርሙን ማስቀመጫ እና መክፈቻ እንደ ማረሚያ እቅዱን ለመቀየር
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM 84 ፎርሙን ማስቀመጫ እና መክፈቻ እንደ ፎርም ሰነድ ዳታ ለ ማስገቢያ እና ለ መመልከቻ
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH 21 የ ፎርም ስም መወሰኛ
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_DIALOG 30 የ መግለጫ ባህሪዎችን ይምረጡ
1a HID_DOCUMENT_CREATE_REPWIZ 37 የ መግለጫ አዋቂ መፍጠሪያ ማስነሻ
21 HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED 8a ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ(ዎች) ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1c HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL 7e ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1a HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL 7e ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED 8a ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ(ዎች) ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE 73 የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች ስም ማሳያ በ ተመረጠው ሰንጠረዥ ወይንም ጥያቄ ውስጥ
1e HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED 5b በ አዲሱ መግለጫ ውስጥ የተካተቱን ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ማሳያ
18 HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES 53 መግለጫ ለሚፈጠርለት ሰንጠረዥ ወይን ጥያቄ ይምረጡ
1a HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6 e7 በ መግለጫ ውስጥ የሚካተቱትን ሜዳዎች ስሞች ማሳያ: በ ቀኝ በኩል እርስዎ ምልክት ማስገባት ይችላሉ ለ እያንዳንዱ ሜዳ በ መግለጫው ላይ ለታተመው
1a HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP 82 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1f HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST b4 Lists the fields by which the report will be grouped. To remove one level of grouping, select the field name, then click the < button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP 82 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING c6 Lists the fields from your selection on the previous page of the Wizard. To group the report by a field, select the field name, then click the > button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
1b HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4 44 የ ሜዳ ይዞታዎችን መለያ እየቀነሰ በሚሄድ
1a HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4 44 የ ሜዳ ይዞታዎችን መለያ እየጨመረ በሚሄድ
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4 41 መግለጫውን ለ መለያ ተጨማሪ ሜዳ መምረጫ
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1 53 መግለጫው የሚለይበትን የ መጀመሪያውን ሜዳ ይምረጡ
18 HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT 45 ለ መግለጫው የ ምስል ገጽ አቀማመጥ መምረጫ
19 HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE 45 ለ መግለጫው የ መሬት ገጽ አቀማመጥ መምረጫ
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT 8a Defines a page layout for the report. The page layouts are loaded from template files, which assign a header, footer, and page background.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT 65 Defines a set of styles for the report. The styles assign fonts, indents, table background, and more.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE 41 በሚጫኑ ጊዜ መጨረሻ, መግለጫው ይቀመጣል
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE 79 በሚጫኑ ጊዜ መጨረሻ, መግለጫው ይቀመጣል እና እንደገና ይከፈታል ለ ማረሚያ
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE 6f Saves the report as a template. When you open a dynamic report, it will display with the current data contents.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT 89 Saves the report as a static report. When you open a static report, it will always display the data from the time the report was created.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE 43 Specifies the title that is printed at the title line of each page.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnextPageButton 36 Saves the current settings and moves to the next page.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlastPageButton 34 Returns to the selections made on the previous page.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdesignsTreeview 2a ያሉት ንድፎች በሙሉ ማሳያ
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FoldDesignRadiobutton 81 Loads an existing design from the design list to use as a starting point for the steps to follow on the next pages of the Wizard.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdelDesingButton 50 የተመረጠውን ንድፍ ከንድፍ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማጥፊያ
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnewDesignRadiobutton 4e በ አዋቂው የሚቀጥለው ገጽ አዲስ ንድፍ መፍጠሪያ
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FURLEntry 6f Specifies the URL (absolute or relative), where the created HTML presentation on the web server has been saved.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FindexEntry 66 Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) to be entered by the viewer in order to see the presentation.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FperlRadiobutton 3d Used by WebCast export to create HTML pages and Perl scripts.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FASPRadiobutton 99 When you select the ASP option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FstandardRadiobutton 4a መፍጠሪያ መደበኛ የ HTML ገጾች ከ መላኪያ ገጾች
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgDefaultRadiobutton d4 The slide transition depends on the timing that you set for each slide in the presentation. If you set a manual page transition, the HTML presentation introduces a new page by pressing any key from your keyboard.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FframesRadiobutton b2 Creates standard HTML pages with frames. The exported page will be placed in the main frame, and the frame to the left will display a table of contents in the form of hyperlinks.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FendlessCheckbutton 55 Automatically restarts the HTML presentation after the last slide has been displayed.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FcontentCheckbutton 45 ለ እርስዎ ሰነድ የ አርእስት ገጽ መፍጠሪያ
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FCGIEntry 48 Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) for the generated Perl scripts.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnotesCheckbutton 2d Specifies that your notes are also displayed.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FkioskRadiobutton 87 Creates a default HTML presentation as a kiosk export, in which the slides are automatically advanced after a specified amount of time.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdurationSpinbutton 57 እያንዳንዱ የ ማቅረቢያ ገጽ የሚቆይበትን ጊዜ መወሰኛ
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwebCastRadiobutton 52 In a WebCast export, automatic scripts will be generated with Perl or ASP support.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgAutoRadiobutton 8b The page transition takes place automatically after the specified period of time elapses and does not depend on the presentation's contents
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FsldSoundCheckbutton 60 Specifies that the sound files that are defined as an effect for slide transitions are exported.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution3Radiobutton 3a Select a high resolution for a high quality slide display.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution2Radiobutton 3d Select the medium resolution for a medium-sized presentation.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution1Radiobutton 5f Select the low resolution to keep the file size small, even for presentations with many slides.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FjpgRadiobutton 82 The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colors.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FgifRadiobutton 75 The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colors.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FpngRadiobutton 79 The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FqualityCombobox b4 Specifies the compression factor of the JPEG graphic. A 100% value offers the best quality for a large data range. The 25% factor indicates small files with inferior image quality.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fpage3 79 The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FmiscTextview 36 Specifies additional text to appear on the title page.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwwwEntry 49 Specifies your homepage. A hyperlink will be inserted in the publication.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FemailEntry 2b የ ኢ-ሜይል አድራሻ መወሰኛ
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FauthorEntry 2f Specifies the name of the publication's author.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextOnlyCheckbutton 30 Inserts only text hyperlinks instead of buttons.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FbackButton 6c መክፈቻ የ ቀለም ንግግር ለ ማቅረቢያው የ መደብ ቀለም የሚመርጡበት
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FvLinkButton 7b መክፈቻ የ ቀለም ንግግር ለ ማቅረቢያው የተጎበኙ አገናኝ ቀለም የሚመርጡበት
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FaLinkButton 68 መክፈቻ የ ቀለም ንግግር ለ ማቅረቢያው ንቁ አገናኝ የሚመርጡበት
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlinkButton 6c መክፈቻ የ ቀለም ንግግር ለ ማቅረቢያው የ hyperlink ቀለም የሚመርጡበት
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextButton 6c መከፈቻ የ ቀለም ንግግር ለ ማቅረቢያው የ ጽሁፍ ቀለም የሚመርጡበት
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FuserRadiobutton 43 Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdefaultRadiobutton 52 የ ተመልካቹን የ ዌብ መቃኛ ነባር ቀለሞች ይጠቀማል
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdocColorsRadiobutton 43 Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.
15 HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH 1c እቃውን መፍጠሪያ
40 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiobuttons 46 Displays all option fields which have to be included in the group box.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoright 4a Confirms the current label and copies the label to the Option fields list.
3a modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoleft 58 የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳዎች ምርጫ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
3f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiolabels 6d Specifies the respective label for each option field. You will see the label of the option field in the form.
48 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionno 49 Specifies that you do not want any option field to be the default choice.
47 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefselectionfield 53 Select the option field that you want to have as the default when opening the form.
49 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionyes 5b Specifies that you want an option field to be selected as a default after opening the form.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Fradiobuttons 6c ይምረጡ የ ምርጫ ሜዳ ለ ማመሳከሪያ ዋጋ እርስዎ መመደብ ለሚፈልጉት
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Foptionvalue 76 ይምረጡ ቁጥር ወይንም ጽሁፍ እንደ ማመሳከሪያ ዋጋ ለ ተመረጠው ምርጫ ሜዳ
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 5f Specifies that you want to save the reference values in the form only, and not in the database.
43 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 58 ይምረጡ የ ዳታ ሜዳ የ ማመሳከሪያ ዋጋዎች የሚቀመጡበት
3d modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 43 Specifies that you want to save the reference values in a database.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsfinalpage%2Fnameit 66 Specifies the label for the option box. You will see the label of the group box displayed in the form.
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE 56 Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.
1d HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT 5a Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
18 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL 55 Converts documents in Microsoft Excel format *.xls into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
17 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT 32 ሰነዶቹ እንደሚቀየሩ ማመልከቻ
25 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT 2a Opens a dialog to select the desired path.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
21 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE 2d Specifies that templates are to be converted.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1 47 ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ የሚቀየሩትን መጠኖች ማሳያ
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3 56 ሁሉም የ ገንዘብ ክፍሎች በ ንቁ ሰነድ ውስጥ ይቀየራሉ
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2 5c ሁሉም የ ገንዘብ ክፍሎች በ ንቁ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ይቀየራሉ
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1 52 ሁሉም ክፍሎች በ ተመረጠው የ ክፍል ዘደ ተቀይረዋል
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK 97 If the current document is a $[officename] Calc document or template, you can call up the Euro Converter using the corresponding icon in the Tools bar.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP 2b ለ ንግግር እርዳታ ማስነሻ.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL 2a የ ኢዩሮ መቀየሪያ መዝጊያ
1b HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN 4f Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON 22 መቀየሪያ ማስጀመሪያ
19 HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT bc Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE 2a Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.
14 HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR 6b Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4 5b All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.
18 HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1 26 ጠቅላላ ሰነድ መቀየሪያ
18 HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1 40 ወደ ኢዩሮ የሚቀየረውን ገንዘብ መወሰኛ
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET 4b Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE 4b Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.
1d HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE 48 Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
1b HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN 3b Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.
1f HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS 57 Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH 5b ወደ ዳታ ምንጭ ግንኙነት መመስረቻ እና ንግግሩን መዝጊያ
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fgroupwise a2 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ Groupwise. አድራሻ ደብተር
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevoldap a7 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ Evolution LDAP. አድራሻ ደብተር
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevolution a1 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ Evolution አድራሻ ደብተር
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fmacosx 9c ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ OS X አድራሻ ደብተር
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2FSelectTypePage 83 ይህ አዋቂ የ ነበረውን የ አድራሻ ደብተር እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ ይመዘግባል በ $[officename].
15 HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS 2a ቀደም ወዳለው ደረጃ መሄጃ
30 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fother 60 Select this option if you want to register another data source as address book in $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fwindows 53 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook Express.
2e modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fkde 9b ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ KDE አድራሻ ደብተር
13 HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL 3e ከ አዋቂው መውጫ ምንም ለውጥ ሳይፈጽሙ
36 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fthunderbird b8 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ Thunderbird ወይንም Icedove አድራሻ ደብተር
11 HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT 2a ወደ ሚቀጥለው ደረጃ መሄጃ
c slot%3A10934 83 ይህ አዋቂ የ ነበረውን የ አድራሻ ደብተር እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ ይመዘግባል በ $[officename].
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fldap 90 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ LDAP. ሰርቨር
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 83 ይህ አዋቂ የ ነበረውን የ አድራሻ ደብተር እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ ይመዘግባል በ $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Ffirefox b6 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ Firefox ወይንም Iceweasel አድራሻ ደብተር
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT 83 ይህ አዋቂ የ ነበረውን የ አድራሻ ደብተር እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ ይመዘግባል በ $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Foutlook 61 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook (not Outlook Express).
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2Fsettings 5f እርስዎ ተጨማር ማሰናጃዎች የሚያስገቡበት ንግግር መጥሪያ
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2FInvokeAdminPage 5e Allows you to enter additional settings for LDAP address data and other external data sources.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2Ftable 59 Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2FSelectTablePage 76 Specifies a table from the Seamonkey / Netscape address book source that is used as the address book in $[officename].
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fname 28 የ ዳታ ምንጭ ስም መወሰኛ
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Favailable db Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the data source window (F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN 4b የ ፋይል ንግግር በ መጠቀም አካባቢውን መወሰኛ
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fbrowse 4b የ ፋይል ንግግር በ መጠቀም አካባቢውን መወሰኛ
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2FDataSourcePage 81 Specifies a location for the address book file and a name under which the data source will be listed in the data source explorer.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2Fassign 53 መክፈቻ የ ቴምፕሌቶች: አድራሻ ደብተር ስራ  ንግግር
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2FFieldAssignPage 55 እርስዎ የ ሜዳ ስራ መግለጽ እንዲችሉ ንግግር መክፈቻ
5 34200 46 The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.
5 34209 35 የተመረጡትን ማሰናጃዎች ማጥፊያ
5 34207 c1 ይምረጡ ማሰናጃ እርስዎ መጭን የሚፈልጉትን እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጫኛ. አዋቂውን ለማስጀመር በ ነባር ማሰናጃ: ይምረጡ "ነባር"
5 34217 45 ለ ተመረጠው ሰነድ የ ደራሲውን ስም ያስገቡ
5 34216 37 ለ ተመረጠው ሰነድ መግለጫ ያስገቡ
5 34215 88 Enter the title for the selected document. The title appears as a hyperlink to the selected document on the index page of your web site.
5 34218 7f ይምረጡ የ ፋይል አቀራረብ እርስዎ መላክ የሚፈልጉትን የ ተመረጠውን ፋይል ወደ
5 34212 4a የተመረጠውን ፋይል ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
5 34211 dd Opens a dialog where you can select the files that you want to upload to your web site. The order of the list determines the order in which the hyperlinks to the documents are displayed on the index page of your web site.
5 34210 f9 Lists the documents that you want to publish to your web site. The wizard can convert %PRODUCTNAME documents to HTML, PDF, or, in some cases, Flash format before the documents are uploaded. All other files are uploaded in their original file format.
5 34220 2b ለ ማውጫ ገጽ እቅድ ይምረጡ
5 34245 5a አጥጋቢ ለ ድህረ ገጽ በ 800x600 ፒክስል መመልከቻ ሪዞሊሻን
5 34235 5b በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ የ ፋይል ስሞችን በ ሰነድ ውስጥ ማካተቻ
5 34236 53 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ሰነዶች ላይ የ ማጠቃለያ መረጃ ማካተቻ
5 34237 5d በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ ሰነዱን የ ፈጠሩትን ሰዎች ስሞች ማካተቻ
5 34238 55 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ ሰነዱ የተፈጠረበትን ቀኖች ማካተቻ
5 34239 60 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ ሰነዱ መጨረሻ የ ተሻሻለበትን ቀን ማካተቻ
5 34240 46 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ የ ፋይሎች አቀራረብ ማሳያ
5 34241 50 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ የ ፋይል አቀራረብ ምልክት ማሳያ
5 34242 63 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ በ እርስዎ ድህረ ገጽ ላይ የ ገጽ ቁጥር ማሳያ
5 34243 52 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ የ ፋይል መጠን በ ኪሎ ባይት ማሳያ
5 34246 5b አጥጋቢ ለ ድህረ ገጽ በ 1024x768 ፒክስል መመልከቻ ሪዞሊሻን
5 34244 5a አጥጋቢ ለ ድህረ ገጽ በ 640x480 ፒክስል መመልከቻ ሪዞሊሻን
5 34249 83 ይምረጡ ምልክት እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን በ መቃኛ አካሎች በ ማውጫ ገጽ ውስጥ
5 34248 39 ይምረጡ የ መደብ ምስል ለ ማውጫ ገጽ
5 34247 39 ይምረጡ የ ቀለም ገጽታ ለ ማውጫ ገጽ
5 34292 3d የ መደብ ምስል ከ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ ማጽጃ
5 34291 6f መክፈቻ የ ፋይል ንግግር ለ መምረጥ የ መደብ ምስል ፋይል ለ ማውጫ ገጽ
5 34290 41 የ መደብ ምስል መወሰኛ ለ ዌብ አዋቂ ዘዴ.
5 41002 43 ከ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ የ ምልክት ማሰናጃ ማጽጃ
5 41000 7e ይምረጡ የ ምልክት ማሰናጃ ለ መቃኛ በ HTML ማቅረቢያ ሰነዶች ውስጥ በ ዌብ መቃኛ.
5 34258 7e ለ ማውጫ ገጽ የ ኢ-ሜይል አድራሻ ያስገቡ: ይህ መግለጫ በ HTML meta tag ላይ ይቀመጣል
5 34259 84 ለ ማውጫ ገጽ የ ቅጂ መብት ማስታወሻ ያስገቡ: ይህ መግለጫ በ HTML meta tag ላይ ይቀመጣል
5 34256 80 የ ማውጫ ገጽ የ ተሻሻለበትን ቀን ያስገቡ: ይህ መግለጫ በ HTML meta tag ላይ ይቀመጣል
5 34255 7a የ ማውጫ ገጽ የ ተፈጠረበትን ቀን ያስገቡ: ይህ ቀን በ HTML meta tag ላይ ይቀመጣል
5 34253 7c ለ ማውጫ ገጽ አርእስት መግለጫ ያስገቡ: ይህ መግለጫ በ HTML meta tag ላይ ይቀመጣል
5 34250 8f ለ ማውጫ ገጽ አርእስት ያስገቡ: ይህ አካል በ ዌብ መቃኛ አርእስት መደርደሪያ ላይ ይታያል
5 34271 2e ለ ማሳናጃ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ
5 34268 149 የ እርስዎን ፋይሎች ወደ FTP ሰርቨር ይጫኑ: የ ማውጫ ገጽ የሚቀመጠው እርስዎ በ ወሰኑት አካባቢ ነው: ሁሉም ሌሎች ፋይሎች የሚቀመጡት በ "የኔ ድህረ ገጽ" ዳይሬክቶሪ የ ማውጫ ገጽ በያዘው ዳይሬክቶሪ ውስጥ ነው
5 34266 64 እርስዎ የ ማህደር ፋይል አካባቢ የሚወስኑበት ንግግር መክፈቻ
5 34265 104 Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34270 57 በዚህ አዋቂ እርስዎ የ ወሰኑትን ማሰናጃዎች ማስቀመጫ
5 34269 a8 መክፈቻ የ FTP ግንኙነት ንግግር እርስዎ ማረም እና መሞከር የሚችሉበት ግንኙነት ማሰናጃ ወደ የ FTP ሰርቨር
5 34263 39 ፎልደር እንዲመርጡ ንግግር መክፈቻ
5 34261 d9 Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34260 7b መክፈቻ የ እርስዎን ድህረ ገጽ በ ነባር ዌብ መቃኛ በ እርስዎ መስሪያ ስርአት
5 41046 94 ንግግር መክፈቻ እርስዎ የሚወስኑበት በ FTP ሰርቨር ዳይሬክቶሪ ላይ ፋይሎች የሚያጠራቅሙበት
5 41045 82 ለ ዳይሬክቶሪ አካባቢ ያስገቡ በ FTP ሰርቨር ላይ እርስዎ ፋይሎች የሚያጠራቅሙበት
5 41044 42 የ FTP ግንኙነት መሞከሪያ በ አሁኑ ማሰናጃ
5 41043 5a የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ ለ ተጠየቀው ለ FTP ሰርቨር መድረሻ
5 41042 5a የ ተጠቃሚ ስም ያስገቡ ለ ተጠየቀው ለ FTP ሰርቨር መድረሻ
5 41041 45 ስም ያስገቡ ወይንም IP አድራሻ ለ FTP ሰርቨር
5 41040 71 ማረሚያ እና መሞከሪያ የ FTP ሰርቨር ግንኙነት ማሰናጃዎች ለ ዌብ አዋቂ.
17 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION 119 የ ማስገቢያ ደንብ ንግግር እርስዎን ይጠይቃል የትኞቹን ተለዋዋጮች እርስዎ በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ እንደ ገለጹ: ዋጋ ያስገቡ ለ እያንዳንዱ ተለዋዋጭ ጥያቄ እና ያረጋግጡ በ መጫን አሺ.
13 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_CRIT 59 መወሰኛ የ መመዘኛ የ ዳታ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይዞታው የሚጣራበት
11 HID_CTL_QRYDGNTAB 90 ሁለት ጊዜ-ይጫኑ ሜዳዎቹ ላይ ለ መጨመር ወደ ጥያቄ: መጎተቻ-እና-መጣያ ግንኙነት ለ መግለጽ
1d HID_QUERY_EDIT_JOINCONNECTION 2c ማረሚያ ባህሪዎች ማጋጠሚያ
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER b2 እርስዎ ክፍል ከ ተጫኑ የ መለያ ምርጫዎች መምረጥ ይችላሉ: እየጨመረ በሚሄድ: እየቀነሰ በሚሄድ እና አለመምረጥ
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Fschema 77 ስም ያስገቡ ለ ንድፍ ለ ጥያቄው ለ ተመደበው ወይንም ለ ሰንጠረዥ መመልከቻ
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Ftitle 4f የ ጥያቄው ስም ወይንም የ ሰንጠረዥ መመልከቻ ስም
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ALIAS 107 ሀሰት መወሰኛ: ይህ ሀሰት በ ጥያቄ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ይቀመጣል በ ሜዳ ስም ውስጥ ከ ማስቀመጥ ይልቅ: ይህ ሁኔታ በተጠቃሚ-የሚገለጽ የ አምድ ምልክቶች መጠቀም ያስችለዋል
12 HID_CTL_QRYDGNCRIT 3d ሁኔታዎች ይምረጡ ጥያቄውን ለ መግለጽ
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FIELD de የ ዳታ ሜዳ ስም ያስገቡ እርስዎ በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ ያመሳከሩትን: ሁሉም ማሰናጃዎች በ ታችኛው ረድፍ በኩል ያሉት የሚያመሳክሩት ይህን ሜዳ ነው
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_TABLE 73 ተመሳሳይ የ ዳታቤዝ ሰንጠረዥ ለ ተመረጠው የ ዳታ ሜዳ እዚህ ተዘርዝሯል
16 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_VISIBLE 85 እርስዎ ምልክት ካደረጉ የሚታይ ባህሪዎች ለ ዳታ ሜዳ: ሜዳው ይታያል በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftype 54 For a full join, the results table contains all fields of the left and right tables.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftable2 6a ሁለት የ ተለያዩ ሰንጠረዦች እርስዎ ማጋጠም የሚፈልጉትን መወሰኛ
5 dummy 7c እርስዎ ከ ተጫኑ ተጨማሪንግግር ይታያል ተጨማሪ መረጃ የያዘ ስለ አሁኑ ችግር
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirmpassword 3d አዲሱን የመግቢያ ቃል በድጋሚ ያስገቡ
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fnewpassword 30 አዲሱን የመግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Foldpassword 34 አሮጌውን የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
1c sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fusered 2e የ አዲስ ተጠቃሚ ስም መወሰኛ
1c HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW 23 የእርዳታ ጽሁፍ ማሳያ
16 HID_TABDESIGN_NAMECELL a9 የ ዳታ ሜዳ ስም መግለጫ: ማስታወሻ: የ ዳታቤዝ ገደብ: እንደ ስም እርዝመት: የተለየ ባህሪዎች እና ክፍተቶች
12 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT 4d Tይህ ቁልፍ መክፈቻ ነው ለ ሜዳ አቀራረብ ንግግር
16 HID_TABDESIGN_TYPECELL 24 የ ሜዳ አይነት ይግለጹ
d .uno%3ADelete 2c የተመረጠውን ረድፍ ማጥፊያ
1a SID_TABLEDESIGN_INSERTROWS ea ባዶ ረድፍ ማስገቢያ ከ አሁኑ ረድፍ ከ ላይ በኩል: ሰንጠረዡ ካልተቀመጠ: ባዶ ረድፍ ከ ሰንጠረዡ መጨረሻ በኩል ያስገባል: ሰንጠረዡ ተቀምጦ ከ ነበር
18 HID_TABDESIGN_BACKGROUND 58 እርስዎ እዚህ ነው የ ሰንጠረዥ አካል መግለጽ የሚችሉት
19 HID_TABDESIGN_COMMENTCELL 27 የ ምርጫ መግለጫ መወሰኛ
13 HID_TAB_ENT_DEFAULT 52 በ አዲስ ዳታ መዝገቦች ውስጥ ነባር ዋጋውን ይወስኑ
20 SID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY 89 ይህ ትእዛዝ የ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ካለው: በዚህ መስመር ላይ ያለው ዳታ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ነው
19 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE 56 እርስዎ የሚመርጡትን የ አቀራረብ ኮድ ማሳያ  ... ቁልፍ
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2Fclose 1c ንግግሩን መዝጊያ
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 96 የ ማውጫ ንድፍ ንግግር እርስዎን የሚያስችለው ማውጫዎችን ማረም ነው በ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RESET 8e የ አሁኑን ማውጫ እንደ ነበር መመለሻ ይህ ንግግር ከ መጀመሩ በፊት ወደ ነበረበት ማሰናጃ
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FINDEX_LIST ba ዝግጁ ማውጫዎችን ማሳያ: ማውጫ ይምረጡ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ለማረም: የ ተመረጠው ማውጫ ዝርዝር ይታያል በ ንግግር ውስጥ
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RENAME 39 የአሁኑን ማውጫ እንደገና መሰየሚያ
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_NEW 23 አዲስ ማውጫ መፍጠሪያ
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_DROP 26 የአሁኑን ማውጫ ማጥፊያ
23 HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_SORTORDER 24 የ መለያ ደንብ መወሰኛ
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FUNIQUE 5e የ አሁኑ ማውጫ የተለዩ ዋጋዎችን ይፈቅድ እንደሆን ይወስኑ
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_SAVE 3f የ አሁኑን ማውጫ የ ዳታ ምንጭ ማስቀመጫ
1f HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_FIELD 96 በ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ የ ሜዳዎች ዝርዝር ማሳያ: እርስዎ ከ አንድ በላይ ሜዳ መምረጥ ይችላሉ
13 HID_CTL_RELATIONTAB 57 Here you can link together tables from the current database through common data fields.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdeldefault 93 እርስዎ ተመሳሳይ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ካጠፉ: የ ዋጋ ማሰናጃ ለ ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ይሰናዳል
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 88 እርስዎን በ ሁለት ሰንጠረዥ መካከል ያለውን ግንኙነት መግለጽ እና ማረም ያስችሎታል
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Ftable2 74 የ ተመረጠው ሰንጠረዥ ስሞች ለ አገናኝ ይታያል እዚህ እንደ አምድ ስሞች:
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Frelations 37 ለ ግንኙነት ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች መግለጫ
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelaction 95 የ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ በሚያጠፉ ጊዜ በ ሌሎች የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ላይ ተጽእኖ እንዳይፈጥር መወሰኛ
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddcascade 88 ማሻሻያ ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ዋጋ ተመሳሳይ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ከ ተሻሻለ (Cascading Update).
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddnull fa ይህ ተመሳሳይ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ከ ተሻሻለ: ይህን ምርጫ ይጠቀሙ ለ ማሰናዳት "ባዶ ነው" ዋጋ ለ ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች: ባዶ ነው ማለት ሜዳው ባዶ ነው ማለት ነው
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddaction a1 በ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ላይ የተደረገ ማንኛውም ለውጥ በ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ላይ ተጽእኖ እንዳይፈጥር መወሰኛ
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fadddefault bb ይህ ተመሳሳይ ቁልፍ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ከ ተሻሻለ: ይህን ምርጫ ይጠቀሙ ነባር ዋጋ ለማሰናዳት ለ ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelcascade 87 ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ይጠፉ እንደሆን መወሰኛ እርስዎ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ሜዳ ሲያጠፉ
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelnull 96 እርስዎ ተመሳሳይ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ካጠፉ: የ "ባዶ ነው" ዋጋ ለ ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ይመደባል
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fprimarykey 64 ራሱ በራሱ ያመነጫል የ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ሜዳ እና በ ዋጋዎች ይሞላል
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdata c4 ዳታ ማያያዝ ካልተቻለ: ለ እርስዎ ዝርዝር ሜዳዎች ይታይዎታል በ አምድ መረጃ ንግግር ውስጥ: ዳታው ን ኮፒ ማድረግ አይችሉም
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fview b4 If the database supports Views, you can select this option only when a query is copied in a table container. This option enables you to see and edit a query as a normal table view.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fkeyname 62 ለ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ማመንጫ ስም ይወስኑ: ይህ ስም በ ምርጫ ይሆናል
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdef 6c የ ሰንጠረዥ ትርጉም ብቻ ኮፒ ማድረጊያ እና ተመሳሳይ ዳታ አይደለም
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdefdata 29 Creates a 1:1 copy of the database table.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fname 30 ኮፒ የሚደረገውን ስም መወሰኛ
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fcolrh ae መጨመሪያ ወይንም ማስወገጃ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ (> ወይንም < ቁልፍ) ወይንም ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች (<< ወይንም >> ቁልፍ).
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fto 7c የ ዳታ ሜዳዎች ዝርዝር እርስዎ ማካተት የሚችሉት ኮፒ ወደ ተደረገው ሰንጠረዥ
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Ffrom 144 ዝግጁ የ ዳታ ሜዳዎች ዝርዝር እርስዎ ማካተት የሚችሉት ኮፒ ወደ ተደረገው ሰንጠረዥ: የ ዳታ ሜዳ ኮፒ ለማድረግ: ይጫኑ በ ስሙ ላይ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ የ > ቁልፍ: ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ኮፒ ለማድረግ: ይጫኑ የ >> ቁልፍ
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fauto 40 Enter the number of lines to use for automatic type recognition.
18 HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT 36 ይምረጡ ነባር ዋጋ ለ አዎ/አይ ሜዳ
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fautobutton 40 ራሱ በራሱ የሚጽፉትን ማስታወሻ ማስቻያ
11 HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 7a Enter the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.
f HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 3c ለ ዳታ ሜዳ የ ባህሪዎች ቁጥር ያስገቡ
10 HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE 24 የ ሜዳ አይነት ይምረጡ
16 HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fcolumnnames 43 Lists the data fields that will be included in to the copied table.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fnone 58 ሁሉንም የ ምልክት ማድረጊያዎች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማጽጃ
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fdown_right 76 የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማንቀሳቀሻ
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fup_right 76 የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማንቀሳቀሻ
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fall 4c ሁሉንም የ ዳታ ሜዳዎች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ መምረጫ
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fright a0 Lists the possible data fields in the destination table. Only the data fields that are selected in the source table list will be included the destination table.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fleft 168 Lists the data fields in the source table. To include a data field from the source table in the destination table, select the check box in front of the data field name. To map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table, click the data field in the source table list, and then click the up or down arrow.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusesql92 89 Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fquery 63 Enter an SQL statement that returns the last auto-incremented value for the primary key data field.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fstatement 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
16 HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG b2 Uses the current data source of the Catalog. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box clear.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fautoretrieve 67 Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.
18 HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET_ODBC 79 Select the code conversion that you want to use to view the database in $[officename]. This does not affect the database.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fodbcpage%2Foptions 56 Use this text field to enter additional optional driver settings if this is necessary.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FindiciesButton 9a መክፈቻ የ ማውጫዎች ንግግር: እርስዎ የሚያደራጁበት የ ሰንጠረዥ ማውጫ ለ አሁኑ ዳታቤዝ ዳታቤዝ
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FshowDelRowsCheckbutton 7f Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremoveall 79 የ ተመረጡትን ሁሉንም የ ሰንጠረዥ ማውጫ ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ነፃ ማውጫ ዝርዝር
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Faddall 75 የ ተመረጡትን ሁሉንም ነፃ ማውጫ ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ሰንጠረዥ ማውጫ ዝርዝር
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fadd 61 የ ተመረጠውን ማውጫ ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ሰንጠረዥ ማውጫ ዝርዝር
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ffreeindex 3b Lists the available indexes that you can assign to a table.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftableindex 3a Lists the current indexes for the selected database table.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremove 72 የ ተመረጡትን የ ሰንጠረዥ ማውጫዎች ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ነፃ ማውጫ ዝርዝር
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftable 67 ይምረጡ የ ሰንጠረዥ ዳታቤዝ እርስዎ ማውጫ መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2FDBaseIndexDialog 29 Lets you organize dBASE database indexes.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fstatus 48 Displays the results, including errors, of the SQL command that you ran.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsqlhistory 6a Lists the previously executed SQL commands. To run a command again, click the command, and then click Run.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsql 3a Enter the SQL administration command that you want to run.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fexecute 40 Runs the command that you entered in the Command to execute box.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2FDirectSQLDialog 4f Opens a dialog where you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.
1e HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL 5b Sorts the list of table names in ascending order starting at the beginning of the alphabet.
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL ed Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fdelete 32 የተመረጠውን ተጠቃሚ ማስወገጃ
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Ftable 4c Displays and lets you edit the database access rights for the selected user.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fchangepass 73 የ አሁኑን ተጠቃሚ የ መግቢያ ቃል መቀየሪያ እንዲደርስ ወደ ዳታቤዝ ጋር
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fadd 64 አዲስ ተጠቃሚ መጨመሪያ እንዲደርስ ወደ ተመረጠው ዳታቤዝ ጋር
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fuser 5c ተጠቃሚ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ማሰናጃውን ማሻሻል የሚፈልጉትን
33 DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_PB_STAT 5e Opens the Database Statistics dialog, where you can view statistics about the Adabas database.
33 DBACCESS_CHECKBOX_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_CB_SHUTDB 3d Exits the Adabas database server when you exit $[officename].
35 DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLPASSWORD 27 Enter the password of the Control User.
35 DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLUSERNAME 69 Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database.
3f DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_DATA_INCREMENT 6f Enter the size by which you want to automatically increment the database. The maximum increment size is 100 MB.
3b DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_CACHE_SIZE 33 Enter the size of the data buffer for the database.
33 DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_MEMORYUSING 42 Displays the amount of used space in the database as a percentage.
28 DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_FREESIZE 64 በ ዳታቤዝ ውስጥ ያለውን ነፃ ባዶ ቦታ (በ ሜጋ ባይቶች) ያሳያል.
24 DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_SIZE 47 የዳታቤዙን ሙሉ መጠን (በ ሜጋ ባይት) ያሳያል
2b DBACCESS_LISTBOX_DLG_ADABASSTAT_LB_DATADEVS 38 Displays the path and the name of the DATADEVSPACE file.
2e DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_TRANSACTIONLOG 3a Displays the path and the name of the TRANSACTIONLOG file.
2b DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_SYSDEVSPACE 37 Displays the path and the name of the SYSDEVSPACE file.
19 HID_DLG_ADABAS_CACHE_SIZE 2e Enter the size of the data cache in megabytes.
20 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE_SIZE 4d Enter the size of the database in megabytes here. The maximum size is 100 MB.
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DBNAME 1e Type the name of the database.
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONUSR cb Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database. Normally, the default settings for the name and the password of the control user are not changed.
12 HID_DLG_ADABAS_USR a1 Enter the name of the domain user that is used by Adabas internally. Normally, the default settings for the name and password of the domain user are not changed.
18 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DOMAINPWD 24 የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSUSR 2d Enter the name of the database administrator.
1a HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSDEVSPACE 27 Enter the path for the system DEVSPACE.
22 HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG_SIZE 34 Enter the size of the transaction file in megabytes.
1d HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG 2c Enter the path for the transaction log file.
1b HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE 25 Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.
1d HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBDATADEVSPACE 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fprimarykeys 5f Enable to overrule Base's heuristics used to detect whether the database supports primary keys.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignorecurrency a9 Only for Oracle JDBC connections. When enabled it specifies that no column is treated as a currency field. The field type returned from the database driver is discarded.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BOOLEANCOMPARISON 3b Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Finputchecks d8 When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseas 9b Some databases use the keyword "AS" between a name and its alias, while other databases use a whitespace. Enable this option to insert AS before the alias.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fappend 39 Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseodbcliterals 35 Use date/time literals that conform to ODBC standard.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseoj 5c Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignoreprivs 43 Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Feol 6d Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Freplaceparams 6f የ ተሰየሙ ደንቦችን መቀየሪያ ከ ዳታ ምንጭ ውስጥ በ ጥያቄ ምልክት (?).
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusecatalogname b7 Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fdisplayver 49 Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseschemaname 37 Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fcreateindex 60 ማውጫ መፍጠሪያ እየጨመረ ወይንም እየቀነሰ በሚሄድ አሰራር
1c DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET 54 Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SPECIAL_MESSAGE 38 Select the type of database that you want to connect to.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FpassCheckbutton 61 If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_PB_TESTMYSQLCLASS 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CALC_PATH 4e Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FLAT_PATH 51 የ ጽሁፍ ፋይሎች የያዘውን ፎልደር መንገድ ያስገቡ
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLCLASS 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FconnectionButton 3a ግንኙነት መሞከሪያ በ አሁኑ ማሰናጃ
2e DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLDBNAME 24 የ ዳታቤዝ ስም ያስገቡ
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_PATH 3e Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_DATABASE_WIZARD 57 The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_GETEXISTINGDATABASE 49 Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DSTYPE 3e Select the database type for the existing database connection.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ALB_DOCUMENTLIST 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
3a dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ARB_OPENEXISTINGDOC 62 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
36 dbaccess%3APushButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3APB_OPENDOCUMENT a6 Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
36 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_CREATEDBDATABASE 20 Select to create a new database.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fopenediting 4f Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fnoregister 4e Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fusewizard 71 ይምረጡ ለመጥራት የ ሰንጠርዥ አዋቂን የዳታቤዝ አዋቂው ከጨረሰ በኋላ
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fyesregister 11e Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Fields - More Fields) or in a mail merge.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2FPageFinal 6a Specifies whether you want to register the database, open the database for editing, or insert a new table.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_PB_MSACCESSLOCATION 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_ET_MSACCESSLOCATION 37 ወደ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል መንገድ መወሰኛ
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_PB_ADABASNAME 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_ET_ADABASNAME 2e የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ
3e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FpassRequiredCheckbutton 50 የመግቢያ ቃል ከ 3 እስክ 18 ባህሪዎች መያዝ አለበት
3b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FgeneralUserNameEntry 30 A user name can have a maximum of 18 characters.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_PB_ADOURL 2a Click to open a database selection dialog.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_ET_ADOURL 1a Enter the data source URL.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_PB_DBASELOCATION 1d Open a path selection dialog.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_ET_DBASELOCATION 3a ያስገቡ መንገድ ወደ ዳታቤዝ *.dbf files.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
1c HID_DSADMIN_CONNURL_JDBCPAGE df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLHOSTSERVER 41 hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.
17 HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP 56 Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
1b HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_PORTNUMBER 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
17 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_BASEDN 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
19 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_HOSTNAME 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fjdbc 48 Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fodbc 48 Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_PB_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 33 Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_ET_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 37 መንገድ ያስገቡ ወደ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEPORT 3d ለ ዳታቤዝ ሰርቨር የ port ቁጥር ያስገቡ
30 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLECLASS 2e ለ ዳታቤዝ ሰርቨር URL ያስገቡ
35 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEHOSTSERVER 2b የ Oracle ዳታቤዝ ስም ያስገቡ
37 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2Fpasswordrequired 44 Select to request a password from the user of the database document.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_PB_SPREADSHEETPATH 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_ET_SPREADSHEETPATH 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
1f HID_DSADMIN_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR 87 Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).
1d HID_DSADMIN_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR 81 Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).
1b HID_DSADMIN_FIELD_SEPARATOR 4a Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.
1a HID_DSADMIN_TEXT_SEPARATOR 4c Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_OWNEXTENSION 83 ይጫኑ ፋይሎች ማስተካከያ ጋር ለመድረስ: ተጨማሪዎች ያስገቡ በ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ውስጥ
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSOTHERFILES 83 ይጫኑ ፋይሎች ማስተካከያ ጋር ለመድረስ: ተጨማሪዎች ያስገቡ በ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ውስጥ
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSTXTFILES 1a Click to access txt files.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_PB_LOCATIONTEXTFILE 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSCSVFILES 1a Click to access csv files.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_LOCATIONTEXTFILE fd Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 25 Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.
1f DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_EDIT 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 40 Starts the Report Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 23 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 25 Opens the Database Properties dialog.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 21 Opens the Connection Type Wizard.
18 HID_BROWSER_TABLE_DELETE 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 3e Starts the Form Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
f .uno%3ADBRename 71 Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Opens the selected object in the last saved state.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView cf Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter 86 Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail fe Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2Fok 47 ፎርሙን ወደ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ለማስቀመጥ ይጫኑ
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FfileNameEntry 3e ለተቀመጠው ፎርም የ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FupButton 31 Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.
36 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FnewFolderButton 55 የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ውስጥ አዲስ ፎልደር ለመፍጠር ይጫኑ
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FCollectionView 55 የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ውስጥ አዲስ ፎልደር ለመፍጠር ይጫኑ
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 1d Opens a new view in SQL mode.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 20 Opens a new view in design mode.
28 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_CREATE_DESIGN 1c Opens the table design view.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 44 Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 1e Opens a new query in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 21 Opens a new query in design mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 1c Opens the table design view.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 48 Starts the Report Builder window for the selected table, view, or query.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 27 Opens a new text document in form mode.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 38 Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesfilterpage%2FTablesFilterPage 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 4b Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 5d Opens the Relation Design view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 15 Refreshes the tables.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 23 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 43 Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.
d .uno%3ADBSort 23 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 45 Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 47 Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 47 Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 23 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 41 በ ዳታቤዝ መስኮት ቅድመ እይታ ማሰናከያ
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 49 The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 36 The preview displays the document of a form or report.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2Ftextview 42 The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2Fbrowse c1 Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2FBackupPage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fmigratepage%2FMigratePage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2FSummaryPage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fprepagepage%2FPreparePage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_LOGIN%3ACB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD 99 Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_PASSWORD 57 ወደ ዳታ ምንጭ ጋር ለ መገናኘት የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_USERNAME 52 የ ዳታ ምንጭ ጋር የሚገናኘውን ተጠቃሚ ስም ያስገቡ
17 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD 36 The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTTABLES 39 Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT4 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT3 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT1 39 Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND1 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND2 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND3 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND4 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND1 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND2 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND3 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND4 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT2 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_3 34 ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHALL 45 Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_1 39 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHANY 47 Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_3 39 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_2 39 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_1 34 ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_2 34 ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_1 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_2 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_3 24 Select the condition for the filter.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEMINUS 45 የመጨረሻውን ረድፍ መቆጣጠሪያዎች ማጥፊያ
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEPLUS 3f አዲስ የረድፍ መቆጣጠሪያዎች መጨመሪያ
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFIELDS_1 28 የ ቁጥር ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ
30 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATESUMMARYQUERY 33 Select to show only results of aggregate functions.
2e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFUNCTION_1 1e Select the aggregate function.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATEDETAILQUERY 44 ይምረጡ ለማሳየት ሁሉንም የ ጥያቄ መዝገብ
2a WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_1 36 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_3 31 ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_2 36 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHANY 46 Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_3 36 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHALL 44 Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_1 31 ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_2 31 ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_1 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_2 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_3 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTTITLE_1 36 የ ሀሰት ስም ያስገቡ ለ ሜዳው ስም
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTSUMMARY 20 Displays a summary of the query.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMODIFYQUERY 51 ይምረጡ ለማስቀመጥ ጥያቄውን እና ለ ማረም መክፈቻ
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDISPLAYQUERY 46 ይምረጡ ለማስቀመጥ እና ጥያቄውን ለማሳየት
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTQUERYTITLE 23 የጥያቄው ስም ያስገቡ
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Ftime 94 Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Fdate 94 Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.
39 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2FDateTimeDialog 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 37 Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 42 Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 63 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 3a Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2e Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 64 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 62 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 65 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2c Inserts a vertical line to the current area.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORMULA 44 Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DEEPTRAVERSING e8 If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction a9 In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PREEVALUATED 57 If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_INITIALFORMULA 5a Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_REPORT_NAVIGATOR_TREE 9f Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.
36 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Falignment f ማሰለፊያ
37 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fbottompage 29 ከገጹ በታች በኩል (ግርጌ)
34 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Ftoppage 2a ከ ገጹ በላይ በኩል (ራስጌ)
32 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagen 13 የገጽ ቁጥር
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagenofm 19 የገጽ ቁጥር ከ M
3d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2FPageNumberDialog 5d You can open the Page Numbers dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Page Numbers.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VERTICAL_ALIGN 1c በቁመት ማሰለፊያ
22 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_FONT 2d Select the font for the selected text object.
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONX 2a Set the X Position for the selected object
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRESERVEIRI f5 For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_KEEPTOGETHER 78 Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORCENEWPAGE 66 Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_WIDTH 26 Sets the width of the selected object.
29 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKTRANSPARENT 51 Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONY 2a Set the Y Position for the selected object
1e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELD_SEL c4 The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DATAFIELD 43 On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.
34 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_CONDITIONALPRINTEXPRESSION 5b If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 5a To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select Report.
2d REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTREPEATEDVALUES 23 Specifies to print repeated values.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_HEIGHT 2a Defines the height of the selected object.
2b REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_GROUPKEEPTOGETHER 5c Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKCOLOR 53 Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.
2e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTWHENGROUPCHANGE 23 ቡድን ሲቀየር ማተሚያ
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEHEADEROPTION 79 Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_VISIBLE 68 An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_NEWROWORCOL 93 New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEFOOTEROPTION 78 Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fkeep 4e Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdelete 3f ከዝርዝር ውስጥ የተመረጠውን ማስወገጃ
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
31 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Finterval 3b Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2FFloatingSort b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
30 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fsorting 19 Select the sorting order.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Ffooter 50 ይምረጡ የቡድን ግርጌ ለማሳየት ወይንም ለመደበቅ
2c modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fbox 9f Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fheader 50 ይምረጡ የቡድን ራስጌ ለማሳየት ወይንም ለመደበቅ
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELDEXPRESSION 37 Click to open a list from which you can select a field.
2b modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fup 58 የተመረጠውን ሜዳ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማንቀሳቀሻ
2e modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fgroup 4b Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdown 58 የተመረጠውን ሜዳ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማንቀሳቀሻ
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_DIALOG 36 The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSSELECTED 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LBTABLES a2 Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTPRIVATE 3e Select the private category to see only private sample tables.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTBUSINESS 40 Select the business category to see only business sample tables.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_AUTOINCREMENTVALUE 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_AUTOINCREMENT 53 If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.
1d DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_REQUIRED 2c If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_COLNAME 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMINUS 2c Remove the selected field from the list box.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPLUS 25 Add a new data field to the list box.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_SELFIELDNAMES 36 Select a field in order to edit the field information.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SEVERAL 4d Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.
2e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE_AUTOMATIC b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_AVAILABLE 47 Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED aa Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_PK_FIELDNAME 23 የሜዳውን ስም ይምረጡ
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SINGLE 44 Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_AUTOMATIC 41 Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CHK_USEPRIMEKEY cd Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_STARTFORMWIZARD 83 Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_MODIFYTABLE 41 Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_SCHEMA 52 Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_WORKWITHTABLE 52 ይምረጡ ለማስቀመጥ እና ለ ማረም የ ሰንጠረዥ ንድፍ
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_CATALOG 54 Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_TXT_NAME 26 የሜዳውን ስም ይወስናል
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 44 Opens the selected report so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 3f የተመረጠውን ፎርም እንደገና መሰየሚያ
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 2c የተመረጠውን ፎርም ማጥፊያ
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 42 የተመረጠውን መግለጫ እንደገና መሰየሚያ
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 43 Opens the selected table so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 39 Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 43 Opens the selected query so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 45 የተመረጠውን ሰንጠረዥ እንደገና መሰየሚያ
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 32 የተመረጠውን ሰንጠረዥ ማጥፊያ
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 35 Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 2f የተመረጠውን መግለጫ ማጥፊያ
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 2c የተመረጠውን ጥያቄ ማጥፊያ
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 3f የተመረጠውን ጥያቄ እንደገና መሰየሚያ
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 42 Opens the selected form so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
c FontWork2TBO 3f የ ፊደል ስራ ባህሪ ክፍተት ዋጋ ያስገቡ
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 45 የ ፊደል ስራ ባህሪ ክፍተት መስኮት መክፈቻ
c FontWork1TBO 5e ይጫኑ ለተመረጠው የ ፊደል ስራ እቃዎች ማሰለፊያ ለመፈጸም
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 41 የ ፊደል ስራ ማሰለፊያ መስኮት ይከፍታል
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights bc የ ፊደሎች እርዝመት መቀየሪያ ለ ተመረጠው የ ፊደል ስራ እቃዎች ከ መደበኛው ወደ ተመሳሳይ እርዝመት ለ ሁሉም እቃዎች
19 .uno%3AFontworkShapeTypes a3 የ ፊደል ስራ ቅርጽ እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ: ይጫኑ ቅርጹን ለ ተመረጠው የ ፊደል ስራ እቃዎች ለመፈጸም
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallothers 89 ሌሎች ተጠቃሚዎች የቀየሩትን በሙሉ ያስቀምጣል እርስዎ የቀየሩትን በሙሉ ያስወግዳል
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallmine 76 እርስዎ የቀየሩትን በሙሉ ያስቀምጣል ሌሎች የቀየሩትን በሙሉ ያስወግዳል
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepother 75 ሌሎች ተጠቃሚዎች የቀየሩትን ያስቀምጣል እርስዎ የቀየሩትን ያስወግዳል
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepmine 62 እርስዎ የቀየሩትን ያስቀምጣል ሌሎች የቀየሩትን ያስወግዳል
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2FConflictsDialog 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2Fshare dc Enable to share the current document with other users. Disable to use the document unshared. This will invalidate the not yet saved edits that other users applied in the time since you last opened or saved this document.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2FShareDocumentDialog ae መክፈቻ የ ሰነድ ማካፈያ ንግግር እርስዎ የሚያስችሉበት ወይንም የሚያሰናክሉበት ሰነዱን ለ ትብብር ማካፈያ
14 .uno%3AShareDocument ae መክፈቻ የ ሰነድ ማካፈያ ንግግር እርስዎ የሚያስችሉበት ወይንም የሚያሰናክሉበት ሰነዱን ለ ትብብር ማካፈያ
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 96 ከ ተጫኑ በ መዝጊያ ቁልፍ ላይ በ ፎርም ማጣሪያ እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ ፎርሙ ያለ ማጣሪያ ይታያል
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 65 If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 61 ምልክቶች ለመጨመር: ለማረም እና ለማስወገድ ንግግር መክፈቻ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2FNewToolbarDialog 61 ምልክቶች ለመጨመር: ለማረም እና ለማስወገድ ንግግር መክፈቻ
19 SID_FM_FILTER_IS_NOT_NULL de You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").
14 HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator b6 ለማገናኘት ወደ በርካታ የማጣሪያ ሁኔታዎችን በ Boolean OR, ይጫኑ የ ማጣሪያ መቃኛ ምልክት በ ማጣሪያ መደርደሪያ ላይ
2f svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FctlFavorites bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
38 svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FFontworkGalleryDialog bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
12 .uno%3ASaveGraphic 96 To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.
1c .uno%3APreviousTrackedChange 41 Jumps to and selects the previous change in the document, if any.
18 .uno%3ANextTrackedChange 3d Jumps to and selects the next change in the document, if any.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_all 35 The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialog.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Ftemplates_all 6f የ ቴምፕሌት ምልክት የሚከፍተው የ ቴምፕሌት እና ሰነዶች ንግግር ነው
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fmath_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
15 FWK_HID_BACKINGWINDOW 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fhelp 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fcalc_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fimpress_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdatabase_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fextensions 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdraw_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2FStartCenter 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fall_recent 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fwriter_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
c .uno%3AAbout 74 የ ጠቅላላ ፕሮግራም መረጃ እንደ እትም ቁጥር እና የ ቅጂ መብቶችን ማሳያ
12 .uno%3AShowLicense d3 Displays the CREDITS.odt document which lists the names of individuals who have contributed to OpenOffice.org source code (and whose contributions were imported into LibreOffice) or LibreOffice since 2010-09-28.
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate 138 የ ኢንተርኔት ግንኙነት ማስቻያ ለ %PRODUCTNAME. ወኪል የሚፈልጉ ከሆነ: ይመርምሩ የ %PRODUCTNAME ወኪል ማሰናጃ በ መሳሪያ - ምርጫ - ኢንተርኔት እና ከዛ የ እርስዎ ቢሮ ክፍል አይነት ማሻሻያ እንዳለ ይፈልጉ
13 .uno%3ASendFeedback 95 የ መመለሻ ፎርም በ ዌብ መቃኛ ውስጥ መክፈቻ: ተጠቃሚው የ ሶፍትዌር ችግር መግለጫ የሚልክበት
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 67 ዋናውን ገጽ መክፈቻ የ $[officename] እርዳታ ገጽ ለ አሁኑ መተግበሪያ
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 8d የ እርዳታ ዝርዝር የሚያስችለው ማስጀመር እና መቆጣጠር ነው የ $[officename] እርዳታ ስርአት
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 93 የ ተስፋፉ የ እርዳት ምክሮች ማስቻያ በ አይጡ መጠቆሚያ ስር የሚቀጥለውን እስከሚጫኑ ድረስ
e RID_ENVTOOLBOX 5e የመደበኛ መደርደሪያ ዝግጁ ነው ለሁሉም $[officename] መፈጸሚያ
18 .HelpId%3Atableobjectbar e7 የ ሰንጠረዥ መደርደሪያ የ ያዛቸው በ ሰንጠረዥ ሲሰሩ የሚያስፈልጉ ተግባሮች ናቸው፡ የሚታዩትም መጠቆሚያውን ወደ ክፍሉ ላይ ሲያደርጉ ብቻ ነው
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 63 የደብዳቤ ማዋሀጃ አዋቂን ያስነሳል የደብዳቤ ፎርም ለመፍጠር
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns ab ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ምልክት የተደረገባቸውን መዝገቦች በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ ማስገቢያ
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 26 አዲስ መዝገብ ይፈጥራል
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 6b መዝገብ ማጥፊያ: ጥያቄ መዝገብ ከማጥፋቱ በፊት ማረጋገጫ ይጠይቃል
e .uno%3ARecUndo 3d የ ዳታ ማስገቢያውን መተው ያስችሎታል
e .uno%3ARecSave 6d አዲስ የ ዳታ ማስገቢያ ማስቀመጫ: ለውጡ በ ዳታቤዝ ውስጥ ይመዘገባል
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 36 ወደ ሚቀጥለው መዝገብ ይወስዶታል
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 36 ወደ መጨረሻው መዝገብ ይወስዶታል
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 39 ወደ መጀመሪያው መዝገብ ይወስዶታል
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 36 ቀደም ወዳለው መዝገብ ይወስዶታል
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 7a የ አሁኑን መዝገብ ቁጥር ማሳያ: ቁጥር ያስገቡ ወደ ተመሳሳዩ መዝገብ ለመሄድ
e .uno%3AGridUse 6f እርስዎ እቃዎችን ለ ማንቀሳቀስ ይችላሉ በ መጋጠሚያ ነጥቦች ላይ ብቻ
12 HID_BEZIER_TOOLBOX 93 የ ማረሚያ ነጥቦች መደርደሪያ ይታያል የ polygon እቃ በሚመርጡ ጊዜ እና ይጫኑ ማረሚያ ነጥቦች.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 55 እርስዎ ነጥቦችን የሚያንቀሳቅሱበት ዘዴ ማስጀመሪያ
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 86 የ ማስገቢያ ዘዴ ማስጀመሪያ: ይህ ዘዴ እርስዎን የሚያስችለው ነጥቦች ማስገባት ነው
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete 115 ይጠቀሙ የ ነጥቦች ማጥፊያ ምልክት ለማጥፋት አንድ ወይንም በርካታ የተመረጡ ነጥቦችን: በርካታ ነጥብ መምረጥ ከፈለጉ ይጫኑ የሚፈልጉትን ነጥቦች የ Shift ቁልፍ ተጭነው ይዘው
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine be የ ክብ መክፈያ ምልክት ክብ ይከፍላል፡ ይምረጡ ነጥብ ወይንም ነጥቦች መክፈል የሚፈልጉትን ክብ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ምልክት
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 78 የ አሁኑን ነጥብ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ወይንም የ ተመረጡትን ነጥቦች ለማጥፋት
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 80 ይህ ምልክት የ ጠርዝ ነጥብ ወይንም ለስላሳ ነጥብ ይቀይራል ወደ ተመሳሳይ ነጥብ
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 7c መቀየሪያ ክብ ወደ ቀጥተኛ መስመር ወይንም መቀየሪያ ቀጥተኛ መስመር ወደ ክብ
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 68 የ ተመረጠውን ነጥብ መቀየሪያ ወይንም ነጥቦች ወደ ጠርዝ ነጥቦች
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 41 Converts a corner point or symmetrical point into a smooth point.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 2d መስመር ወይንም ክብ መዝጊያ
16 HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX 29 ማስገቢያ ይምረጡ ለማረም
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 71 ይህ ትእዛዝ የሚከፍተው ንግግር ለ ፕሮግራም ማዋቀሪያ ማስተካከያ ነው
13 SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS cb Use this dialog to create general settings for working with $[officename]. The information covers topics such as user data, saving, printing, paths to important files and directories, and color defaults.
1c cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffax 42 የ ፋክስ ቁጥርዎን በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይጻፉ
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fposition 5a በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ በ ድርጅቱ ውስጥ የ እርስዎን ቦታ ይጻፉ
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fhome 49 የ ግል ስልክ ቁጥርዎን በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይጻፉ
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2FOptUserPage 2d Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcompany 3f የ ድርጅቱን ስም በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይጻፉ
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fwork 3f የ ስራ ስልክዎን በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይጻፉ
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ftitle 48 በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ የ እርስዎን አርእስት ይጻፉ
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffirstname 23 የመጀመሪያ ስም ይጻፉ
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fshortname 1c መነሻዎችን ይጻፉ
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Femail 38 የ እርስዎን ኢ-ሜይል አድራሻ ይጻፉ
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Flastname 1d የአባት ስም ይጻፉ
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstreet 3c የ መንገድ ስም በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይጻፉ
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fizip 2e በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ፖሳቁ ይጻፉ
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ficity 33 የሚኖሩበትን ከተማ እዚህ ይጻፉ
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstate 23 ያሉበትን አገር ይጻፉ
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fsaveas b1 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdoctype 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Falienwarndialog%2Fask c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fwarnalienformat c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fodfversion fc Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_settings 47 Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage a6 ከ ባጠቃላይ ክፍል ነባር ማሰናጃውን መምረጥ ይችላሉ ሰነዶችን ለማስቀመጥ እና ነባር የ ፋይል አቀማመጥ
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fbackup 11c ማስቀመጫ ቀደም ያለውን የ ሰነድ እትም እንደ ተተኪ ኮፒ ሁልጊዜ ሰነድ ሲያስቀምጡ %PRODUCTNAME መፍጠሪያ ተተኪ ኮፒ: ቀደም ያለው ተተኪ ኮፒ ይቀየራል: ተተኪው ኮፒ ያገኛል ተጨማሪ .BAK.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave_spin 49 Specifies the time interval in minutes for the automatic recovery option.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_docprinter 16c If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdocinfo 8d መወሰኛ የ ባህሪዎች ንግግር ይታይ እንደሆን ሁል ጊዜ ሲመርጡ የ ማስቀመጫ እንደ ትእዛዝ
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fuserautosave 8d Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves all open documents when saving auto recovery information. Uses the same time interval as AutoRecovery does.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_fsys 3f Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave 94 Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_inet 3c Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fedit 6f ይጫኑ ለማሳየት የ መንገድ መምረጫ ወይንም የ ማረሚያ መንገድ ንግግር
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fdefault 9e የ ነባር ቁልፍ እንደ ነበር መመለሻ በ ቅድሚያ የተወሰነ መንገድ ለ ሁሉም ለ ተመረጡት ማስገቢያዎች
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fpaths d6 ከዚህ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስገቢያውን ለማሻሻል ፡ ይጫኑ ማስገቢያውን እና ይጫኑ ማረሚያ.እንዲሁም ማስገቢያውን ሁለት ጊዜ መጫን ይችላሉ
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2FOptPathsPage 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fadd a8 መክፈቻ የ መንገድ መምረጫ ንግግር ለ መምረጥ ሌላ ፎልደር ወይንም የ መክፈቻ ንግግር ሌላ ፋይል ለመምረጥ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fpaths 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptionsedit 7d እርስዎ ዋጋውን መቀየር ከፈለጉ: ማስገቢያውን ይምረጡ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማረሚያ.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsdelete 9c የተመረጠውን መዝገበ ቃላት ማረጋገጫ ከ ተጠየቀ በኋላ ማጥፊያ: እንደ መጻፍ-የተከለከለ ካልቀረበ
28 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fdelete 87 ምልክት የተደረገባቸውን ቃላቶች ከ አሁኑ መዝገበ ቃላት ማስተካከያ ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
2c cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fnewreplace a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Freplace a6 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary. The field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2FOptLinguPage 46 Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodules 36 የተገጠመውን ቋንቋ ክፍሎች ይዟል
31 cui%2Fui%2Fbreaknumberoptions%2FBreakNumberOption 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 6f ራሱ በራሱ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ ፊደል ማረሚያ እና ስህተቶቹን ከስሩ ማስመሪያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fword 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fnameedit 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodulesedit 53 የ ቋንቋ ክፍል ለማረም ይምረጡት እና ይጫኑ ማረሚያ.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fbook 2f የሚታረመውን መጽሀፍ መወሰኛ
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptions 42 ለ ፊደል ማረሚያ እና ጭረት ምርጫ መግለጫ
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsedit 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsnew 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Flanguage 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Flang 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fexcept 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fback 61 እዚህ ይጫኑ የ አሁኑን ለውጥ ለ መተው ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fdown 67 በ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ የ ክፍሉን ቅድሚያ በ አንድ ደረጃ መቀነሻ
21 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fup 6a በ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ የ ክፍሉን ቅድሚያ በ አንድ ደረጃ መጨመሪያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flanguage 25 Specifies the language of the module.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flingudicts 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fsave 63 Opens the Save As dialog, which enables you to save the current color table under a specified name.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fload 7c መድረሻ ወደ መክፈቻ ንግግር: እርስዎን የ ቀለም ማቅለሚያ መምረጥ ያስችሎታል
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fmodify 2a የ አሁኑን ቀለም መቀየሪያ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FColorPage b7 እርስዎን ቀለም መምረጥ ያስችሎታል ከ ቀለም ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ: ቀለም ማረም ወይንም አዲስ ቀለም መግለጽ ያስችሎታል
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fname a7 የተመረጠውን ቀለም መግለጽ ያስችሎታል: እርስዎ እዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ስም መጻፍ ይችላሉ አዲስ ቀለም ሲገልጹ
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fadd 23 አዲስ ቀለም መጨመሪያ
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FY 6 ቢጫ
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FK 9 ጥቁር
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fcolorlb 72 ዝግጁ የሆኑ ቀለሞች: ቀለም ለ መምረጥ: ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ አንዱን ይምረጡ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fmodellb 5c To modify, select the color model: Red-Green-Blue (RGB) or Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-BlacK (CMYK).
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FG f አረንጓዴ
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FR 6 ቀይ
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FB c ሰማያዊ
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FM 7 Magenta
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FC 4 Cyan
32 SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_LUMINANCE 2b Sets the Brightness in the HSB color model.
33 SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_SATURATION 2b Sets the Saturation in the HSB color model.
26 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_CYAN 32 Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.
2d SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_BLUE 57 የ ሰማያዊ ቀለም ዋጋ ማሰናጃ በ ቀአሰ ቀለም ዘዴ ውስጥ
28 SVTOOLS%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_1 b7 Click the <-- button to replace the selected color in the color palette with the color selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a color in one of the four corners.
2c SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_RED 51 የ ቀይ ቀለም ዋጋ ማሰናጃ በ ቀአሰ ቀለም ዘዴ ውስጥ
28 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_YELLOW 34 Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.
28 SVTOOLS%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_2 b7 Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the color, which corresponds to the selected color in the left window and updates the respective values in the numerical fields.
29 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_MAGENTA 35 Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.
25 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_KEY 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
2e SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_GREEN 5a የ አረንጓዴ ቀለም ዋጋ ማሰናጃ በ ቀአሰ ቀለም ዘዴ ውስጥ
2c SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_HUE 24 Sets the Hue in the HSB color model.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fyear 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fdocstatus 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fexthelp 63 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ffiledlg 84 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftooltips 86 Displays the icon names and more bubble help information, for example, chapter names when you scroll through a document with chapters.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 31 Specifies the general settings for $[officename].
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontheight 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontname 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fdelete 3c የተመረጠውን ፊደል መቀየሪያ ማጥፊያ
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fapply 40 የ ተመረጠውን ፊደል መቀየሪያ መፈጸሚያ
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont2 51 ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ የ መቀየሪያውን ፊደል ስም
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont1 5e ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ መቀየር የሚፈልጉትን የ ፊደል ስም
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fchecklb f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fusetable 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fnonpropfontonly 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Freplacements e6 Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ftransmf 7a Select the transparency level for transparent selections. The default value is 75%. You can select values from 10% to 90%.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ftrans b0 If enabled, the text selection in Writer and the cell selection in Calc will be shown using a transparent color. If not enabled, the selection will be shown by inverted colors.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaa af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaccel 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fwindowsize 62 Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogs and icon labels.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonsize 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfonthistory 82 Lists the last five fonts that you used in the current document at the top of the list in the Font Name box on the Formatting bar.
5 20201 85 ይጫኑ Shift+Ctrl+R እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ወይንም የ አሁኑን ሰነድ መመልከቻ ለማነቃቃት
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fsystemfont 67 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faafont 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faanf 33 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonstyle 38 Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfontpreview 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousemiddle 3e የ አይጥ ቁልፍ መሀከል ተግባር መግለጫ
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousepos 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmenuicons a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
19 .uno%3ARestoreEditingView 87 Specifies whether to restore the last used document view. Many view properties valid when the document was last saved will be restored.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstep 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpapersize 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2FOptPrintPage 3a የ ማተሚያ ማሰናጃ ምርጫዎች መወሰኛ
24 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegrad 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fframe2 35 Defines which warnings appear before printing begins.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradcolor 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ffile 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetrans a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpaperorient 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransnone 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapdpi 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransauto 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ftrans 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fconverttogray 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
2d sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapoptimal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmap 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmaptrans 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fobjecttime 4f Specifies the time that each graphic remains in the cache in hours and minutes.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fobjectcache 89 Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fundo 5b You can specify the number of steps which can be undone by selecting a number from the box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Folecache 46 Choose the maximum number of OLE objects that are pooled in the cache.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fgraphiccache 30 Specifies the total cache size for all graphics.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2FOptMemoryPage 51 Defines the settings for the graphics cache and the number of steps you can undo.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorconfig 32 Select the colors for the user interface elements.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fdelete 57 Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
23 HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME 2b ስም ያስገቡ ለ ቀለም እቅድ
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fsave 47 Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorschemelb 47 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ገጽታ ቀለም ይምረጡ
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2FOptAppearancePage 35 Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.
38 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fsystempagepreviewcolor 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
2f cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautofontcolor 6c Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftiphelptimeoutnf 58 የ እርዳት ምክሮች እንዲታዩ የ ሰከንዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftiphelptimeout 65 መደበቂያ የ እርዳት ምክሮች ካስገቡት የ ሰከንዶች ቁጥር በኋላ
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautodetecthc 93 መቀየሪያ %PRODUCTNAME ወደ ከፍተኛ ማነጻጸሪያ ዘዴ የ ስርአቱ መደብ በጣም ጥቁር በሚሆንበት ጊዜ
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedtext 9a ቅድመ እይታ የሚንቀሳቀሱ ንድፎችን እንደ ብልጭ ድርግም የሚሉ እና የሚንሽራተቱ ያሉ በ %PRODUCTNAME.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedgraphics 6d ቅድመ እይታ የሚንቀሳቀሱ ንድፎችን እንደ GIF ምስሎች ያሉ በ %PRODUCTNAME.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftextselinreadonly 3b መጠቆሚያ ለ ንባብ-ብቻ ሰነዶች ማሳያ
36 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2FOptAccessibilityPage 83 Sets options that make %PRODUCTNAME programs more accessible for users with reduced sight, limited dexterity or other disabilities.
28 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_CB_PASSWORD 56 Using "simple" authentication method, check this box to make your password persistent.
24 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_PASSWORD 5d Using "simple" authentication method, enter your password for access to the LDAP server here.
24 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_USERNAME 57 Using "simple" authentication method, you enter your user name on the LDAP server here.
28 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_LB_MECHANISM 3d Choose your security mechanism for access to the LDAP server.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 49 መጫኛ/ማስቀመጫ ማሰናጃዎች ባጠቃላይ መወሰኛ
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fnoproxy 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftp 2a Type the name of the proxy server for FTP.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttps 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftpport 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttp 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fproxymode 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Fbrowse 31 Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Furl 4c የ ኢ-ሜይል ፕሮግራም መንገድ እና ስም ማስገቢያ
9 703992332 2c መክፈቻ የ Macro Security ንግግር
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fchange 51 Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremoveall 63 የተመረጡትን ሁሉንም ማስገቢያዎች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fconnections 70 Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
40 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2FStoredWebConnectionDialog 50 የተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2FMasterPasswordDialog 40 ለመቀጠል ዋናውን የመግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 31 ዋናውን የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmasterpassword 3e ዋናውን የ መግቢያ ቃል ንግግር መክፈቻ
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2FOptSecurityPage 76 Defines the security options for saving documents, for web connections, and for opening documents that contain macros.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fsavepassword bb If enabled, %PRODUCTNAME will securely store all passwords that you use to access files from web servers. You can retrieve the passwords from the list after you enter the master password.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Foptions 30 Opens the "Security options and warning" dialog.
9 703988740 6b Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
9 703988741 cb Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
9 703988739 7d Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
9 703988742 93 Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremove 50 የተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 41 ዋናውን የ መግቢያ ቃል እንደገና ያስገቡ
9 703988743 e3 Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the Reset Properties button on File - Properties - General.
9 703988744 8e Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fctrlclick 88 If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2FOptHtmlPage 33 ማሰናጃዎች መግለጫ ለ HTML ገጾች.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fprintextension a2 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document (for example, table of contents with justified page numbers and dot leaders) is exported as well.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize7 b8 የ ማሽከርከሪያ ቁልፎችን ይጠቀሙ መጠን 1 እስከ መጠን 7 ለ መግለጽ የፊደል መጠኖችን በ HTML <font size=1> ወደ <font size=7> tags.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Funknowntag 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fcharset 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
28 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fignorefontnames 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasicwarning 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fnumbersenglishus d6 If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fexport 3d የ HTML ሰነዶች መላኪያ ማሰናጃ መወሰኛ:
22 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasic 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsavegrflocal dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fcomments dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fdrawings 3e Displays the drawings and controls contained in your document.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ftables 2f Displays the tables contained in your document.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fsmoothscroll 2d Activates the smooth page scrolling function.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ffieldcodes 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhscrollbar 2a የ አግድም መሸብለያ ማሳያ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvscrollbar 3a የ ቁመት መሸብለያ መደርደሪያ ማሳያ
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2FViewOptionsPage 81 Defines the default settings for displaying objects in your text documents and also the default settings for the window elements.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fruler 59 Enables the rulers. Use the following two check boxes to select the ruler(s) to be shown.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fgraphics 40 Specifies whether to display graphics and objects on the screen.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fmeasureunit 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhelplines ab Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhrulercombobox 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulercombobox 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulerright 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fidxbox 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2FOptFontTabPage 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Findexheight 23 የፊደል መጠን መወሰኛ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardbox 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardheight 23 የፊደል መጠን መወሰኛ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitleheight 23 የፊደል መጠን መወሰኛ
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistheight 23 የፊደል መጠን መወሰኛ
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistbox 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelheight 23 የፊደል መጠን መወሰኛ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitlebox 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fdoconly 3f Specifies that the settings apply to the current document only.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelbox 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ffax 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ftextplaceholder 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fformcontrols 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Finblack 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fgraphics 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbackground 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2FPrintOptionsPage 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fleftpages 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fblankpages 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frightpages 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fhiddentext 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbrochure 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fpapertray a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frtl 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fnone 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fonly 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fend 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fendpage 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffix 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolinsert 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2FOptTablePage 55 በ ጽሁፍ ሰነዶች ውስጥ የ ሰንጠረዥ ባህሪዎች መግለጫ
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fheader 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frepeatheader 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowmove 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffixprop 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowinsert 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolmove 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fdontsplit 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fborder 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumformatting 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fvar 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumfmtformatting 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumalignment 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursorinprot 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillspace 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffilltab 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillindent 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillmargin 102 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2FOptFormatAidsPage 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fparagraph 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhyphens 185 Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ftabs 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fspaces 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fnonbreak af Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursoronoff 1c Activates the direct cursor.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fbreak 105 ሁሉንም የገቡትን የመስመር መጨረሻዎች ማሳያ በ Shift+ማስገቢያ አቋራጭ ቁልፍ፡ እነዚህ መጨረሻዎች አዲስ መስመር ይፈጥራሉ፡ ነገር ግን አዲስ አንቀጽ አያስጀምሩም
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentext 66 Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Non-printing Characters is enabled.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentextfield 72 የተደበቀ ጽሁፍ ማሳያ በ Conditional ጽሁፍ ወይንም የተደበቁ ጽሁፍ ሜዳዎች.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddenparafield 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkpos 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchangedcolor e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchanged 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fdeleted ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Finsert 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkcolor 43 Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2FOptRedLinePage 48 በ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ አቀራረብ ለውጦችን መግለጫ
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fsquaremode 47 When this setting is enabled, the text grid will look like square page.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fusecharunit 99 When this setting is enabled, the measurement units of indents and spacing on Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing tab will be character (ch) and line.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fmetric 4c መወሰኛ የ መለኪያ መለኪያዎች  ለ ጽሁፍ ሰነዶች
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatefields c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fnever 47 አገናኝ ተሻሽሎ አያውቅም ሰነዱ በሚጫን ጊዜ
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fonrequest 55 አገናኝ በሚጠየቅ ጊዜ ብቻ ማሻሻያ ሰነዱ በሚጫን ጊዜ
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatecharts be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Falways 2e ሁል ጊዜ ሰነዱ ሲጫን ማሻሻያ
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftab 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 4a ለ ጽሁፍ ሰነዶች ባጠቃላይ ማሰናጃዎች መወሰኛ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2Fdefault 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
3e SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST_PAGESTART b6 Specifies whether paragraph spacing at the top of a page will also be effective at the beginning of a page or column if the paragraph is positioned on the first page of the document.
34 SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST 79 Specifies whether to add MS Word-compatible spacing between paragraphs and tables in $[officename] Writer text documents.
2c SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_TAB_ALIGNMENT 95 Specifies how to align text at tab stops beyond the right margin, how to handle decimal tab stops, and how to handle tab stops close to a line break.
2e SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_PRINTER_METRICS 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2FOptCompatPage 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fapplyborder 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Flevel 4f Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fseparator 73 ከ ራስጌ ቁጥር ወይንም ከ ምእራፍ ደረጃ በኋላ የሚታየውን ባህሪ መግለጫ
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcharstyle 1e Specifies the character style.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fchapseparator 73 ከ ራስጌ ቁጥር ወይንም ከ ምእራፍ ደረጃ በኋላ የሚታየውን ባህሪ መወሰኛ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcategory 40 የተመረጠውን እቃ አይነት ምድብ መወሰኛ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fposition 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fobjects 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fnumbering 4d የሚያስፈልገውን የ ቁጥር መስጫ አይነት መግለጫ
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2FOptCaptionPage 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
14 SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS 46 Defines the basic settings for $[officename] documents in HTML format.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisionx 4c Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawy 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawx 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fgridvisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsynchronize 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fusegridsnap 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisiony 4c Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2FOptGridPage cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Foutline 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fhscroll 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fsynczoom 74 If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdiagram 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fobjgrf 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Ftblreg 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frangefind bf Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fclipmark f3 If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fanchor 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2FTpViewPage 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fcolor 3d Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fnil 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frowcolheader 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fbreak 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdraw 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fguideline 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fformula 43 Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fannot d1 Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fgrid db Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvscroll 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvalue 111 Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Freplwarncb 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftextfmtcb 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fmarkhdrcb 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fexprefcb f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Feditmodecb 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftabmf 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fformatcb 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Falignlb 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Funitlb 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fadd 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fnew 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopyfrom 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopy 10d Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fentries 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Flists 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2FOptSortLists 9c All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Fcolumns 56 Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Frows 50 Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2FColOrRowDialog 2f Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fprec ae Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the General number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fgeneralprec dd You can specify the maximum number of decimal places that are shown by default for cells with General number format. If not enabled, cells with General number format show as many decimal places as the column width allows.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Flookup cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fregex 68 Specifies that regular expressions are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fsteps 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fminchange ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdate1904 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatestd 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fiterate b1 Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcalc 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatesc10 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2FOptCalculatePage 32 Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcase 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fmatch 117 Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box is marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as MS Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fentries 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Finsertions 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fdeletions 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fchanges 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2FOptChangesPage 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FprintCB e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FsuppressCB 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FoptCalcPrintPage 31 Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcompatibilitypage%2FOptCompatibilityPage 34 Defines compatibility options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptformula%2FOptFormula 49 Defines formula syntax options and loading options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdefaultpage%2FOptDefaultPage 37 Defines default settings for new spreadsheet documents.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fhandlesbezier ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fruler 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fmoveoutline 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fdragstripes 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2FSdViewPage 26 Specifies the available display modes.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldbezangle 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
21 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fbigortho 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
1e svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fortho 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldsnaparea cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldangle 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnappoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapframe 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapborder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
26 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnaphelplines 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
13 HID_SD_OPTIONS_SNAP 3a Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpapertryfrmprntrcb 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbackcb 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbrouchrb 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftilepgrb a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fprntopts 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagedefaultrb 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagenmcb 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdatecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffrontcb 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffittopgrb 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftimecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fblackwhiterb 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fhiddenpgcb 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdefaultrb 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fgrayscalerb 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FmetricFields 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FcbCompatibility 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FOptSavePage 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fbackgroundback 4d Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master page.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Funits 41 መወሰኛ የ መለኪያ ክፍል ለ ማቅረቢያዎች
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fqickedit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fenremotcont 54 Specifies that you want to enable Bluetooth remote control while Impress is running.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fcopywhenmove 56 If enabled, a copy is created when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fobjalwymov a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FscaleBox 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fstartwithwizard 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fdistrotcb 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fzoom 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
d tobeannounced 49 Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizescaled 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fframe 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftext 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fnorightspaces 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizenormal 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftitle 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2FSmathSettings 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fdefault 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fcolors 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_exec bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_exec bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2FOptFltrPage 81 Specifies the general properties for loading and saving Microsoft Office documents with VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fchecklbcontainer ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fctlsupport 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrencylb 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fignorelanguagechange dd Indicates whether changes to the system input language/keyboard will be ignored. If ignored, when new text is typed that text will follow the language of the document or current paragraph, not the current system language.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fwesternlanguage 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fuserinterface c3 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Flocalesetting 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasiansupport 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdecimalseparator 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2FOptLanguagesPage 4b Defines the default languages and some other locale settings for documents.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdatepatterns cd Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasianlanguage 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrentdoc 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcomplexlanguage 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fend 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstandard 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Flanguage 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctkanacompression 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fnocompression 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstart 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharpunctkerning 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctcompression 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharkerning 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fignoremiddledot 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchprolongedsoundmark 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fnumerals ac Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all %PRODUCTNAME modules. Only cell contents of %PRODUCTNAME Calc are not affected.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementvisual 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Frestricted 4b Prevents the use as well as the printing of illegal character combinations.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementlogical b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fsequencechecking 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2FOptCTLPage 3c Defines the options for documents with complex text layouts.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Ftimeout 45 Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fenablepooling 73 Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fconnectionpooling 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
9 809226770 51 የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
9 809226766 3a Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
9 809226765 35 Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
5 35535 67 Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fname 52 Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fbrowse 3b Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_proc 37 Automatically insert closing statements for procedures.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_paren 25 Automatically close open parenthesis.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_quotes 20 Automatically close open quotes.
31 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fextendedtypes_enable 2c Allow UNO object types as valid Basic types.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautocorrect 3b Correct cases of Basic variables and keywords while typing.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fcodecomplete_enable 22 Display methods of a Basic object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexperimental 1c Enable experimental features
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fclasspath 1c Opens the Class Path dialog.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fmacrorecording 16 Enable macro recording
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fparameters 27 Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fadd 38 Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavas b7 Select the JRE that you want to use. On some systems, you must wait a minute until the list gets populated. On some systems, you must restart %PRODUCTNAME to use your changed setting.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavaenabled 34 Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fpreferences 3f List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.
2b cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchButton 3d Click to search your preference text in the Preferences tree.
24 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Freset 28 Undo changes done so far in this dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fedit 26 Opens a dialog to edit the preference.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchEntry 38 Type the preference you want to display in the text area
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Ffolder 35 Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Fremove 64 Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Farchive 4f Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.
30 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_ED_CLASSPATH 3f Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fremovebtn 29 Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignbtn 31 Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignlist 72 Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click Remove.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fparameterfield 8e Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Flow c5 A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fmed e6 Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.
26 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fhigh bf Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fvhigh 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2FSecurityLevelPage 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovefile 44 Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.
29 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Faddfile 5e Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
2b xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Flocations 5f Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovecert 47 Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fcertificates 39 የሚታመን የምስክር ወረቀት ዝርዝር
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fviewcert 3f Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2FSecurityTrustPage 39 የሚታመን የምስክር ወረቀት ዝርዝር
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserverauthentication 72 Opens the Server Authentication dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fport 1a የ SMTP port ያስገቡ
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Ftest 44 Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fsecure 39 When available, uses a secure connection to send e-mails.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplyto 2c Enter the address to use for e-mail replies.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fdisplayname 27 የ እርስዎን ስም ያስገቡ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserver 29 የ SMTP ሰርቨር ስም ያስገቡ
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplytocb 64 Uses the e-mail address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to e-mail address.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Faddress 26 Enter your e-mail address for replies.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2FMailConfigPage 27 የ እርስዎን ስም ያስገቡ
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchecknow 1e A check will be performed now.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feverymonth 27 A check will be performed once a month.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryweek 43 A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryday 25 A check will be performed once a day.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautocheck 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
34 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2FOptOnlineUpdatePage 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fown_persona 56 Choose this option to open the Select Firefox Theme dialog for more choices of themes.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fdefault_persona 27 Display the system theme, if available.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fframe4 56 Shows a random choice of nine themes based on the categories displayed in the buttons.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fsearch_term 4e Type or paste the URL of the theme page of the Mozilla Firefox themes website.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fno_persona 5e The toolbars background inherit the background settings of the window manager of your desktop.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finpassword 23 የመግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finusername 28 Enter the user name for the IMAP server.
54 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2FAuthenticationSettingsDialog 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
46 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fauthentication 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
4e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fseparateauthentication 3d Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fusername 28 Enter the user name for the SMTP server.
43 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Foutpassword 25 Enter the password for the user name.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fport 2a Enter the port on the POP3 or IMAP server.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fimap 32 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fpop3 33 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fsmtpafterpop 50 Select if you are required to first read your e-mail before you can send e-mail.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fserver 38 Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Fstop 36 Click the Stop button to stop a test session manually.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Ferrors 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2FTestMailSettings 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2FCertPage 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
1f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fstatus 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
23 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fsignatures 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
2d xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Fvaluedetails 45 Use the value list box to view values and copy them to the clipboard.
2c xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2FCertDetails 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
2f xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Ftablecontainer 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
21 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_TP_GENERAL 61 The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.
